WO2024071754A1 - Apparatus for treating laundry - Google Patents

Apparatus for treating laundry Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024071754A1
WO2024071754A1 PCT/KR2023/013698 KR2023013698W WO2024071754A1 WO 2024071754 A1 WO2024071754 A1 WO 2024071754A1 KR 2023013698 W KR2023013698 W KR 2023013698W WO 2024071754 A1 WO2024071754 A1 WO 2024071754A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
course
processing
displayed
option
user
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/KR2023/013698
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Inventor
서경혜
Original Assignee
엘지전자 주식회사
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 엘지전자 주식회사 filed Critical 엘지전자 주식회사
Publication of WO2024071754A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024071754A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • D—TEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06—TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06F—LAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F29/00—Combinations of a washing machine with other separate apparatus in a common frame or the like, e.g. with rinsing apparatus
    • D—TEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06—TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06F—LAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F31/00—Washing installations comprising an assembly of several washing machines or washing units, e.g. continuous flow assemblies
    • D—TEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06—TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06F—LAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F34/00—Details of control systems for washing machines, washer-dryers or laundry dryers
    • D06F34/04—Signal transfer or data transmission arrangements
    • D06F34/05—Signal transfer or data transmission arrangements for wireless communication between components, e.g. for remote monitoring or control
    • D—TEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06—TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06F—LAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F34/00—Details of control systems for washing machines, washer-dryers or laundry dryers
    • D06F34/14—Arrangements for detecting or measuring specific parameters
    • D06F34/18—Condition of the laundry, e.g. nature or weight
    • D—TEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06—TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06F—LAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F34/00—Details of control systems for washing machines, washer-dryers or laundry dryers
    • D06F34/28—Arrangements for program selection, e.g. control panels therefor; Arrangements for indicating program parameters, e.g. the selected program or its progress
    • D—TEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06—TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06F—LAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F34/00—Details of control systems for washing machines, washer-dryers or laundry dryers
    • D06F34/28—Arrangements for program selection, e.g. control panels therefor; Arrangements for indicating program parameters, e.g. the selected program or its progress
    • D06F34/30—Arrangements for program selection, e.g. control panels therefor; Arrangements for indicating program parameters, e.g. the selected program or its progress characterised by mechanical features, e.g. buttons or rotary dials
    • D—TEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06—TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06F—LAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F34/00—Details of control systems for washing machines, washer-dryers or laundry dryers
    • D06F34/28—Arrangements for program selection, e.g. control panels therefor; Arrangements for indicating program parameters, e.g. the selected program or its progress
    • D06F34/32—Arrangements for program selection, e.g. control panels therefor; Arrangements for indicating program parameters, e.g. the selected program or its progress characterised by graphical features, e.g. touchscreens
    • D—TEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06—TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06F—LAUNDERING, DRYING, IRONING, PRESSING OR FOLDING TEXTILE ARTICLES
    • D06F34/00—Details of control systems for washing machines, washer-dryers or laundry dryers
    • D06F34/28—Arrangements for program selection, e.g. control panels therefor; Arrangements for indicating program parameters, e.g. the selected program or its progress
    • D06F34/34—Arrangements for program selection, e.g. control panels therefor; Arrangements for indicating program parameters, e.g. the selected program or its progress characterised by mounting or attachment features, e.g. detachable control panels or detachable display panels

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a clothing treatment device for processing clothing.
  • a laundry treatment device is a device that puts laundry, such as clothes and bedding, into a drum and performs necessary treatments on the laundry, such as removing contamination on the laundry or drying it.
  • the required treatment of laundry may be accomplished through a course comprising one or more of the following: washing, rinsing, spin-drying, drying, and refreshing.
  • the washing process is an process that separates foreign substances attached to laundry from water and detergent.
  • the rinse cycle is a cycle that separates laundry and foreign substances with water.
  • the dehydration process is a process that removes water from laundry.
  • the drying cycle is a cycle that removes moisture from laundry.
  • the refresh process is an process that performs one or more of deodorizing, removing wrinkles, and sterilizing laundry using one or more of air or steam.
  • a clothing treatment device When a clothing treatment device is provided to remove contamination from laundry, the clothing processing device can perform washing, rinsing, dehydration, drying, etc. operations.
  • a clothing treatment device may include a cabinet that forms the exterior, a tub accommodated inside the cabinet, a drum rotatably mounted inside the tub into which laundry is placed, and a detergent supply device that supplies detergent to the inside of the drum.
  • the drum When the drum is rotated by a motor while washing water is supplied to the laundry contained in the drum, dirt on the laundry can be removed by friction between the drum and the washing water.
  • the laundry treatment device can remove moisture from the laundry by providing dry air to the laundry.
  • the laundry treatment device may include a cabinet, a drum rotatably provided inside the cabinet, and a heating means for heating or drying air provided to the laundry. By supplying dry air to the laundry contained in the drum, moisture present in the laundry is evaporated and removed by the dry air, thereby removing moisture from the laundry.
  • Publication document KR 10-2022-0029635 A1 discloses a clothing processing device equipped with a plurality of processing devices.
  • the clothing treatment device in the published document has a first processing device provided on the upper side and a second processing device provided on the lower side.
  • a control panel including an operating unit and a display unit for controlling the first processing device and the second processing device is provided in the center area of the front of the clothing processing device.
  • the purpose of the present invention is to provide a clothing treatment device that implements a simple user interface and can provide interior effects when placed in an installation environment.
  • the present invention provides a user interface to a control panel that can control all of the plurality of processing devices that make up the clothing processing device, and can implement a simple user interface and provide interior effects when placed in an installation environment.
  • the purpose is to provide a clothing processing device.
  • the purpose of the present invention is to provide a user interface for a clothing treatment device with a simple design in which the front portion visible from the outside is not complicated.
  • the present invention provides a clothing processing device that provides a user interface that can reduce operation failure by providing feedback to the user depending on the user's operation and providing visual effects (information) for items that cannot be set depending on the situation. The purpose of doing something is work.
  • the purpose of the present invention is to provide a clothing processing device that can display important information appropriate to the situation without increasing the complexity of the screen to provide a simple design.
  • the purpose of the present invention is to provide a clothing processing device in which images provided through a user interface (UI) while the administration and/or course of the clothing processing device are in progress can be beautifully absorbed into the installation space.
  • UI user interface
  • the laundry treatment device includes: a treatment course having a default setting value; An option is provided that allows at least some of the basic settings to be changed to settings different from the default settings, and includes a display on which at least one of the options is displayed, wherein the settings of the options are displayed to the user.
  • the state that can currently be changed by appears in its first appearance; A state in which the setting value of the option cannot currently be changed by the user is displayed in a second view, and the first view and the second view are visually different.
  • the display displays the option name of the option and/or the setting value of the option
  • the first view and the second view include text attributes displaying the option name and/or the setting value. There may be a difference.
  • the difference between the first appearance and the second appearance may be a difference in brightness.
  • the second appearance may have a lower brightness than the first appearance.
  • the basic setting value may be updated based on the frequency of use of the setting value changed by the user.
  • the clothing processing apparatus further includes a pause input unit that receives a user's input, and when an input is received through the pause input unit, the processing course being executed is paused, and the clothing treatment course is displayed in the second mode. All or part of the displayed options are converted to the first appearance, and the settings of the options converted to the first appearance can be changed by the user.
  • the execution may be canceled.
  • the execution is stopped. It may be cancelled.
  • the clothing processing device includes a pause input unit that receives a user's input, and upon receiving an input through the pause input unit, the reservation process being executed is paused and displayed in the second view. All or part of all the options are converted to the first appearance, and the settings of the options converted to the first appearance can be changed by the user.
  • the reservation process may be canceled.
  • an option set consisting of a plurality of preset options among the options and displaying an option name corresponding to each of the plurality of options and a setting value corresponding to each of the plurality of options is displayed on the display.
  • the first processing course which is any of the processing courses, does not provide at least one option among the options constituting the option set, and even when the first processing course is specified as the processing course, the option set The option name of an option not provided by the first processing course can be displayed.
  • the display is configured as a touch screen that receives user input, and an area occupied by each setting value corresponding to one or more options provided as options is provided as a setting value input unit, and the setting value input unit is provided.
  • the value input unit receives a user's input by touching an area occupied by one of the respective setting values, a change tool for changing one of the setting values may be displayed on the touch screen.
  • a clothing treatment apparatus includes: a treatment course having a default setting value; An option is provided to change at least some of the basic setting values to settings different from the basic setting values, and includes a display and a pause input unit for receiving user input, and the processing course of the clothing treatment device is executed.
  • the setting value of the option is set so that it cannot be changed by the user, and when an input is received through the pause input unit, the processing course in progress is paused and the setting value of the option is switched so that it can be changed by the user. If the setting value of the option is changed, the processing course that is being executed may be canceled.
  • cancellation information notifying that the processing course has been canceled may be output on the display.
  • the clothing treatment device is provided with a user interface (UI) and includes a screen on which images are output, and the screen includes a processing course with default settings and at least some of the default settings.
  • UI user interface
  • a first page where options that can be changed to settings different from the default settings are displayed; and an additional function page that displays additional functions that are different from the processing course and the options and can be used by the user's selection.
  • One of the options may be output, the useability of the additional function varies depending on the processing course, the usable additional function appears in a first view, and the additional function that the user cannot use appears in a second appearance, and the first The appearance and the second appearance may be visually different.
  • the first appearance and the second appearance may be attributes of text displaying the additional function.
  • the second appearance and the first appearance may have different brightness.
  • the second appearance may have a lower brightness than the first appearance.
  • a simple user interface can be implemented and interior effects can be provided when placed in an installation environment.
  • a simple user interface is implemented, and when placed in an installation environment, the interior It can provide an effect.
  • a simple design in which the front portion visible from the outside is not complicated can be provided.
  • a user interface that reduces operation failures by providing feedback to the user depending on the user's operation and providing visual effects (information) for items that cannot be set depending on the situation. can do.
  • important information tailored to the situation can be displayed without increasing the complexity of the screen in order to provide a simple design.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a clothing processing device in which images provided through a user interface (UI) while the administration and/or course of the clothing processing device are in progress can be beautifully absorbed into the installation space. .
  • UI user interface
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a clothing treatment device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 2 simply shows the interrelationship between a control panel, a first processing device, and a second processing device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 3 is a front perspective view of a control panel according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 4 is an exploded perspective view of a control panel according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 5 shows a UI unit according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 6a is a table listing various touch operations for touching the touch input unit according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 6b is a table listing the flows in which the image displayed on the screen is switched by cause of occurrence.
  • Figure 7 shows an administrative flow according to an embodiment of the present invention when a washing machine is provided as a first processing device or a second processing device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 8 shows an administrative flow according to an embodiment of the present invention when a dryer is provided as a first processing device or a second processing device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 12 illustrates a flow in which the first device operation UI is displayed on a touch screen and a specific processing course is changed through a course browser page according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 13 shows the course browse page of the first device operation UI being output according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 14 shows a flow of changing a specific processing course through a swipe input on the course selection page of the first device operation UI according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 16 shows a flow of displaying the first device operation UI on the touch screen and changing option values according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 17 shows a state in which the first device operation UI according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed on the touch screen and the first page according to an embodiment is output.
  • Figure 18 shows a state in which the first device operation UI according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed on the touch screen, the first page according to an embodiment is output, and a reservation option is set.
  • 19 and 20 show that the first device operation UI according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed on the touch screen, a reservation option is set according to an embodiment, and standard washing is executed as a specific treatment course and proceeds until completion. Show the flow.
  • FIG. 21 shows the first device operation UI according to an embodiment of the present invention displayed on the touch screen, a specific processing course according to an embodiment, and a certain processing course is paused while in progress, and specific processing is performed according to the first method. The flow when the course is changed to another processing course is shown.
  • Figure 22 shows the first device operation UI according to an embodiment of the present invention displayed on the touch screen, a specific processing course according to an embodiment, a certain processing course is paused while in progress, and specific processing is performed according to a second method. The flow when the course is changed to another processing course is shown.
  • Figure 23 is an additional function page of the first processing device 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 23 shows a touch input to enter the 'Other Settings' item among the additional function items.
  • FIG. 24 shows a state in which a miscellaneous settings page is displayed, which collects infrequently used additional functions among the additional functions of the first processing device 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 25 shows a state in which a common settings page, which is a page that collects additional functions that can be commonly set by the first processing device 10 and the second processing device 20 according to an embodiment of the present invention, is output. .
  • Figure 26 shows a flow for setting a reservation option among additional functions according to an embodiment of the present invention and a flow for executing a reservation process after the reservation option is set.
  • Figure 27 shows a flow for changing a preset reservation option among additional functions according to an embodiment of the present invention and a flow for executing a reservation process.
  • Figure 28 shows a flow of canceling a preset reservation option among additional functions according to an embodiment of the present invention and a flow of an image displayed on the first device operation UI.
  • Figure 29 shows a flow when a specific processing course is changed according to the first method on the course selection page with the reservation option set among the additional functions according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 30 shows a flow when a specific processing course is changed according to the second method on the course selection page with the reservation option set among the additional functions according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 31 shows a flow when a specific processing course is changed on the first page while a reservation option is set and a reservation process is in progress among additional functions according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 32 shows the first device operation UI according to an embodiment of the present invention displayed on the touch screen, and is one of the additional functions that can be set by the additional function according to an embodiment of the present invention, so-called 'magic shortcut' When this is set, it shows how the 'suggested option' is proposed and the flow where the 'suggested option' is accepted and reflected.
  • FIG. 33 shows a flow in which acceptance of the 'suggested option' is canceled and the 'suggested option' is not applied.
  • Figure 34 illustrates a flow in which the second device operation UI is displayed on a touch screen and a specific processing course is changed through a course browser page according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 35 shows a state in which the second device operation UI according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed on the touch screen and the first page according to an embodiment of the present invention is output.
  • Figure 36 shows the second device operation UI according to an embodiment of the present invention displayed on the touch screen, and is one of the additional functions that can be set by the additional function according to an embodiment of the present invention, so-called 'magic shortcut' When this is set, it shows how the 'suggested option' is proposed and the flow where the 'suggested option' is accepted and reflected.
  • FIG. 37 shows a flow in which acceptance of the 'suggested option' is canceled and the 'suggested option' is not applied.
  • clothing processing device used in the following description refers to any device that can process clothing, such as washing, drying, or refreshing clothing.
  • processing device refers to any device that can process clothing, such as washing or drying clothing, but is defined as a sub-concept of “clothing processing device.”
  • the clothing treatment device is a device provided by stacking a first treatment device and a second treatment device vertically.
  • treatment of clothing refers to treatments such as washing, sterilization, bleaching, softening, and drying performed on clothing. Treatment of clothing can be achieved by the steps and courses performed by the clothing processing device.
  • One or more administrations are combined to form a course.
  • One or more administrations are listed in chronological order and can be combined to form a course.
  • the process includes washing process, rinsing process, dehydration process, drying process, cooling process, refresh process, etc.
  • the washing process is the process of separating foreign substances attached to clothes with water and detergent.
  • the rinse cycle is a cycle that separates laundry and foreign substances with water.
  • the dehydration process is a process that removes water from laundry.
  • the drying cycle is a cycle that removes moisture from laundry.
  • the cooling cycle is a cycle that lowers the temperature of heated laundry.
  • the refresh process is an process that performs one or more of deodorizing, removing wrinkles, and sterilizing laundry using one or more of air or steam.
  • detergent used in the following description refers to any substance used to sterilize, disinfect, or remove impurities from clothing, textiles, etc.
  • the detergent may be a solid or liquid in powder form.
  • softener used in the following description refers to any substance or drug used to make clothing or fibers soft and soft.
  • each used in the following description refers to any substance or drug that whitens fibers, etc. by decomposing and removing colored substances contained in fibers, etc. through chemical action.
  • the term "garment treatment agent” means any substance capable of producing a chemical or physical action to treat clothing.
  • the clothing treatment agent may be used to include detergents, softeners, bleaches, etc.
  • fluid means any fluid that can be mixed with, or act as a solvent for, a clothing treatment agent.
  • the fluid may be wash water, i.e. water.
  • the term 'and/or' includes a combination of a plurality of listed items or any of the plurality of listed items.
  • ‘a or b’ may include ‘a’, ‘b’, or ‘both a and b’.
  • Figure 1 shows a clothing treatment device 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the clothing treatment device 1 includes a first processing device 10, a second processing device 20, and a control panel 2000.
  • the forward direction (+ All definitions of (-Z) can be defined in the same terms.
  • the forward and backward directions (+ and the vertical direction (Z) can also be defined similarly.
  • the first processing device 10 and the second processing device 20 may be provided in various types for processing clothing, such as a washing machine for washing clothing and/or a dryer for drying clothing.
  • the first processing device 10 may be a washing machine and the second processing device 20 may be a dryer.
  • Both the first processing device 10 and the second processing device 20 may be a washing machine or a dryer, the first processing device 10 may be a dryer and the second processing device 20 may be a washing machine, and other clothing It can be a variety of devices for processing.
  • the first processing device 10 located on the lower side may correspond to a washing machine for washing clothes.
  • the first processing device 10 may be provided with a first drum 12 and a tub 14 in which clothes are stored.
  • the first drum 12 inside the first processing device 10 may be rotatably provided inside the tub 14.
  • the first drum 12 of one embodiment has a rotation axis located in the forward and backward directions (+X, -X).
  • the first processing device 10 may include a first cabinet 110 that forms an exterior appearance.
  • the first cabinet 110 may be provided with a first front panel 112 on the front side.
  • a clothing opening communicating with the inside of the first drum 12 may be formed in the first front panel 112.
  • the clothing opening can be opened and closed by the first cabinet door (17).
  • Clothing that requires processing can be introduced into the first cabinet 110 through the clothing opening and accommodated inside the first drum 12.
  • the first processing device 10 can process the received clothing.
  • the first processing device 10 can perform processing such as washing and drying on the received clothing.
  • the first processing device 10 may be provided with first side panels 115 on both sides in the lateral direction (Y), a first rear panel (not shown) may be provided on the rear side, and a first panel 115 may be provided on the upper side.
  • a top panel (not shown) may be provided, and a first bottom panel (not shown) may be provided on the lower side.
  • the first front panel 112, the first side panel 115, the first rear panel (not shown), the first top panel 119, and the first bottom panel (not shown) are combined with each other to form a first cabinet 110. ) and can have a bonding relationship with each other.
  • the first cabinet 110 may form a space inside which internal components constituting the first processing device 10, such as the first drum 12, are provided.
  • a detergent opening is formed in the first front panel 112, and a detergent storage unit 30 is inserted into the detergent opening.
  • the first processing device 10 is placed on the ground.
  • the detergent storage unit 30 is located above the clothing opening of the first processing device 10, so that insertion and extraction of the detergent storage unit 30 can be conveniently provided.
  • the detergent storage unit 30 may be located between the clothes opening of the first processing device 10 and the control panel 2000.
  • the detergent storage unit 30 may be located above the clothes opening of the first processing device 10 and below the control panel 2000.
  • the detergent storage unit 30 may be brought into the first cabinet 110 or pulled out from the first cabinet 110 by the user. For example, the user separates the detergent storage unit 30 from the first cabinet 110, stores detergent in the detergent storage unit 30, and then inserts the detergent storage unit 30 into the first cabinet 110. You can do it.
  • a filter opening is formed in the first front panel 112.
  • a filter unit 40 is inserted into the filter opening.
  • the filter unit 40 is configured to collect foreign substances from washing water.
  • the filter unit 40 can be introduced into the first cabinet 110 through the filter opening.
  • the filter unit 40 may be provided on one lower side of the first front panel 112.
  • the filter unit 40 may be connected to the wash water flow path discharged from the tub 14.
  • the filter unit 40 can filter out foreign substances from the washing water discharged from the tub 14 after the washing process is performed.
  • the role of the filter unit 40 is not necessarily limited to this, and may be provided to filter foreign substances from various objects as needed.
  • the filter unit 40 may be provided to filter out foreign substances from the wash water for performing the washing process before the washing process is performed.
  • the user can insert or withdraw the filter unit 40 into the first cabinet 110 through the filter opening.
  • the drawn out filter unit 40 can be reused or replaced after washing.
  • the filter unit 40 may have a relatively longer inlet and outlet cycle in relation to the detergent storage unit 30. Accordingly, in one embodiment of the present invention, the detergent opening through which the detergent storage unit 30, which has a relatively short input and output cycle, is introduced can be disposed on the upper side of the first front panel 112.
  • the filter opening through which the filter unit 40, which has a relatively long input and output cycle, is inserted is placed on the lower side of the first front panel 112, improving convenience of use and providing excellent space utilization.
  • the structure can be implemented.
  • the wash water discharge passage connected to the tub 14 inside the first cabinet 110 may be located at the lower side of the first cabinet 110 to facilitate discharge of wash water.
  • the filter unit 40 is provided on the lower side of the first cabinet 110 and can be efficiently connected to the wash water discharge passage.
  • the first processing device 10 may be provided with a first device control unit 19.
  • the first device control unit 19 is a component that controls various devices constituting the first processing device 10.
  • the first device control unit 19 is disposed inside the first cabinet 110.
  • the first device control unit 19 may include a circuit board and electrical components mounted on the circuit board.
  • the first device control unit 19 may check information corresponding to the operation signal received from the control panel 2000 in the memory and use the information to control the device corresponding to the operation signal.
  • the first device control unit 19 may transmit the status of the first processing device 10 to the control panel 2000.
  • the second processing device 20 is located above the first processing device 10.
  • the first processing device 10 supports the second processing device 20.
  • the second processing device 20 may correspond to a dryer for drying clothes.
  • the second processing device 20 may include a second drum 22.
  • the second drum 22 can accommodate clothing therein.
  • the second drum 22 has a rotation axis located in the forward and backward directions (+X, -X).
  • the second processing device 20 may include a second cabinet 120 that forms an exterior appearance.
  • the second cabinet 120 may include a second front panel 122 provided on the front side.
  • a clothing opening communicating with the second drum 22 may be formed in the second front panel 122. The clothing opening can be opened and closed by the second cabinet door (27).
  • the second processing device 20 may be provided with second side panels 125 on both sides in the lateral direction (+Y, -Y). Furthermore, the second processing device 20 may be provided with a second rear panel (not shown) on the rear side, a second upper panel 127 on the upper side, and a second lower panel (not shown) on the lower side. Poetry) can be prepared.
  • the second front panel 122, the second side panel 125, the second rear panel (not shown), the second top panel 127, and the second bottom panel (not shown) are combined with each other. It forms the second cabinet 120 and may have a coupling relationship with each other.
  • the second cabinet 120 may form a space inside which internal components constituting the second processing device 20, such as the second drum 22, are installed.
  • Clothing that requires processing can be accommodated inside the second drum (22) through the clothing opening of the second processing device (20).
  • the second processing device 20 can process the received clothing. Clothes stored in the second drum 22 can be washed, dried, etc. by the second processing device 20.
  • the second processing device 20 is disposed above the first processing device 10.
  • the lower part of the first processing device 10 may be coupled to the upper part of the second processing device 20.
  • the upper portion of the first processing device 10 may have a structure that supports the second processing device 20.
  • the first upper panel (not shown) of the first processing device 10 may have a structure that directly or indirectly supports the second lower panel (not shown) of the second processing device 20.
  • the second processing device 20 may be provided with a second device control unit 29.
  • the second device control unit 29 controls various devices constituting the second processing device 20.
  • the second device control unit 29 is disposed inside the second cabinet 120.
  • the second device control unit 29 may include a circuit board and electrical components mounted on the circuit board.
  • the second device control unit 29 may check information corresponding to the operation signal received from the control panel 2000 in memory and control the device corresponding to the operation signal.
  • the second device control unit 29 may transmit the status of the second processing device 20 to the control panel 2000.
  • the control panel 2000 is disposed between the first front panel 112 and the second front panel 122.
  • the control panel 2000 is preferably positioned at a height approximately corresponding to the user's waist. If the control panel 2000 is located at a height corresponding to the user's waist, the user's convenience in operation can be improved.
  • the control panel 2000 is disposed above the first front panel 112 and below the second front panel 122, so the height of the first front panel 112 and the second front panel ( 122) It is best to set the height appropriately.
  • at least a portion of the first front panel 112 may face the side panel 125 of the second processing device 20.
  • the control panel 2000 may be connected to exchange signals with at least one of the first processing device 10 and the second processing device 20. In an embodiment, the control panel 2000 is connected to exchange signals with the first processing device 10 and the second processing device 20. In an embodiment, the control panel 2000 is connected to exchange signals with the first device control unit 19 and/or the second processing device 20.
  • the above-described connection may include a wired connection or a wireless connection.
  • the front part 2110 of the control panel 2000 is provided with a UI part 200 that displays a user interface (UI).
  • UI user interface
  • FIG. 2 simply shows the interrelationship between the control panel 2000, the first processing device 10, and the second processing device 20 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • control panel 2000 may include a display unit 2001, an input unit 2002, and a control unit 2003.
  • the UI unit 200 may include a display unit 2001 and an input unit 2002.
  • the display unit 2001 is a component that displays one or more information for interaction with the user.
  • the display unit 2001 may indicate the status of the first processing device 10 and/or the second processing device 20.
  • the display unit 2001 may display the status of the first processing device 10 and/or the second processing device 20.
  • the display unit 2001 is provided in the UI unit 200.
  • the display unit 2001 displays information about one or more of the first processing device 10 and the second processing device 20. In an embodiment, the information may be course information, which may be executed on the first processing unit 10 and/or the second processing unit 20.
  • Information on processing in progress e.g., course name, time remaining until course completion
  • administrative information in progress e.g., administrative name
  • set processing option information communication connection status information, remote control setting information, door lock status information, drying It may include preparation setting information, turbo shot setting information, steam setting information, ironing notification setting information, anti-wrinkle setting information, and reservation setting information.
  • the input unit 2002 is configured to receive an operation command for controlling the first processing device 10 and/or the second processing device 20 from the user.
  • the input unit 2002 may be provided in the control panel 2000.
  • the input unit 2002 may be provided as a touch screen.
  • the input unit 2002 may be provided as a touch sensor.
  • the input unit 2002 may be provided as a physical button.
  • the control unit 2003 includes a microprocessor that controls the first processing device 10 and/or the second processing device 20, and controls the first processing device 10 and/or the second processing device 20.
  • a storage unit may be provided in which a control program for executing an operation is stored.
  • the control program may be stored in a storage medium in the storage unit, and the storage medium may be a hard disk, a disk such as a CD-ROM or DVD, or a semiconductor memory such as a flash memory.
  • the control unit 2003 may be provided inside the control panel 2000, that is, on the rear side of the front part 2110.
  • One or more control units 2003 may be provided.
  • the control unit 2003 is connected to the first processing device 10 and/or the second processing device 20 and can exchange signals.
  • the connection may include a wired connection or a wireless connection.
  • the control unit 2003 is connected to the display unit 2001 and/or the input unit 2002 and can send and receive signals.
  • the above-described signals may be control commands, user input, device status information, etc.
  • the control unit 2003 can detect a manipulation signal from the input unit 2002.
  • the control unit 2003 can check information corresponding to the input manipulation signal in the memory.
  • the control unit 2003 can transmit display data to the display unit 2001.
  • the display unit 2001 can display the status of the first processing unit 10, the status of the second processing unit 20, and/or the contents of a command input from the user in response to the display data transmitted from the control unit 2003. there is.
  • the control unit 2003 can switch the components forming the input unit 2002 into an activated or deactivated state.
  • the control unit 2003 can switch the components forming the display unit 2001 into an activated or deactivated state.
  • the control unit 2003 may include a circuit board and electrical components mounted on the circuit board.
  • control unit 2003 may not be classified in the control panel 2000.
  • the control unit 2003 may be provided in a location other than the control panel 2000.
  • the control unit 2003 may be provided to the first processing device 10 and/or the second processing device 20.
  • the control unit 2003 may be provided in the control panel 2000 and each of the first processing device 10 and the second processing device 20.
  • the control unit 2003 may be integrated with the first device control unit 19 and/or the second device control unit 29.
  • the control unit 2003 may be understood as an integrated concept with the first device control unit 19 and/or the second device control unit 29.
  • FIG. 3 is a front perspective view of a control panel according to an embodiment of the present invention. This will be explained with reference to Figure 3.
  • the control panel 2000 includes a cover panel 2100.
  • An electrical module 2220 (see FIG. 4) is located at the rear of the cover panel 2100.
  • the cover panel 2100 includes a front portion 2110, an upper surface portion 2120, a lower surface portion (not shown), a first side portion 2142, and a second side portion 2144.
  • the front portion 2110 forms the exterior of the cover panel 2100.
  • the upper surface portion 2120 extends rearward from the upper surface of the front portion 2110.
  • the lower surface portion 2130 extends rearward from the lower surface of the front portion 2110.
  • the first side portion 2142 extends rearward from the first side of the front portion 2110 (eg, the left side when viewed from the front).
  • the second side portion 2144 extends rearward from the second side of the front portion 2110 (eg, the right side when viewed from the front).
  • Figure 4 is an exploded perspective view of a control panel according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the control panel 2000 includes a cover panel 2100 and an electrical module 2220.
  • the electrical module 2220 is coupled to the cover panel 2100 at the rear of the cover panel 2100.
  • the electronic module 2220 includes a supporter 2220, a sealing cover 2230, a touch screen device 2240, and a circuit board 2250.
  • the touch screen device 2240 may be composed of a combination of a flat panel display 2241 and a touch layer 2242.
  • the flat panel display 2241 provides a screen that outputs images.
  • the flat panel display 2241 functions as a display unit that displays various information.
  • the flat display 2241 refers to a thin display and can be provided in various forms such as LCD, PDP, AMLCD, PMLCD, OLED, and LED.
  • the touch layer 2242 may be provided in the form of a touch film or coating film.
  • the touch layer 2242 may be made of two ITO layers forming the X ⁇ Y axis.
  • the touch layer 2242 functions as an input unit that receives the user's touch input.
  • the touch screen device 2240 may be implemented using a method not shown.
  • the touch screen device 2240 may be implemented using a resistive method, a capacitive method, an infrared method, an ultrasonic method, etc.
  • the supporter 2220 is configured to support the flat panel display 2241.
  • the supporter 2220 has a panel-shaped front.
  • the supporter 2220 is coupled to the upper surface 2120 and the lower surface part (not shown) of the cover panel 2100.
  • the flat panel display 2241 is located in front of the supporter 2220.
  • the flat display 2241 is supported by a supporter 2220.
  • the flat panel display 2241 is located between the cover panel 2100 and the supporter 2220.
  • the sealing cover 2230 is located behind the supporter 2220 and is coupled to the supporter 2220.
  • the sealing cover 2230 covers the circuit board 2250.
  • the sealing cover 2230 is located at the rear of the circuit board 2250.
  • a circuit board 2250 is located in the space formed between the sealing cover 2230 and the supporter 2220.
  • a plurality of circuit boards 2250 may be provided. Some of the circuit boards 2250 may be covered by the cover panel 2100 to block contact with external air.
  • the circuit board 2250 may be composed of a circuit board for a speaker to be described later, a circuit board 2251 for a flat panel display 2241 and a touch button provided as an input button, and a circuit board for a communication module.
  • the circuit board for the flat panel display 2241 is electrically connected to the flat panel display 2241 and transmits signals to the flat panel display 2241. Additionally, the user's input signal can be received through the user UI.
  • the circuit board for the flat panel display 2241 may be covered by a sealing cover 2230 to block contact with external air.
  • a touch button is provided on the circuit board 2251 for the flat panel display 2241.
  • the touch button is provided as a pair of light emitting member and touch sensor.
  • the touch button may be provided in a known configuration capable of receiving touch input.
  • the light emitting member indicates whether the corresponding touch sensor is activated. For example, when the touch sensor is activated, the light emitting member emits light.
  • the light emitting device may be provided as an LED device.
  • the supporter 2220 can focus the light diffused from the light emitting device to a specific location.
  • one or more sensor holes 2221 are formed in the supporter 2220.
  • the sensor hole 2221 is formed at a position corresponding to the position where the touch button is provided.
  • the sensor hole 2221 forms a blocking wall extending forward or backward from the perimeter of the hole.
  • the blocking wall prevents the light emitted from the light emitting device from spreading to the surroundings of the touch button.
  • FIG. 5 shows the UI unit 200 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the UI unit 200 is provided with a user interface (UI).
  • the user interface provided in the UI unit 200 may include a power button 220, a switch button 250, a touch screen 240, an additional function button 260, and a run/pause button 270.
  • the power button 220 may include a first power button 221 and a second power button 222.
  • the run/pause button 270 may include a first run/pause button 271 and a second run/pause button 272.
  • First power button (221), second power button (222), switch button (250), additional function button (260), first run/pause button (271), second run/pause button (272) Can be provided as a touch sensor or physical button.
  • the touch screen 240 may be provided by a touch screen device 2240.
  • the first power button 221 may be displayed as an icon symbolizing power.
  • the first power button 221 is configured to receive a user command to turn on/off the power of the first processing device 10.
  • the first power button 221 is provided as a touch sensor.
  • the control unit 2003 inputs a turn-on or turn-off command for the first processing device 10. You can receive it.
  • the second power button 222 may be displayed as an icon symbolizing power.
  • the second power button 222 is arranged to occupy a different area from the first power button 221.
  • the first power button 221 and the second power button 222 may be arranged vertically.
  • the second power button 222 is disposed above the first power button 221.
  • the second power button 222 is configured to receive a user command to turn on/off the power of the second processing device 20.
  • the second power button 222 is provided as a touch sensor. In an embodiment, when the user touches the second power button 222, the control unit 2003 inputs a turn-on or turn-off command for the second processing device 20. You can receive it.
  • the first power button 221 and the second power button 222 may be provided as separate touch sensors separate from the touch input component (eg, touch layer) for the touch screen 240.
  • the touch input component eg, touch layer
  • the clothing treatment device 1 is placed in a humid environment.
  • the first processing device 10 while the first processing device 10 is operating, an attempt is made to turn on the second processing device 20 and access the second device operation UI 400, but due to a touch malfunction due to moisture, the first processing device is unintentionally processed. Problems such as changing options of the device 10 can be prevented.
  • the touch screen 240 may be arranged to occupy a different area from the first power button 221 and the second power button 222.
  • the touch screen 240 may be implemented by a touch layer 2242 constituting one of the input units 2002 and a flat panel display 2241 constituting one of the display units 2001.
  • the touch screen 240 includes a first device operation UI for controlling the first processing device 10, a second device operation UI 400 for controlling the second processing device 20, and a first processing device 10. ) and a complex UI in which the operation information of the second processing device 20 is displayed on one screen can be output.
  • the first device operation UI, the second device operation UI 400, and the composite UI will be described in detail below.
  • the switch button 250 is arranged to occupy a different area from the first power button 221, the second power button 222, and the touch screen 240.
  • the switch button 250 may be provided as a separate touch sensor separate from the touch layer 2242 constituting the touch screen 240. If the switch button 250 is provided in an area separate from the touch screen 240, malfunction of the device can be reduced.
  • the clothing treatment device 1 is placed in a humid environment. By varying the areas of the touch layer 2242 forming the touch screen 240 and the switch button 250, touch malfunction due to moisture can be minimized.
  • the conversion button 250 may be displayed as an icon symbolizing conversion.
  • the switch button 250 receives user input for switching the control object. It is activated when both the first processing device 10 and the second processing device 20 are in the On state. While the first device operation UI is displayed on the touch screen 240, when a user command is input through the switch button 250, the control object is switched to the second processing device 20, and the touch screen 240 The second device operation UI 400 is displayed. When the second device operation UI 400 is displayed on the touch screen 240 and a user input is received through the switch button 250, the control object is switched to the first processing device 10, and the touch screen The first device operation UI is displayed at (240). The switch button 250 is deactivated when the power of at least one of the first processing device 10 and the second processing device 20 is turned off.
  • the additional function button 260 may be displayed in the form of text that says ‘additional function’.
  • the additional function button 260 is arranged to occupy a different area from the first power button 221, the second power button 222, the touch screen 240, and the switch button 250.
  • the additional function button 260 receives user input for setting additional functions of the first processing device 10 and/or the second processing device 20.
  • additional settings e.g., reservation, notification sound volume, etc.
  • Items that can be set may be displayed on the touch screen 240.
  • the first run/pause button 271 may be displayed as an icon symbolizing playback and an icon symbolizing pause.
  • the first run/pause button 271 occupies a different area from the first power button 221, the second power button 222, the touch screen 240, the conversion button 250, and the additional function button 260. arranged to do so.
  • the first power button 221 receives user input to start or pause the operation of the washing machine 10.
  • the second run/pause button 272 may be displayed as an icon symbolizing playback and an icon symbolizing pause.
  • the second run/pause button 272 includes the first power button 221, the second power button 222, the touch screen 240, the conversion button 250, the additional function button 260, and the first run/pause button 272. It is arranged to occupy a different area from the pause button 271.
  • the first run/pause button 271 and the second run/pause button 272 may be arranged up and down. In an embodiment, the second run/pause button 272 may be placed above the first run/pause button 271.
  • the second power button 222 receives a user command to execute or pause the operation of the second processing device 20.
  • FIG. 6A is a table listing features that separately express various operations of touching a touch input unit (e.g., various buttons, touch screen) according to an embodiment of the present invention for each touch gesture.
  • a touch input unit e.g., various buttons, touch screen
  • FIG. 6A is a table listing features that separately express various operations of touching a touch input unit (e.g., various buttons, touch screen) according to an embodiment of the present invention for each touch gesture.
  • a plurality of touch input methods are applied.
  • a plurality of touch input methods can be implemented by various touch gestures.
  • the user's action of performing a touch command is expressed using the feature shown in FIG. 6A.
  • Tap (Short) gesture is a method of inputting a command by the user briefly touching the touch screen 240.
  • the Tap (Short) action can be described as an action in which the user briefly and lightly taps the touch screen 240 with his or her finger.
  • the function set by the input command can be executed.
  • the feature expressing the Tap (Short) action is a filled circle without borders.
  • Tap (Long) gesture is a method of inputting a command by the user touching the touch screen 240 for a set time or longer.
  • the function set by the input command can be executed.
  • ‘touching for a set period of time’ is expressed as ‘touching for a long time’.
  • ‘An action of touching for more than a set time’ may mean ‘an action of touching a specific part on the touch screen 240 and then not removing the finger until a set response is received.’
  • the time the touch is maintained that is, the time the finger does not fall, may vary depending on the setting, but is the time the user feels that the touch has stayed beyond the simple feeling of being touched, and can be set to approximately 1 second or more.
  • the feature representing the Tap(Long) action is a filled circle with a border.
  • the Tap and Hold gesture is a method in which a user inputs a command by continuously touching and holding the touch screen 240.
  • different commands may be input depending on the time the user maintains the touch.
  • the function set by the input command can be executed.
  • a Tap and Hold operation When a Tap and Hold operation is detected, different outputs are generated depending on the touch duration.
  • the action of moving the list by continuously pressing the scroll arrow corresponds to the Tap and Hold action.
  • the feature expressing the Tap and Hold operation is a filled circle with a border and '_ ' written inside.
  • the double tap gesture is a method of inputting a command by the user making short touches on the touch screen 240 twice in succession.
  • the feature that represents the Double Tap action is a filled circle with a border and 'x2' written inside.
  • Swipe gesture is a method of inputting a command by touching a certain position on the touch screen 240 and moving the finger to another position without lifting the finger.
  • the Swipe operation is an operation of swiping with a finger placed on the touch screen 240.
  • the feature representing the Swipe action is a filled arrow without a border. The direction of the arrow may be defined depending on the direction of movement of the finger.
  • Figure 6b is a table showing a flow in which images displayed on the screen are switched, and listing features classified according to the reason for the flow. In the drawings described later, the flow of image switching is simply expressed using the feature shown in FIG. 6B.
  • the flow in which changes occur by receiving input through the power button is expressed by a combination of a solid arrow and an icon symbolizing power placed adjacent to the solid arrow.
  • the flow in which changes occur by receiving input through the Start/Pause button is expressed by a combination of a solid arrow and an icon symbolizing Run/Pause placed adjacent to the solid arrow. .
  • the flow in which a change occurs when a user's command is input through the UI unit 200 is expressed by a solid arrow.
  • the flow when a change occurs due to an unusual situation (e.g., occurrence of an error, warning, user notification, etc.) in the clothing processing device 1 is also expressed with a solid arrow.
  • Figure 7 shows an administrative flow according to an embodiment of the present invention when a washing machine is provided as a first processing device or a second processing device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the administrative flow according to the embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 7.
  • a washing machine is provided as an example of the first processing device 10.
  • the user puts laundry objects that need to be treated into the first drum 12.
  • the user can close the first cabinet door 17 of the first processing device 10 and input an execution command to start washing.
  • Laundry processing may be started by a user's command (S1100).
  • Laundry processing may be performed based on the laundry course selected by the user.
  • the washing course refers to the operation of rotating the first drum 12, the operation of supplying water, detergent and/or softener to the inside of the first drum 12, and the washing water filled inside the first drum 12. It is defined as a series of control methods for processing laundry objects by controlling the configuration of the first processing device 10, such as the operation of draining the water.
  • the weight of the laundry object is detected (S1110).
  • the subsequent processes can be set based on the sensed amount of laundry, such as detergent amount, softener amount, amount of wash water required for washing, amount of rinse water required for rinsing, washing time, rinsing time, spin-drying time, etc.
  • Reservations can be set up through the reservation options.
  • a reservation option may mean an option to delay the end of a course. These reservation options are very useful if you are going out for a long time. In other words, you can set the laundry to end according to the time you return home. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent laundry from being left in the washing machine for a long time while waiting for the washing to end or after the washing has been completed. If a reservation is set (Y), when the reservation time arrives, proceed to the next step (S1121). If there is no reservation setting (N), proceed directly to the next step.
  • Detergent required for washing is introduced into the first drum 12 (S1130).
  • detergent may be supplied with wash water. If the 'automatic detergent/softener input' function is set as an additional function of the first processing device 10, the amount of detergent to be input is determined based on the detected laundry weight (S1131), and the detergent is automatically input (S1132) ).
  • the first processing device 10 may provide an artificial intelligence course as an example of a laundry course.
  • the artificial intelligence course is a course that detects the characteristics and contamination level of laundry and performs a series of washing processes with options selected under optimal conditions. Check whether the selected course is an artificial intelligence course (S1140). If the artificial intelligence course is selected (Y), a step is taken to detect the material of the laundry object (S1141). The step of detecting the material of the laundry object can be implemented by various methods. In this specification, specific details about material detection are not described.
  • the first processing device 10 may provide a soaking option as one of the washing options.
  • the soaking option is an option to soak the laundry by allowing the laundry object to be immersed in washing water for a set period of time while the washing cycle is in progress.
  • the first processing device 10 may provide a pre-wash option as one of the washing options.
  • the pre-wash option is an option that adds a pre-wash process.
  • the pre-wash process pre-treats the laundry prior to the main wash process (S1170), and is an process that washes the laundry more simply than the main wash process.
  • the first device operation UI 300 may display 'Washing in progress'.
  • This washing process is an process that separates contamination from the laundry object using wash water containing detergent.
  • the first drum 12 is alternately rotated clockwise and counterclockwise, causing friction and falling on the laundry object.
  • the laundry object and dirt can be separated by friction, dropping, and the surfactant action of detergent.
  • the first rinse cycle (S1180) is performed. While the first rinsing cycle is in progress, the first device operation UI 300 may display 'Rinsing in progress'.
  • the first rinsing process is an process that separates contamination from the laundry object using water. In an embodiment, contamination separated in the main washing cycle may be removed in the first rinsing cycle. In an embodiment, the wash water used in the main wash cycle may be drained in the first rinse cycle. New water is supplied to the first drum 12 from which the washing water has been drained, and the first drum 12 is rotated to separate dirt from the laundry object.
  • the draining step of discharging the water filled in the first drum 12 and the water supply step of supplying new water to the first drum 12 may be performed one or more times.
  • the number of times drainage and water supply are performed in the first rinse cycle can be set by the user.
  • the softener is injected into the first drum 12 (S1190).
  • the softener may be supplied with water. If the 'automatic detergent/softener input' function is set as an additional function of the first processing device 10, the amount of softener to be injected is determined based on the detected weight (S1191), and the softener is automatically injected (S1191) S1192). The added softener softens the laundry object.
  • the second rinse cycle (S1200) is performed. While the second rinsing cycle is in progress, the first device operation UI 300 may display 'Rinsing in progress'.
  • the second rinsing process is an process for rinsing the laundry object using water.
  • the water containing the softener filled in the first drum 12 is drained, new water is supplied to the first drum 12, and the first drum 12 is rotated. I order it.
  • the dehydration process is an process that removes water from the laundry object.
  • the dehydration process is an process that removes water from the laundry object.
  • the water filled in the first drum 12 is drained.
  • the first drum 12 is rotated. Centrifugal force due to rotation acts on the water absorbed by the laundry object, and water is removed from the laundry object.
  • the first drum 12 may rotate alternately clockwise and counterclockwise. As the rotation direction is alternated, the phenomenon of laundry objects becoming tangled with each other can be prevented.
  • the laundry object can be washed through the series of processes described above.
  • the series of processes in which laundry objects are washed can be called a washing course.
  • the laundry course is a type of treatment course that processes clothing.
  • the treatment of clothing is washing the clothing.
  • a series of processes for treating laundry using a combination of various factors eg, various strokes, water temperature, water amount, etc.
  • a variety of laundry courses can be provided.
  • a plurality of washing courses may be defined and provided.
  • a plurality of defined laundry courses may be provided so that the user can select them through the UI unit 200. The user can select one of a plurality of set washing courses and proceed with a series of processes using the first processing device 10.
  • Laundry courses can be provided in various ways depending on the administration of each step.
  • One or more laundry courses may be defined as different laundry courses depending on the presence or absence of each administration.
  • One or more washing courses may be defined as different washing courses depending on whether or not additional functions are set.
  • One or more washing courses may be defined as different washing courses according to various values defined and set for washing. Various defined and set values can be provided as values optimized for washing laundry objects.
  • each washing course may have a unique name (washing course name).
  • the laundry course can be named to reveal the characteristics of the laundry course, such as 'standard wash', 'small quantity rapid', 'wool/delicate', and 'artificial intelligence course'.
  • the user can select one of a plurality of set washing courses.
  • one or more options are provided for at least one wash course among a plurality of wash courses.
  • elements that provide a choice that can be changed by the user among the preset elements may be defined as options.
  • An option may be defined as one or more elements that can be changed or selected by the user among the elements that make up the laundry course, and/or a combination thereof.
  • Figure 8 shows an administrative flow according to an embodiment of the present invention when a dryer is provided as a first processing device or a second processing device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the administrative flow according to the embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 8.
  • a dryer is provided as an example of the second processing device 20.
  • drying processing may begin (S2100). Drying processing may be performed based on the drying course selected by the user.
  • the drying course refers to the operation of rotating the second drum 22, the operation of discharging moisture by replacing the air inside the second drum 22 using a heat exchanger (not shown) such as a heat pump, etc. It is defined as a series of control methods for processing drying objects by controlling the configuration of the processing device 20.
  • the weight of the drying object is detected (S2110).
  • drying time, cooling time, steam supply, etc. can be set based on the sensed weight.
  • the second processing device 20 may provide an artificial intelligence course as an example of a drying course.
  • the artificial intelligence course is a course that detects the characteristics and weight of the drying object and performs a series of drying processes with options selected under optimal conditions. Check whether the selected course is an artificial intelligence course (S2130). If the artificial intelligence course is selected (Y), it goes through the step of detecting the pores of the drying object (S2131). The step of detecting the pores of the dried object can be implemented by various methods. In this specification, specific details about pore detection are not described.
  • the drying process proceeds (S2140). While the drying process is in progress, the second device operation UI 400 may display 'drying in progress'.
  • the drying process is an operation that separates the moisture contained in the drying object from the drying object.
  • the air inside the second drum 22 is circulated. As the air circulates, moisture is removed. Moisture can be removed from the drying object by air from which moisture has been removed.
  • the second drum 22 may rotate clockwise, counterclockwise, or alternately rotate clockwise and counterclockwise. The drying object may fall due to the rotation of the second drum 22. In the process of dropping the drying object, the area in contact with the air increases, and drying efficiency can increase.
  • Cooling process is performed (S2150).
  • the cooling process is carried out after the drying process.
  • the cooling process is a process that lowers the inside of the second drum 22 to a set temperature or lower. Since the internal temperature of the second drum 22 is high after the drying process, which may be dangerous, a cooling process is performed to lower the internal temperature of the second drum 22.
  • the second processing device 20 may provide a wrinkle prevention option as one of the drying options.
  • the anti-wrinkle option is set, the second drum 22 is rotated periodically even after the drying course is completed to prevent the drying object from being wrinkled after the drying cycle is completed.
  • the set time may be set as the time for the user to open the second cabinet door 27 to remove the dried object from the second processing device 20.
  • the set time may be set to a time that begins after the preceding administration is completed and a certain amount of time has elapsed.
  • the drying object can be dried through the series of processes described above.
  • a series of processes for drying objects can be called a drying course.
  • the drying course is a type of processing course that processes clothing.
  • the treatment of the garment is to dry the garment.
  • a series of processes for processing drying objects using a combination of various factors eg, various strokes, air temperature, drying time, etc.
  • Drying courses can be provided in various ways.
  • a plurality of drying courses may be defined and provided.
  • a plurality of defined drying courses may be provided so that the user can select them through the UI unit 200. The user can select one of a plurality of set drying courses and proceed with a series of processes using the second processing device 20.
  • Drying courses can be provided in various ways depending on the administration of each stage.
  • One or more drying courses may be defined as different drying courses depending on the presence or absence of each administration.
  • One or more drying courses may be defined as different drying courses depending on whether or not additional functions are set.
  • One or more drying courses may be defined as different drying courses according to various values defined and set for washing. Various defined and set values can be provided as values optimized for drying the drying object.
  • each drying course may have a unique name (drying course name).
  • drying course name For example, the drying course can be named to reveal the characteristics of the drying course, such as 'standard drying', 'small quantity rapid drying', 'wool/delicate', and 'intensive drying'.
  • the course selection page (P310) of the first device operation UI (300) may be displayed on the touch screen (240).
  • the course selection page (P310) according to one embodiment includes a course display portion 310, an option display portion 320, and an indicator display portion 330.
  • the course display portion 310 may occupy the middle area
  • the indicator display portion 330 may occupy the upper area
  • the option display portion 320 may occupy the lower area.
  • the indicator display portion 330 may be disposed higher than the course display portion 310
  • the option display portion 320 may be disposed lower than the course display portion 310.
  • the course display portion 310 displays the course name 311, course description 312, and course browse portion 313.
  • the course name 311 is the name of a specific processing course currently in a specified state among a plurality of processing courses provided by the first processing device 10.
  • the course description 312 is a description of a specific processing course.
  • the treatment course and course name 311 provided in the first device operation UI 300 may correspond to the name of the laundry course.
  • the processing course and course description 312 provided in the first device operation UI 300 may correspond to the description of the washing course.
  • the course description of 'standard washing' is 'cleaning general clothes'.
  • the course name 311 may be located above the course description 312.
  • the font size displaying the course name 311 may be larger than the font size displaying the course description 312.
  • the course browse unit 313 is placed behind the course name 311.
  • the course browse unit 313 may be located on a horizontal line that overlaps the course name 311.
  • the position of the course browse unit 313 may vary depending on the length of the course name 311.
  • the course browse unit 313 may be provided in the form of an icon.
  • the course browse unit 313 is expressed in a “V” shape.
  • the course browse unit 313 functions as an input unit.
  • the touch screen 240 may output a course browse page (see description of FIG. 12).
  • the setting area that receives touch input functions as the first input unit.
  • the setting area may be an area that includes an area where the course name 311 and the course browse unit 313 are displayed. That is, the first input unit may be provided by overlapping the area including the course name 311 part where the specific course is displayed and the course browse unit 313 on the course selection page P310.
  • the course browse page (see the description of FIG. 12) is a page where a plurality of course names corresponding to a plurality of processing courses are displayed as a list.
  • the setting area that functions as an input unit in the course browse unit 313 may be an area where an icon representing the course browse unit 313 and/or the course name 311 are displayed.
  • Option information is displayed in the option display portion 320.
  • options may be provided for the treatment course. Options provide the user with a choice or setting right so that the default setting value preset for each processing course can be changed to a different setting value based on the user's request (input). In embodiments, various options that can change preset values or conditions in a specified processing course may be selected. These options may be provided subject to selection of a specific treatment course. Options may be to change the conditions of each of the administrations included in the treatment course, to perform additional administrations, and/or to change the completion time of the course (reservation setting).
  • the option display portion 320 displays an option name 321 and a setting value 322.
  • Option name 321 is the name of the option.
  • the setting value 322 is the value or condition of the option corresponding to the option name 321.
  • the option name 321 may be located above the setting value 322.
  • the illustrated embodiment is a case where the treatment course is a washing course.
  • the wash course may provide optional washing options, number of rinses, spin intensity, and water temperature.
  • the option name 321a of the washing option may be ‘washing’.
  • the option name 321b for the number of rinses may be ‘Rinse’.
  • the option name 321c of the dehydration intensity may be 'dehydration'.
  • the option name 321d for water temperature may be ‘water temperature’.
  • the setting value 322 provided in each option of the laundry course provides a plurality of preset setting values, and any one may be selected.
  • the 'washing option' may be provided as a setting value (322) with options such as 'none', 'less dirty', 'standard', and 'strong'.
  • the drying course may optionally provide an economy mode, drying degree, drying time, and wrinkle prevention.
  • the option name for the saving mode may be ‘saving mode.’
  • the option name for the drying degree may be ‘drying degree’.
  • the option name for the drying time may be ‘drying time’.
  • the option name for anti-wrinkle may be ‘anti-wrinkle’.
  • the setting value provided by each option of the drying course provides a plurality of preset setting values, and any one may be selected.
  • 'wrinkle prevention' may be provided as a setting value of 'on' and 'off' as options.
  • the setting value 322 is not changed by the user, it is output as a preset default value.
  • the default value may be provided as a preset value for each washing course.
  • the default value may be stored and updated to a frequently used value based on the frequency of use of the changed setting value 322.
  • one of the plurality of processing courses may provide one or more options among the plurality of options that the first processing device 10 can provide.
  • One or more options provided by a processing course are defined as provided options.
  • option display portion 320 among the provided options, options whose settings the user can change are displayed in a first appearance, and among the provided options whose settings the user cannot change are displayed in a second appearance.
  • the state shown in FIG. 9 indicates a state in which the user can change the setting value, and is an example of the first view.
  • An option set may be displayed in the option display portion 320.
  • An option set is a set consisting of a plurality of preset options among a plurality of options.
  • the option set may consist of 'wash', 'rinse', 'spin', and 'water temperature'.
  • the option configuration of the option set is displayed the same even if the specific processing course changes. However, the default setting value may be provided differently depending on the specific processing course. A specific treatment course may not provide some of the options included in the option set.
  • Figure 10 shows that 'rinsing + dehydration' among the treatment courses is specified as a specific treatment course.
  • the 'Rinse + Spin' course does not provide some of the options included in the option set.
  • the option set includes washing options, number of rinses, spin intensity, and water temperature.
  • the 'Rinse + Spin' course does not provide a washing option or water temperature among the above options.
  • the setting value can be displayed as '-'.
  • One or more indicators 331 may be displayed on the indicator display portion 330.
  • the indicator 331 is a component that indicates device status information and setting information.
  • the indicator 331 may be displayed as an icon.
  • the indicator 331 may be displayed as an icon corresponding to each piece of information. As the number of displayed indicators 331 increases, they accumulate from the first side to the second side and may be displayed so as not to overlap each other. In an embodiment, the first side may be on the left and the second side may be on the right.
  • the order in which each indicator 331 is displayed may have priority. In an embodiment, a higher priority is located relatively to the left, and a lower priority is located relatively to the right.
  • An embodiment of the indicator 331 that can be provided to the first device operation UI 300 will be described in more detail with reference to FIG. 15.
  • Figure 11 shows that among the treatment courses, 'bucket sterilization' is specified as a specific treatment course.
  • selectable options may not be provided on the course selection page (P310). If there are no selectable options, nothing may be displayed in the option display portion 320. In the embodiment, there is no option to select the 'can sterilization' course in the option display portion 320. In the 'can sterilization' course, nothing may be displayed in the option display section 320.
  • FIG. 12 shows a flow in which the first device operation UI 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed on the touch screen 240 and a specific processing course is changed through a course browse page. This will be explained with reference to FIG. 12.
  • the image shown in (a) is the course selection page (P310).
  • the course selection page (P310) is output on the touch screen (240).
  • the course browse section 313 is selected on the course selection page (P310).
  • the course browse unit 313 can be selected by the user's touch 1 on the area where the course browse unit 313 is provided.
  • the image shown in (b) is a course browse page (P370).
  • the course browse page (P370) is output on the touch screen (240).
  • the course name of a specific course is displayed to distinguish it from other course names.
  • the course name of a specific treatment course and other course names are displayed in different colors to distinguish them.
  • 'standard wash' which is the specific treatment course shown, may be provided as letters 311a having a first color.
  • the first color is the coloring of the indicator 331a indicating the 'screen-occupying device' in the first device operation UI 300, which will be described later, and the coloring of the progress bar 360 in the first device operation UI 300. It is a color that is the same or perceived to be the same.
  • Other course names may be provided with letters having a third color distinct from the first color.
  • course browse page P370
  • the course browse page P370
  • the part where the course name of the first treatment course is displayed is displayed first. In the illustrated embodiment, the first treatment course is 'standard wash'.
  • the user can select the desired processing course as a specific processing course.
  • the processing course of the selected course name is specified as the specific processing course.
  • the 'Wool/Delicate' course may be selected by the user's touch 3.
  • a course selection page (P310) is output with the selected processing course as the specific processing course. If the back button 314 is touched 2 on the course browse page (P370), the course selection page (P310) in which the existing specific processing course is maintained is displayed.
  • the image shown in (c) is a course browse page (P370) in which the specific processing course has been changed to the 'wool/delicate' course by selecting the 'wool/delicate' course in the course browse page (P370).
  • Figure 13 shows the course browse page (P370) of the first device operation UI (300) being output according to an embodiment of the present invention. See Figure 13.
  • the course browse page (P370) includes a course display area (316), a scroll bar (315), and a back button (314).
  • An indicator 331a indicating 'screen-occupying device' may be further displayed on the course browse page (P370). The indicator 331a will be described in detail later.
  • the course display area 316 the course names of a plurality of processing courses are listed.
  • the scroll bar 315 By operating the scroll bar 315, the course name of another course is displayed in the course display area 316. That is, the user can view the entire processing course by manipulating the scroll bar 315.
  • the scroll bar 315 is used to view the processing course, but other methods such as a swipe gesture may be applied.
  • Figure 14 shows a flow of changing a specific processing course through a swipe input on the course selection page (P310) of the first device operation UI 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention. This will be explained with reference to FIG. 14.
  • the user can change the specific processing course by entering a swipe gesture on the course selection page (P310).
  • the swipe gesture is a touch input method in which part of the touch screen 240 is touched and the touch is moved in a certain direction.
  • the specific processing course may change depending on the swipe direction.
  • the image shown in (a) is a course selection page (P310) in which the first treatment course (example shown: standard wash) is specified as a specific treatment course.
  • the course selection page (P310) is output on the touch screen (240). You can change a specific processing course by entering a swipe gesture. The user can change the specific processing course by touching the touch screen 240 and inputting a swipe gesture.
  • a specific treatment course is provided as a first treatment course.
  • the first treatment course is a 'standard wash' course. It shows inputting swipe gesture 1 to move in the first direction by touching a portion of the course display area 316 as a starting point.
  • the image shown in (b) is a course selection page (P310) in which the second processing course (example shown: artificial intelligence laundry) is specified as a specific processing course.
  • (b) shows an image where swipe gesture 1 shown in (a) is input and the specific processing course is converted to the second processing course.
  • the second processing course is the 'Artificial Intelligence Laundry' course.
  • Each processing course constituting a plurality of processing courses has a set sequence.
  • Table 1 is a table listing the processing courses and unique sequential numbers corresponding to each processing course as an example.
  • the order of processing courses may follow the order in [Table 1].
  • the processing course When a swipe gesture is input, the processing course may be specified as a specific processing course according to the set order.
  • Treatment course name explanation One 1st treatment course 1st course name Description of the first treatment course 2 2nd treatment course 2nd course name Description of the second treatment course 3 Third treatment course 3rd course name Description of the 3rd treatment course 4 4th treatment course 4th course name Description of the 4th treatment course 5 5th treatment course 5th course name Description of the 5th treatment course 6 6th treatment course 6th course name Description of the 6th treatment course 7 7th treatment course 7th course name Description of the 7th treatment course ... ... ... n nth processing course nth course name Description of n-processing course
  • the processing course is a washing course.
  • the first course name which is the name of the first treatment course, may be 'standard washing', and the description of the first treatment course may be 'clean general clothes.
  • the processing course is a drying course.
  • the first course name which is the name of the first treatment course, may be ‘standard drying’, and the description of the first treatment course may be ‘make general clothes soft’.
  • the subsequent processing course is specified as a specific processing course. However, if the sequence number of the specific processing course is the last, the earliest processing course is again specified as the specific processing course.
  • the previous processing course is specified as a specific processing course.
  • the sequence number of the specific processing course is the earliest, the processing course with the lowest sequence is again specified as the specific processing course.
  • a turn indicator 332 may be displayed in the indicator display portion 330.
  • the turn indicator 332 is a configuration that displays the turn of a specific processing course so that the user can visually recognize it.
  • the turn indicator 332 may be expressed in various ways, but in the illustrated embodiment, it is expressed by filling and emptying the inside of a plurality of circular shapes arranged in horizontal lines. In the illustrated embodiment, the filled circular shape forming the turn indicator 332 indicates the turn of a specific processing course.
  • swipe gesture 2 is input in the second direction while the second processing course (illustrated example: artificial intelligence laundry) is specified as a specific processing course
  • the specific processing course is Changes to the first treatment course (shown example: standard laundry). The first processing course precedes the second processing course.
  • swipe gesture 3 is input in the first direction while the second processing course (illustrated example: artificial intelligence laundry) is specified as a specific processing course
  • the specific processing course is Changes to the 3rd treatment course (example: blankets).
  • the 3rd processing course follows the 2nd processing course.
  • the swipe gesture 4 is input in the second direction while the third processing course (illustrated example: blanket) is specified as the specific processing course
  • the specific processing course is the second Changes to processing course (example: artificial intelligence laundry).
  • the second processing course is in order before the third processing course.
  • the specific processing course is the fourth Changes to processing course (city example: small volume rapid).
  • the 4th processing course follows the 3rd processing course.
  • the swipe gesture 6 when the swipe gesture 6 is input in the second direction while the fourth processing course (illustrated example: small volume rapid) is specified as a specific processing course, the specific processing course is the first. Changes to 3 treatment course (city example: blanket). The 4th processing course precedes the 3rd processing course.
  • Each processing course can be specified as a specific processing course by the method described with reference to FIG. 14.
  • the turn indicator 332 may be displayed for a set time and then disappear. In an embodiment, the turn indicator 332 may be displayed for a set time immediately after a specific processing course is changed and then disappear. The turn indicator 332 may be displayed for a set time, and then the indicator 331 may be displayed again. In an embodiment, the set time for the turn indicator 332 to be displayed may be 3 seconds.
  • each processing course can be specified as a specific processing course by the method described in FIG. 14.
  • FIG. 15 shows embodiments of the indicator 331 that can be applied in the first device operation UI 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention, and (b) shows embodiments of the indicator 331 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • An example of the turn indicator 332 that can be applied in the first device operation UI 300 is shown. This will be explained with reference to FIG. 15.
  • the indicator 331 and the turn indicator 332 may be displayed on the indicator display portion 330 referenced in FIGS. 9, 10, and 11.
  • (a) shows an example of the indicator 331 provided to the first device operation UI 300.
  • the indicator 331 may be expressed as a pictogram (or icon).
  • [Table 2] lists information that can be displayed as an indicator 331 in the first device operation UI 300 in the embodiment.
  • the priority is 'Screen Occupying Device' -> 'Wi-Fi' -> 'Remote Control' -> 'Door Locked' -> 'Ready to Dry' -> 'Turbo Shot' -> 'Steam' -> 'Schedule' - > It can be higher in the order of ‘wrinkle prevention’ -> ‘locking’.
  • Information displayed as indicators Description of the state in which the indicator is displayed drawing number screen occupancy device Information on devices with activated interfaces (visual indication of whether the activated interface is the first device operation UI (300) or the second device operation UI (400)) 331a Wi-Fi Wi-Fi connection status - Connected: Displayed according to connection strength -Disconnection indication - Icon is not displayed when unregistered or not connected.
  • the indicator 431 provided in the second device operation UI 400 will be described as an example.
  • the indicator 431 provided in the second device operation UI 400 may be appropriately referenced in FIG. 34.
  • [Table 3] lists information that can be displayed as an indicator 431 in the second device operation UI 400 in the embodiment.
  • the priority is 'Screen Occupying Device' -> 'Wi-Fi' -> 'Remote Control' -> 'Door Lock' -> 'Steam' -> 'Turbo Shot' -> 'Ironing Reminder' -> 'Schedule'. It can be as high as it is.
  • Information displayed as indicators Description of the state in which the indicator is displayed drawing number screen occupancy device Information on devices with activated interfaces (visual indication of whether the activated interface is the first device operation UI (300) or the second device operation UI (400)) 431a Wi-Fi Wi-Fi connection status - Connected: Displayed according to connection strength -Disconnection indication - Icon is not displayed when unregistered or not connected. 431b remote control During remote control operation 431c Door locked If the door is locked after starting the administration 431d steam When Steam is set up 431e ironing reminder When ironing reminders are set 431f reservation When a reservation is set up 431g lock When the lock function is set 431h
  • the indicator 331a indicating a 'screen-occupying device' provides intuitive visual information to the user about the processing device currently being operated. provides.
  • the device indicator 331a indicating a 'screen-occupying device' may have the form of two rectangles stacked vertically. This is a shape in which the first processing device 10 and the second processing device 20 are stacked. In the first device operation UI 300, the rectangle below may be provided in colored form. The square below can be colored with the first color.
  • the upper rectangle may be provided in a colored form in the second device operation UI 400.
  • the upper square can be colored with a secondary color.
  • the first color and the second color are different colors. Differences in color allow users to quickly visually recognize the control object.
  • (b) shows an embodiment of the turn indicator 332 provided to the first device operation UI 300.
  • the turn indicator 332 is a configuration that displays the turn of a specific processing course so that the user can visually recognize it.
  • the turn indicator 332 may be expressed in various ways, but in the illustrated embodiment, it is expressed by filling and emptying the inside of a plurality of circular shapes arranged in horizontal lines. In the illustrated embodiment, the filled circular shape forming the turn indicator 332 indicates the turn of a specific processing course.
  • the circular shape constituting the turn indicator 332 may be provided to correspond to the number of processing courses provided, but it is sufficient to provide a visual effect that allows the user to recognize the turn by appropriately configuring it according to the screen configuration.
  • FIG. 16 illustrates a flow in which the course selection page (P310) of the first device operation UI (300) is displayed on the touch screen (240) and the setting value is changed according to an embodiment of the present invention. This will be explained with reference to FIG. 16.
  • an option display portion 320 is provided on the course selection page P310.
  • the option display portion 320 may display options provided by a specific processing course.
  • the provided option may be one or more options provided by a specific processing course among various options provided by the first processing device 10.
  • the provided options are washing option, number of rinses, spin intensity, and water temperature.
  • the settings of the provided options that the user can change are displayed in the first appearance.
  • the first view may be compared to a set value 322 represented by the second view shown in FIG. 17 .
  • the first and second appearances are visually different.
  • the first appearance and the second appearance may be differences in text attributes indicating the setting value.
  • the first appearance and the second appearance have different brightness.
  • the second appearance may have a lower brightness than the first appearance.
  • the first appearance and the second appearance may be different in one or more of font, text thickness, text style, and text size.
  • (a) shows the user touching the area occupied by the setting value to change the option.
  • the option subject to change is a laundry option.
  • the user touches 1 the area where the washing option settings are displayed.
  • the area occupied by each setting value corresponding to one or more options provided as suggested options may be provided as a setting value input unit.
  • the setting value of the washing option is 'standard'.
  • (b) shows the option change tool (P380) displayed on the touch screen 240.
  • changeable settings are output as a list in the option change tool (P380). You can change the settings by selecting the desired settings in the option change tool (P380).
  • selection of a desired setting value may be performed by an input that touches the area occupied by the desired setting value.
  • the selected setting value is 'strong', and the setting value can be changed by touching 3 the area occupied by 'strong'. Meanwhile, you can return to the course selection page (P310) without changing the settings by touching Back 2.
  • (c) shows an image to which a change in setting value has been applied.
  • the washing option was changed from ‘Standard’ to ‘Strong’.
  • the provided option setting value is output as a preset default value for each processing course.
  • the default value can be updated based on the frequency of use by which the user changes the setting value.
  • Figure 17 shows a state in which the first device operation UI 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed on the touch screen 240, and the first page (P320) according to an embodiment is output. This will be explained with reference to FIG. 17.
  • the first page (P320) is output when administration is in progress.
  • the first page (P320) includes a current navigation display portion 350, a progress display bar 360, an options display portion 320, and an indicator display portion 330.
  • the current port display portion 350 displays the course name 311, the remaining time until processing is completed (341), and the current status name 351, which displays the current status such as the name of the current administration.
  • the progress display bar 360 is a means of visually displaying the progress of clothing processing performed by the first processing device 10.
  • the progress bar 360 may be a horizontal bar that crosses the touch screen 240 from side to side.
  • the progress display bar 360 displays the progress of clothing processing using the filling length inside the bar shape.
  • the progress display bar 360 increases the amount of filling inside the bar shape as processing progresses.
  • the fill color of the progress bar 360 displayed on the first device operation UI 300 may be provided in a different color from the fill color of the progress display bar displayed on the second device operation UI 400. there is.
  • the filling color of the progress bar 360 displayed on the first device operation UI 300 may be the first color.
  • the fill color of the progress bar displayed on the second device operation UI 400 may be the second color.
  • the first color is the same as the first color that is the filling color of the indicator 331a indicating the 'screen-occupying device', or is at least a color that is recognized as the same by the user.
  • the set value cannot be changed while the stroke is in progress.
  • the state in which the setting value cannot be changed appears in a second view.
  • the appearance shown in FIG. 17 is an example of the second appearance, which displays a state in which the user cannot change the setting value.
  • Figure 18 shows a state in which the first device operation UI 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed on the touch screen 240, the first page (P320) according to an embodiment is output, and the reservation option is set. do. This will be explained with reference to FIG. 18.
  • the first page (P320) is output when administration is in progress.
  • the ongoing administration is a reservation administration.
  • the reservation administration is an administration that does not execute a specific processing course for a set time so that it can be completed at a set future time, but waits for the specific processing course to be executed when the set time is reached. Reservation administration can be performed by executing a processing course with reservation options set.
  • the remaining time 341 displays the remaining time until the course entered to be executed is completed.
  • the status name 351 may be displayed as 'laundry completed reserved'.
  • a reservation indicator 331h may be additionally displayed in the indicator display portion 330.
  • 19 and 20 show that the first device operation UI 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed on the touch screen 240, a reservation option is set according to an embodiment, and standard laundry is executed as a specific treatment course. It shows the flow from start to finish.
  • (a) is an image where the course selection page (P310) is output.
  • a reservation option is set.
  • 'standard washing' is specified as the specific treatment course.
  • an execution command is input to cause a specified specific processing course to be executed.
  • the user touches the first run/pause button 271 and inputs an execution command.
  • the first processing unit 10 which receives the execution command, detects the amount of laundry.
  • the first information page (P381) is displayed on the touch screen 240.
  • (b) is an image in which the first information page (P381) is printed.
  • the guidance phrase may be ‘Sensing weight.’
  • the processing course is executed. If the automatic detergent/softener option is set, a determined amount of detergent is added based on the detected weight. While detergent is automatically added, the second information page (P382) may be displayed on the touch screen 240. (d) is an image in which the second information page (P382) is displayed. On the second information page (P382), a message indicating that detergent is being added is displayed. In an embodiment, the guidance phrase may be ‘Automatically adding detergent.’ In an embodiment, once the processing course is executed, the reservation indicator is no longer displayed.
  • the specific treatment course may include a soaking process, a washing process, a rinsing process, and a dehydration process.
  • the calling process is displayed as 'being called' in the area where the status name is displayed.
  • the washing process is displayed as 'washing' in the area where the status name is displayed.
  • the rinsing cycle is displayed as 'rinsing' in the area where the status name is displayed.
  • the dehydration process is displayed as 'dehydration' in the area where the status name is displayed.
  • the third information page may be displayed on the touch screen 240.
  • (h) is an image where the third information page (P383) is printed.
  • the third information page (P383) displays a notice indicating that softener is being added.
  • the guidance text may be 'Automatically adding softener.'
  • (k) is an image in which the fourth guidance page (P384) containing guidance indicating completion of the course is printed.
  • the fourth information page (P384) displays a message indicating that the specific processing course has been completed. Instructions may include follow-up actions after completion of the treatment course.
  • the fourth information page (P384) displays the course name (e.g., standard laundry) of the completed specific treatment course.
  • the instruction text is 'Washing is complete. It could be 'Prevent odor by opening the door with a ventilation door holder.'
  • FIG. 21 shows the first device operation UI 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention displayed on the touch screen 240, and a specific processing course according to an embodiment is paused while a certain processing course is in progress, and the first device operation UI 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed. It shows the flow when a specific processing course is changed to another processing course according to method 1.
  • the method of changing the specific processing course according to the first method described in FIG. 21 is changing through the course selection page (P310). This will be explained with reference to FIG. 21.
  • (a) represents the first page (P320) when the administration constituting the specific processing course is performed.
  • the process being performed is a rinsing process.
  • the rinsing cycle is displayed as ‘Rinsing’ in the area where the status name is displayed.
  • a temporary suspension order may be entered while administration is in progress.
  • a pause command may be entered by the user.
  • the user may input a pause command through the first run/pause button 271.
  • the progress of the specific processing course is paused.
  • (b) shows the first page (P320) in a paused state.
  • 'Pause' is displayed in the area where the status name is displayed. If a specific processing course is temporarily suspended, the specific processing course can be changed to another processing course.
  • the course browse section 313 is displayed on the first page (P320) in a paused state.
  • (b) shows the user touching the course browse unit 313.
  • (c) shows the course selection page (P310) displayed. You can change a specific processing course to another processing course on the course selection page (P310). (c) shows selecting another processing course by touching 2.
  • the other treatment course is the 'Wool/Delicate' course.
  • the specific treatment course is changed while the specific treatment course is in progress and is paused, the specific treatment course already in progress will be cancelled.
  • the first treatment course is in progress and is paused, if the specific treatment course is changed to the second treatment course, the first treatment course is canceled without further progress.
  • (d) shows that the specific processing course is changed, the specific processing course already in progress is canceled, and the course selection page (P310) is displayed.
  • the newly specified specific processing course is displayed on the course selection page (P310).
  • the newly specified specific treatment course is the 'Wool/Delicate' course.
  • a cancellation information pop-up 399 is displayed on the course selection page (P310) including cancellation information informing that a specific course that is currently in progress has been cancelled.
  • the phrase for cancellation information may be ‘Laundry was canceled due to a change in course.’
  • the cancellation information pop-up 399 may be displayed for a set time.
  • (e) shows a state in which the cancellation information pop-up 399 disappears after the set time has elapsed after the image in (d) is output.
  • the setting time may be 3 seconds.
  • Figure 22 shows the first device operation UI 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention displayed on the touch screen 240, and a specific processing course according to an embodiment is paused while a certain processing course is in progress, and the first device operation UI 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed on the touch screen 240. Shows the flow when a specific processing course is changed to another processing course according to method 2.
  • the method of changing the specific processing course according to the second method described in FIG. 22 is changing through a swipe gesture. This will be explained with reference to FIG. 22.
  • (a) represents the first page (P320) when the administration constituting the specific processing course is performed.
  • the process being performed is a rinsing process.
  • the rinsing cycle is displayed as ‘Rinsing’ in the area where the status name is displayed.
  • a temporary suspension order may be entered while administration is in progress.
  • a pause command may be entered by the user.
  • the user may input a pause command through the first run/pause button 271.
  • the progress of the specific processing course is paused.
  • (b) shows the first page (P320) in a paused state. 'Pause' is displayed in the area where the status name is displayed. If a specific processing course is temporarily suspended, the specific processing course can be changed to another processing course.
  • swipe gesture is input in the first or second direction on the first page (P320) in a paused state, the specific processing course is changed.
  • (b) shows swipe gesture 1 being input in the first direction.
  • the specific treatment course is changed while the specific treatment course is in progress and is paused, the specific treatment course already in progress will be cancelled.
  • the first treatment course is in progress and is paused, if the specific treatment course is changed to the second treatment course, the first treatment course is canceled without further progress.
  • (d) shows that the specific processing course is changed, the specific processing course already in progress is canceled, and the course selection page (P310) is displayed.
  • the newly specified specific processing course is displayed on the course selection page (P310).
  • the newly specified specific processing course is the 'Artificial Intelligence Laundry' course.
  • a cancellation information pop-up 399 is displayed on the course selection page (P310) including cancellation information informing that a specific course that is currently in progress has been cancelled.
  • the phrase for cancellation information may be ‘Laundry was canceled due to a change in course.’
  • the cancellation information pop-up 399 may be displayed for a set time.
  • (d) shows a state in which the cancellation information pop-up 399 disappears after a set time has elapsed after the image in (c) is output.
  • the setting time may be 3 seconds.
  • Figure 23 is an additional function page (P350) of the first processing device 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • Figure 23 shows a touch input to enter the 'Other Settings' item among the additional function items. This will be explained with reference to FIG. 23.
  • the additional function page (P350) is an example of a function setting page.
  • the function settings page can display various functions that can be set, and is a page that can receive user input.
  • functions that can be set on the additional function page (P350) according to the embodiment are referred to as additional functions.
  • the additional function page (P350) can be output by user command.
  • the user can access the additional function page (P350) by touching the additional function button 260 shown in FIG. 5.
  • an additional function page (P350) may be displayed on the touch screen 240. Additional functions are various options that can be provided when the clothing treatment device performs a treatment course.
  • a plurality of additional functions that can be set on the additional function page (P350) may be provided.
  • a plurality of additional functions may be provided as a list of each item.
  • a plurality of additional functions provided in the additional function page (P350) may not be able to all be displayed on one screen of the touch screen 240.
  • the additional function page (P350) can scan all items through the user's scrolling motion. For convenience of explanation, the entire additional function page (P350) according to one embodiment is shown.
  • a device indicator indicating ‘screen-occupying device’ may be displayed.
  • the first processing device 10 is a washing machine.
  • a washing machine may be provided with a plurality of additional functions.
  • a plurality of additional functions may be provided as a list of each item. Additional functions may include dry preparation function, turbo shot function, steam function, reservation function, detergent dosage setting function, softener dosage setting function, auxiliary detergent dosage setting function, anti-wrinkle function, drum light function, etc., but are limited to those listed. It doesn't work.
  • Figure 23 shows touch input to enter the 'Additional Features' item.
  • additional functions that can be commonly set for the first processing device 10 and the second processing device 20 can be collected in the 'common settings' item.
  • items that cannot be set may be displayed darker than other items (DIM processing) to visually notify the user that setting is not possible.
  • Figure 24 shows a state in which the other settings page (P352), which collects additional functions that are less frequently used among the additional functions of the first processing device 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention, is output. This will be explained with reference to FIG. 24.
  • Additional functions provided on the other settings page include remote control, course list editing, steam settings, variable detergent box use, detergent dosage, softener dosage, auxiliary detergent dosage, notification sound volume, and smart diagnosis. and is not limited to those listed.
  • a plurality of processing courses can be edited in the 'course list editing' function.
  • the other settings page (P352) may display the number of selected processing courses among a plurality of processing courses. As an example, a case where there are 11 selected processing courses is shown, and is displayed as '11 selected'.
  • the first processing device 10 or the second processing device 20 may provide a first through twenty-eighth processing course as a processing course. Users can use only some of these courses or use them frequently. You can use the 'Edit Course List' function to edit unused or infrequently used courses so that they are not provided as options. For example, you can select to use only the first processing course, the second processing course, and the fifth to tenth processing courses, and deselect the rest and set them not to be used. In an embodiment, each time you check (select) or uncheck (deselect) any one of the items that make up the process course list, the setting value is reflected in the background in real time.
  • the courses provided on the course selection page (P310) and the course browse page (P370) display only the courses that are checked (selected) among the items that make up the course list.
  • the user can edit the unique sequence number of the processing course in the course list editing function.
  • the user is provided with the course selection page (P310) and the course browse page (P370).
  • the processing course is the selected processing course.
  • a plurality of processing courses are listed on the course list editing screen.
  • the list is sorted from Checked (selected) processing courses to Unchecked (deselected) processing courses. In other words, Checked (selected) processing courses are exposed earlier, and Unchecked (deselected) processing courses are exposed later. It can be understood by referring to the alignment of [Table 4] and [Table 5].
  • [Table 4] shows the arrangement of the items displayed when the user first enters the course list editing screen and first edits the course list.
  • [Table 5] shows the arrangement of the items displayed when entering the course list editing screen for the second time after the first edit.
  • the course list may be automatically edited and recommended to the user based on the user's usage pattern.
  • the clothing treatment device may recommend to the user that treatment courses that are determined to be infrequently used are removed from the course list.
  • Figure 25 shows the first treatment device 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention. It shows a state in which the common settings page (P351), which is a page that collects additional functions that can be commonly set for the and the second processing device 20, is output. When entering the 'common settings' item referred to in FIG. 23, the common settings page (P351) shown in FIG. 25 may be displayed. This will be explained with reference to FIG. 25.
  • Additional functions provided on the common settings page (P351) may include Wi-Fi settings, locking, course auto optimization, magic shortcut, and settings initialization, but are not limited to those listed.
  • the setting value of the 'common settings' item which is an additional function provided on the common settings page (P351), is synchronized with the second processing device 20. In an embodiment, the setting value of the 'common settings' item is synchronized between the first processing device 10 and the second processing device 20.
  • the 'detergent input amount' can be set step by step by adjusting it using a slider on the detergent input amount setting page.
  • the detergent input amount may be selected from one of off, less, less, normal, more, and more based on the standard input amount.
  • the 'standard input amount' may be a value set in other settings in mL units.
  • a device indicator 331a may be displayed on the detergent input amount setting page. The device indicator 331a is displayed on various pages constituting additional settings to visually distinguish whether the currently displayed additional function page is the first device operation UI 300 or the second device operation UI 400.
  • Figure 26 shows a flow for setting a reservation option among additional functions according to an embodiment of the present invention and a flow for executing a reservation process after the reservation option is set. This will be explained with reference to FIG. 26.
  • the reservation setting function can be provided as an additional function on the additional functions page (P350).
  • (a) shows touching 1 on the reservation to set the reservation.
  • the reservation page (P354) shows the reservation page (P354) displayed on the touch screen 240.
  • the reservation page (P354) provides an option to select an available reservation time.
  • settings can be completed by entering the desired processing completion time.
  • the reservation option setting is completed by touching 'Complete in 3 hours'.
  • (c) is an image according to one embodiment that is output on the touch screen 240 immediately after the reservation is completed.
  • reservation settings When reservation settings are completed, you are notified that the reservation has been completed.
  • a completion pop-up 398 indicating that reservation settings have been completed may be output.
  • (c) shows a state of returning to the additional function page (P350), and the completion of reservation settings can be notified to the user through a completion pop-up (398).
  • the message displayed in the completion pop-up (398) is ‘Reservation has been set. It may be 'Press the _button to complete the laundry reservation.'
  • (d) shows an image output on the touch screen 240 according to the flow of touching the back button 3 in (c).
  • the first page (P320) is printed in (d).
  • a reservation indicator 331h is added to the indicator 331 displayed on the first page (P320).
  • (e) shows the first page (P320) where reservation administration is in progress.
  • the reservation process is executed according to the set reservation option.
  • an execution command may be input through the user touching the first run/pause button 271.
  • the reservation setting is completed on the additional function page (P350)
  • an execution command is input, the reservation process is executed according to the set reservation option.
  • an execution command may be input through the user touching the first run/pause button 271.
  • Figure 27 shows a flow for changing a preset reservation option among additional functions according to an embodiment of the present invention and a flow for executing a reservation process.
  • (a) shows the additional function page (P350) displayed on the touch screen 240.
  • the reservation setting function can be provided as an additional function on the additional functions page (P350).
  • (a) shows touching 1 on the reservation to change the reservation when the reservation has already been set.
  • (b) shows the reservation change page (P354a) displayed on the touch screen 240.
  • the reservation change page (P354a) is displayed.
  • a command to return without changing the reservation a command to cancel the reservation, or a confirmation command to change the reservation can be input.
  • a command to return without changing the reservation is entered.
  • a command to cancel the reservation is entered.
  • a confirmation command to change the reservation is entered. Please refer to the illustrated embodiment. As referenced in (b), if you touch the 'Cancel' button 2, the reservation will not be changed and it will return to the additional function page (P350). If you touch the ‘Change Reservation’ button 3, you will access the reservation page (P354).
  • the reservation page (P354) shows the reservation page (P354) displayed on the touch screen 240.
  • the reservation page (P354) provides an option to select an available reservation time.
  • the setting may be completed by entering the desired processing completion time.
  • the reservation option setting is completed by touching 'Complete in 3 hours and 30 minutes'.
  • (d) is an image according to one embodiment that is output on the touch screen 240 immediately after the reservation is completed. When reservation settings are completed, you are notified that the reservation has been completed. In an embodiment, a completion pop-up 398 indicating that reservation settings have been completed may be output. In an embodiment, if you touch the desired completion time in image (c), you can immediately return to the additional function page (P350). In the embodiment, (d) shows a state of returning to the additional function page (P350), and the completion of reservation settings can be notified to the user through a completion pop-up (398). The message displayed in the completion pop-up (398) is ‘Reservation has been set. It may be 'Press the _button to complete the laundry reservation.'
  • FIG. (e) shows the image output on the touch screen 240 according to the flow of touching the back button 5 in (d).
  • the first page (P320) is printed in (e).
  • the indicator 331 displayed on the first page (P320) includes a reservation indicator 331h.
  • (f) shows the first page (P320) where reservation administration is in progress.
  • the reservation process is executed according to the set reservation option.
  • an execution command may be input through the user touching the first run/pause button 271.
  • the reservation setting is completed on the additional function page (P350)
  • an execution command is input, the reservation process is executed according to the set reservation option.
  • an execution command may be input through the user touching the first run/pause button 271.
  • Figure 28 shows a flow of canceling a preset reservation option among additional functions according to an embodiment of the present invention and a flow of an image displayed on the first device operation UI 300.
  • (a) shows the additional function page (P350) displayed on the touch screen 240.
  • the reservation setting function can be provided as an additional function on the additional functions page (P350).
  • (a) shows touching 1 on the reservation to change the reservation when the reservation has already been set.
  • (b) shows the reservation change page (P354a) displayed on the touch screen 240.
  • the reservation change page (P354a) is displayed.
  • a command to return without changing the reservation a command to cancel the reservation, or a confirmation command to change the reservation can be input.
  • a command to return without changing the reservation is entered.
  • a command to cancel the reservation is entered.
  • a confirmation command to change the reservation is entered. Please refer to the illustrated embodiment.
  • the reservation is canceled.
  • the user can return to the additional function page (P350).
  • (c) is an image according to one embodiment that is output on the touch screen 240 immediately after the reservation is canceled.
  • reservation settings When reservation settings are completed, you are notified that the reservation has been released (cancelled).
  • a cancellation completion pop-up 399 may be displayed indicating that the reservation has been cancelled.
  • the user may be notified that the reservation setting has been completed through a cancellation completion pop-up 399.
  • the message displayed in the cancellation completion pop-up (399) may be ‘The reservation has been cancelled.’
  • (d) and (e) show images output on the touch screen 240 according to the flow of touching the back button 3 in (c).
  • (d) is a case where the page before accessing the additional function page (P350) is the course selection page (P310).
  • (e) is a case where the page before accessing the additional function page (P350) is the first page (P320).
  • Figure 29 shows a flow when a specific processing course is changed according to the first method on the course selection page (P310) with a reservation option set among the additional functions according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • (a) shows the course selection page (P310) where reservation settings have been completed.
  • a device indicator (331h) is displayed on the course selection page (P310).
  • (a) shows selection by touching 1 on the course browse unit 313 on the course selection page (P310). You can access the course browse page (P370) through the course browse section (313).
  • the image shown in (b) is the output of the course browse page (P370). You can change the currently specified specific processing course to another processing course on the course browse page (P370).
  • the current specific treatment course 311a is a 'standard wash' course. The user can change a specific processing course by selecting a different processing course. In an embodiment, the specific processing course can be changed by touching the 'Wool/Delicate' course 2.
  • (c) is the course selection page (P310) printed again with the specific processing course changed.
  • the newly specified specific processing course is displayed on the course selection page (P310). If the specific processing course is changed, the previously set reservation will be cancelled.
  • the specific treatment course was changed from 'Standard Wash' to 'Wool/Delicate' course.
  • the newly identified special treatment course is the ‘Wool/Delicate’ course.
  • a cancellation information pop-up 399 containing cancellation information informing that a preset reservation has been canceled is displayed on the course selection page (P310).
  • the phrase for cancellation information may be ‘The reservation has been canceled because the course has changed.’
  • the cancellation information pop-up 399 may be displayed for a set time.
  • Figure 30 shows a flow when a specific processing course is changed according to the second method on the course selection page (P310) with the reservation option set among the additional functions according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • (a) shows the course selection page (P310) where reservation settings have been completed.
  • a device indicator (331h) is displayed on the course selection page (P310).
  • (a) shows inputting swipe gesture 1 on the course selection page (P310).
  • the specific processing course specifies another processing course as the specific processing course depending on the swipe direction of the swipe gesture.
  • (b) is the course selection page (P310) where the specific processing course has been changed.
  • the newly specified specific processing course is displayed on the course selection page (P310). If the specific processing course is changed, the previously set reservation will be cancelled.
  • the specific treatment course has been changed from 'standard washing' to 'artificial intelligence washing' course.
  • the newly specified special processing course is the ‘Artificial Intelligence Laundry’ course.
  • a cancellation information pop-up 399 containing cancellation information informing that a preset reservation has been canceled is displayed on the course selection page (P310).
  • the phrase for cancellation information may be ‘The reservation has been canceled because the course has changed.’
  • the cancellation information pop-up 399 may be displayed for a set time.
  • Figure 31 shows a flow when a specific processing course is changed on the first page (P320) while a reservation option is set and a reservation process is in progress among additional functions according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. (a) shows the first page (P320) in which the reservation setting has been completed and the reservation process has been performed.
  • a device indicator 331h is displayed on the first page (P320).
  • options or processing courses can be set so that they cannot be changed.
  • a temporary suspension order can be entered while the reservation process is in progress.
  • a pause command may be entered by the user. In an embodiment, the user may input a pause command through the first run/pause button 271. When a pause command is input, the progress of the reservation process is paused.
  • FIG. (b) shows the first page (P320) in a paused state. 'Pause' is displayed in the area where the status name is displayed. If a specific processing course is temporarily suspended, the specific processing course can be changed to another processing course.
  • a course browser section can be displayed on the first page (P320) in a paused state, and a specific processing course can also be changed using a swipe gesture.
  • (c) is the course selection page (P310) where the specific processing course has been changed.
  • the newly specified specific processing course is displayed on the course selection page (P310). If the specific processing course is changed, the previously set reservation will be cancelled.
  • the specific treatment course was changed from 'Standard Wash' to 'Wool/Delicate' course.
  • the newly identified special treatment course is the ‘Wool/Delicate’ course.
  • a cancellation information pop-up 399 containing cancellation information informing that a preset reservation has been canceled is displayed on the course selection page (P310).
  • the phrase for cancellation information may be ‘The reservation has been canceled because the course has changed.’
  • the cancellation information pop-up 399 may be displayed for a set time.
  • Figure 32 shows the first device operation UI 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention displayed on the touch screen 240, which is one of the additional functions that can be set by the additional function according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the so-called 'magic shortcut' shows how an 'option proposal' is proposed and the flow in which the 'option proposal' is accepted and reflected.
  • (a) shows the course selection page (P310) displayed with the 'Magic Shortcut' function set.
  • the 'magic shortcut' function is a function that displays an option suggestion (318a) that suggests to the user the settings of options that can be changed in the selected processing course or additional options that can be added.
  • the option proposal 318a may be displayed in the proposal text 318 that describes the proposed option.
  • the suggestion phrase 318 may be displayed in place of the course description 312 in the portion where the course description 312 is displayed.
  • the option proposal 318a is displayed within a border forming part of the proposal phrase 318 and can be distinguished from the rest of the proposition phrase 318.
  • (a) shows the user touching 1 the option proposal 318a as an input for accepting the option proposal 318a.
  • Touching the option proposal 318a means touching the area where the option proposal 318a is displayed. Touching the area where the option suggestion 318a is displayed means that a limited portion of the area where the option suggestion 318a is displayed is defined as a touch input area and the input area is touched.
  • (b) shows a state in which the option proposal 318a is accepted by the user's input. If the option proposal 318a is accepted through the user's input, the option proposal 318a is displayed to include the first color in the first device operation UI 300.
  • the first color is related to the color of the device indicator 331a and the color of the progress display bar 360 of the first device operation UI 300 described above. In an embodiment, the inside of the border surrounding the option proposal 318a is filled with the first color. Whether the option proposal 318a has been accepted can be recognized through these color differences.
  • a steam indicator 331g indicating that 'steam' has been set may be displayed on the indicator 331.
  • FIG. 33 shows a flow in which acceptance of the 'option proposal' is canceled and the 'option proposal' is not applied.
  • Figure 34 illustrates a flow in which the second device operation UI 400 according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed on the touch screen 240 and a specific processing course is changed through a course browse page.
  • the image shown in (a) is the course selection page (P410).
  • the course selection page (P410) is output on the touch screen (240).
  • the course browse section (413) is selected on the course selection page (P410).
  • the course browse unit 413 can be selected by the user's touch 1 on the area where the course browse unit 413 is provided.
  • the image shown in (b) is a course browse page (P470).
  • the course browse page (P470) is output on the touch screen (240).
  • the course name of a specific course is displayed to distinguish it from other course names.
  • the course name of a specific treatment course and other course names are displayed in different colors to distinguish them.
  • 'standard drying' which is the specific treatment course shown, may be provided as letters 411a having a second color. The second color is recognized as being the same as the coloring of the indicator 431a indicating the 'screen-occupying device' in the second device operation UI 400 and the coloring of the progress bar in the second device operation UI 400. It is the color that becomes Other course names may be provided with letters having a tertiary color distinct from the secondary color.
  • course browse page (P470) As the screen size of the touch screen 240 is limited, multiple course names may not all be displayed in one image. In an embodiment, a portion of a plurality of course names output as a list is displayed on the course browse page (P470), and the remaining portion may be displayed by the user's scrolling.
  • the course browse page (P470) When the user's input is received through the course browse unit 413 while the first processing course is displayed as a specific processing course on the course selection page (P410), the course browse page (P470) is output. The part where the course name of the first treatment course is displayed is displayed first. In the illustrated embodiment, the first treatment course is 'standard drying'.
  • the user can select the desired processing course as a specific processing course.
  • the processing course of the selected course name is specified as a specific processing course.
  • the 'Wool/Delicate' course may be selected by the user's touch 3.
  • a course selection page (P410) is output with the selected processing course as the specific processing course. If you touch the back button 2 on the course browse page (P470), the course selection page (P410) where the existing specific processing course is maintained is displayed.
  • the image shown in (c) is a course browse page (P470) in which the specific processing course has been changed to the 'wool/delicate' course by selecting the 'wool/delicate' course in the course browse page (P470).
  • Figure 35 shows a state in which the second device operation UI 400 according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed on the touch screen 240 and the first page (P420) according to an embodiment of the present invention is output. .
  • the first page (P420) is output when administration is in progress.
  • the first page (P420) includes a current port display portion, a progress display bar 360, an option display portion, and an indicator display portion.
  • the progress display bar 460 is a means of visually displaying the progress of clothing processing performed by the second processing device 20.
  • the progress bar 460 may be a horizontal bar that crosses the touch screen 240 from side to side.
  • the progress display bar 460 displays the progress of clothing processing using the filling length inside the bar shape.
  • the progress display bar 460 increases the amount of filling inside the bar shape as processing progresses.
  • the fill color of the progress bar 460 displayed on the second device operation UI 400 may be provided in a different color from the fill color of the progress display bar displayed on the first device operation UI 300. there is.
  • the filling color of the progress bar 460 displayed on the second device operation UI 400 may be the second color.
  • the fill color of the progress bar displayed on the first device operation UI 300 may be the first color.
  • the second color is the same as the second color that is the fill color of the indicator 431a indicating the 'screen-occupying device', or is at least a color that is perceived as the same by the user.
  • Figure 36 shows the second device operation UI 400 according to an embodiment of the present invention displayed on the touch screen 240, which is one of the additional functions that can be set by the additional function according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the so-called 'magic shortcut' shows how an 'option proposal' is proposed and the flow in which the 'option proposal' is accepted and reflected.
  • (a) shows the course selection page (P410) displayed with the 'Magic Shortcut' function set.
  • the 'magic shortcut' function is a function that displays an option suggestion (318a) that suggests to the user the settings of options that can be changed in the selected processing course or additional options that can be added.
  • the option proposal 418a may be displayed in the proposal text 418 that describes the proposed option.
  • the option proposal 418a is displayed within a border forming part of the proposal phrase 418 and can be distinguished from the rest of the proposition phrase 418.
  • (a) shows the user touching 1 the option proposal 418a as an input for accepting the option proposal 418a. Touching the option proposal 418a means touching the area where the option proposal 418a is displayed. Touching the area where the option suggestion 418a is displayed means that a limited portion of the area where the option suggestion 418a is displayed is defined as a touch input area and the input area is touched.
  • (b) shows a state in which the option proposal 418a is accepted by the user's input. If the option proposal 418a is accepted through the user's input, the option proposal 418a is displayed to include the second color in the second device operation UI 400.
  • the second color is related to the color of the device indicator 431a and the color of the progress display bar 460 of the second device operation UI 400 described above.
  • the inside of the border surrounding the option proposal 418a is filled with a second color. Whether the option proposal 418a has been accepted can be recognized through the difference in color.
  • FIG. 37 shows a flow in which acceptance of the 'option proposal' is canceled and the 'option proposal' is not applied.

Abstract

The present invention provides an apparatus for treating laundry. According to one embodiment, the apparatus for treating laundry comprises: a processing course having default settings; and a display provided with options that allow at least some of the default settings to be changed to settings different from the default settings, wherein at least one of the options is displayed. In the display, the state in which the settings of the options can currently be changed by a user is displayed in a first view, the state in which the settings of the options cannot currently be changed by the user is displayed in a second view, and the first view and the second view are visually different.

Description

의류처리장치Clothing processing equipment
본 발명은 의류를 처리하는 의류처리장치에 관한 것이다.The present invention relates to a clothing treatment device for processing clothing.
의류처리장치는 드럼 내부에 의복, 침구 등의 세탁물을 투입하여 세탁물에 묻은 오염을 제거하거나 건조시키는 등, 상기 세탁물에 필요한 처리를 수행하는 장치이다.A laundry treatment device is a device that puts laundry, such as clothes and bedding, into a drum and performs necessary treatments on the laundry, such as removing contamination on the laundry or drying it.
세탁물에 필요한 처리는 세탁, 헹굼, 탈수, 건조 및 리프레쉬 중 하나 이상의 행정을 포함하는 코스를 통해 달성될 수 있다. 세탁행정은 세탁물에 부착된 이물질을 물과 세제로 분리시키는 행정이다. 헹굼행정은 세탁물과 이물질을 물로 분리시키는 행정이다. 탈수행정은 세탁물에서 물을 제거하는 행정이다. 건조행정은 세탁물에서 수분을 제거하는 행정이다. 리프레쉬행정은 공기 또는 스팀 중 하나 이상을 이용하여 세탁물에 대한 탈취, 구김제거, 살균 중 어느 하나 이상을 수행하는 행정이다.The required treatment of laundry may be accomplished through a course comprising one or more of the following: washing, rinsing, spin-drying, drying, and refreshing. The washing process is an process that separates foreign substances attached to laundry from water and detergent. The rinse cycle is a cycle that separates laundry and foreign substances with water. The dehydration process is a process that removes water from laundry. The drying cycle is a cycle that removes moisture from laundry. The refresh process is an process that performs one or more of deodorizing, removing wrinkles, and sterilizing laundry using one or more of air or steam.
의류처리장치가 세탁물의 오염을 제거하도록 마련된 경우, 상기 의류처리장치는 세탁, 헹굼, 탈수, 건조 등의 행정을 수행할 수 있다. 의류처리장치는 외관을 형성하는 캐비닛, 캐비닛 내부에 수용되는 터브, 터브 내부에 회전 가능하게 장착되며 세탁물이 투입되는 드럼, 세제를 드럼 내부에 공급하는 세제공급장치를 포함하여 구성될 수 있다. 드럼에 수용된 세탁물에 세탁수가 공급된 상태에서 드럼이 모터에 의해 회전하게 되면, 세탁물은 드럼 및 세탁수와의 마찰에 의해 세탁물에 묻은 때가 제거될 수 있다.When a clothing treatment device is provided to remove contamination from laundry, the clothing processing device can perform washing, rinsing, dehydration, drying, etc. operations. A clothing treatment device may include a cabinet that forms the exterior, a tub accommodated inside the cabinet, a drum rotatably mounted inside the tub into which laundry is placed, and a detergent supply device that supplies detergent to the inside of the drum. When the drum is rotated by a motor while washing water is supplied to the laundry contained in the drum, dirt on the laundry can be removed by friction between the drum and the washing water.
의류처리장치가 세탁물을 건조시키도록 마련된 경우, 상기 의류처리장치는 건조한 공기를 세탁물에 제공하여 상기 세탁물로부터 수분을 제거할 수 있다. 상기 의류처리장치는 캐비닛, 상기 캐비닛 내부에 회전 가능하도록 마련되는 드럼 및 세탁물에 제공되는 공기를 가열하거나 건조하게 하는 가열수단 등을 포함하여 구성될 수 있다. 드럼에 수용된 세탁물에 건조한 공기가 공급됨으로써, 세탁물에 존재하는 수분이 상기 건조한 공기에 의해 증발되어 제거되고 세탁물의 물기가 제거될 수 있다.When a laundry treatment device is provided to dry laundry, the laundry treatment device can remove moisture from the laundry by providing dry air to the laundry. The laundry treatment device may include a cabinet, a drum rotatably provided inside the cabinet, and a heating means for heating or drying air provided to the laundry. By supplying dry air to the laundry contained in the drum, moisture present in the laundry is evaporated and removed by the dry air, thereby removing moisture from the laundry.
공개문헌 KR 10-2022-0029635 A1에는 복수의 처리장치가 함께 구비된 의류처리장치가 공개되어 있다. 공개문헌의 의류처리장치는 상측에 제1처리장치가 마련되고, 하측에 제2처리장치가 마련된다. 의류처리장치의 전면에서 가운데 영역에는 제1처리장치 및 제2처리장치를 제어하기 위한 조작부 및 디스플레이부를 포함하는 컨트롤패널이 제공된다.Publication document KR 10-2022-0029635 A1 discloses a clothing processing device equipped with a plurality of processing devices. The clothing treatment device in the published document has a first processing device provided on the upper side and a second processing device provided on the lower side. A control panel including an operating unit and a display unit for controlling the first processing device and the second processing device is provided in the center area of the front of the clothing processing device.
최근에는 인테리어에 대한 수요자의 관심이 증가하고 있다. 이러한 관심은 가전의 가구화라는 트렌드로 반영되고 있다. 전자제품으로 인식되던 가전은, 여러 조작 버튼의 존재에 따른 조잡한 디자인을 넘어, 보다 높아진 수요자의 심미감을 충족시켜야 하는 요구가 있다.Recently, consumer interest in interior design has been increasing. This interest is reflected in the trend of furnitureizing home appliances. Home appliances, once recognized as electronic products, have a need to go beyond the crude design due to the presence of multiple operation buttons and meet the heightened aesthetics of consumers.
본 발명은, 심플한 사용자인터페이스를 구현하고, 설치 환경에 놓였을 때, 인테리어 효과를 제공할 수 있는 의류처리장치를 제공하는 것을 일 목적으로 한다.The purpose of the present invention is to provide a clothing treatment device that implements a simple user interface and can provide interior effects when placed in an installation environment.
본 발명은, 의류처리장치를 구성하는 복수의 처리장치를 모두 제어할 수 있는 컨트롤 패널에 사용자인터페이스를 제공하는데 있어서, 심플한 사용자인터페이스를 구현하고, 설치 환경에 놓였을 때, 인테리어 효과를 제공할 수 있는 의류처리장치를 제공하는 것을 일 목적으로 한다.The present invention provides a user interface to a control panel that can control all of the plurality of processing devices that make up the clothing processing device, and can implement a simple user interface and provide interior effects when placed in an installation environment. The purpose is to provide a clothing processing device.
본 발명은, 의류처리장치의 사용자인터페이스를 제공함에 있어서, 외관으로 드러나는 전면부가 복잡하지 않은, 심플한 형태의 디자인을 제공하는 것을 일 목적으로 한다.The purpose of the present invention is to provide a user interface for a clothing treatment device with a simple design in which the front portion visible from the outside is not complicated.
본 발명은 사용자의 조작에 종속하여 사용자에게 피드백을 제공하고, 상황에 따라 설정 불가능한 항목들에 대한 시각적인 효과(정보)를 제공함으로 조작 실패를 줄일 수 있는 사용자인터페이스를 제공하는 의류처리장치를 제공하는 것을 일 목적으로 한다.The present invention provides a clothing processing device that provides a user interface that can reduce operation failure by providing feedback to the user depending on the user's operation and providing visual effects (information) for items that cannot be set depending on the situation. The purpose of doing something is work.
본 발명은 심플한 형태의 디자인을 제공하기 위해 화면의 복잡도를 높이지 않으면서도 상황에 맞는 중요한 정보를 표시할 수 있는 의류처리장치를 제공하는 것을 일 목적으로 한다.The purpose of the present invention is to provide a clothing processing device that can display important information appropriate to the situation without increasing the complexity of the screen to provide a simple design.
본 발명은, 의류처리장치의 행정 및/또는 코스가 진행되는 중 사용자인터페이스(UI) 제공되는 화상이 설치공간에 아름답게 흡수될 수 있는 의류처리장치를 제공하는 것을 일 목적으로 한다.The purpose of the present invention is to provide a clothing processing device in which images provided through a user interface (UI) while the administration and/or course of the clothing processing device are in progress can be beautifully absorbed into the installation space.
본 발명이 해결하고자 하는 과제는 여기에 제한되지 않으며, 언급되지 않은 또 다른 과제들은 아래의 기재로부터 당업자에게 명확하게 이해될 수 있을 것이다.The problem to be solved by the present invention is not limited here, and other problems not mentioned will be clearly understood by those skilled in the art from the description below.
본 발명은 의류처리장치를 제공한다 일 관점에 실시 예 예에 있어서, 의류처리장치는, 기본 설정값을 갖는 처리코스와; 상기 기본 설정값 중 적어도 일부가 상기 기본 설정값과 다른 설정값으로 변경될 수 있는 옵션이 제공되되, 상기 옵션 중 적어도 하나가 표시되는 디스플레이를 포함하고, 상기 디스플레이에서, 상기 옵션의 설정값이 사용자에 의해 현재 변경될 수 있는 상태는 제1모습으로 나타나고; 상기 옵션의 설정값이 사용자에 의해 현재 변경될 수 없는 상태는 제2모습으로 나타나며, 상기 제1모습과 상기 제2모습은 시각적으로 상이하다.The present invention provides a laundry treatment device. In one embodiment, the laundry treatment device includes: a treatment course having a default setting value; An option is provided that allows at least some of the basic settings to be changed to settings different from the default settings, and includes a display on which at least one of the options is displayed, wherein the settings of the options are displayed to the user. The state that can currently be changed by appears in its first appearance; A state in which the setting value of the option cannot currently be changed by the user is displayed in a second view, and the first view and the second view are visually different.
일 실시 예에 있어서, 상기 디스플레이에는, 상기 옵션의 옵션명 및/또는 상기 옵션의 설정값이 표시되고, 상기 제1모습 및 상기 제2모습은 상기 옵션명 및/또는 상기 설정값을 표시하는 텍스트 속성의 차이일 수 있다.In one embodiment, the display displays the option name of the option and/or the setting value of the option, and the first view and the second view include text attributes displaying the option name and/or the setting value. There may be a difference.
일 실시 예에 있어서, 상기 제1모습과 상기 제2모습의 차이는 명도의 차이일 수 있다.In one embodiment, the difference between the first appearance and the second appearance may be a difference in brightness.
일 실시 예에 있어서, 상기 제2모습은 상기 제1모습보다 낮은 명도를 가질 수 있다.In one embodiment, the second appearance may have a lower brightness than the first appearance.
일 실시 예에 있어서, 상기 기본 설정값은 사용자에 의해 변경된 설정값의 사용 빈도에 의거하여 갱신될 수 있다.In one embodiment, the basic setting value may be updated based on the frequency of use of the setting value changed by the user.
일 실시 예에 있어서, 상기 처리코스가 실행되는 중에, 상기 옵션 전부는 상기 제2모습으로 표시되고, 상기 옵션 전부의 설정값은 사용자에 의해 변경되지 못할 수 있다.In one embodiment, while the processing course is being executed, all of the options are displayed in the second view, and the settings of all of the options may not be changed by the user.
일 실시 예에 있어서, 상기 의류처리장치는, 사용자의 입력을 받는 일시정지입력부를 더 포함하고, 상기 일시정지입력부를 통한 입력을 받으면, 실행 중인 상기 처리코스가 일시정지되고, 상기 제2모습으로 표시되던 상기 옵션 전부 또는 일부는 상기 제1모습으로 전환되고, 상기 제1모습으로 전환된 옵션은 사용자에 의해 상기 설정값이 변경될 수 있다.In one embodiment, the clothing processing apparatus further includes a pause input unit that receives a user's input, and when an input is received through the pause input unit, the processing course being executed is paused, and the clothing treatment course is displayed in the second mode. All or part of the displayed options are converted to the first appearance, and the settings of the options converted to the first appearance can be changed by the user.
일 실시 예에 있어서, 사용자에 입력에 의해 상기 설정값이 변경되면, 상기 실행이 취소될 수 있다.In one embodiment, if the setting value is changed by user input, the execution may be canceled.
일 실시 예에 있어서, 실행 중인 상기 처리코스가 일시정지된 상태에서, 사용자에 입력에 의해 상기 처리코스가 제1처리코스에서 상기 제1처리코스와 상이한 제2처리코스로 변경되면, 상기 실행이 취소될 수 있다.In one embodiment, when the processing course being executed is paused and the processing course is changed from a first processing course to a second processing course different from the first processing course due to a user input, the execution is stopped. It may be cancelled.
일 실시 예에 있어서, 설정된 미래의 시간에 상기 처리코스를 완료하는 예약행정이 실행되는 중에, 상기 옵션의 전부는 상기 제2모습으로 표시되고, 상기 옵션 전부의 설정값은 사용자에 의해 변경되지 못할 수 있다.In one embodiment, while a reservation process to complete the processing course at a set future time is being executed, all of the options are displayed in the second view, and the settings of all of the options cannot be changed by the user. You can.
일 실시 예에 있어서, 상기 의류처리장치는, 사용자의 입력을 받는 일시정지입력부를 포함하고, 상기 일시정지입력부를 통한 입력을 받으면, 실행 중인 상기 예약행정이 일시정지되고, 상기 제2모습으로 표시되던 상기 옵션 전부 중 전부 또는 일부는 상기 제1모습으로 전환되고, 상기 제1모습으로 전환된 옵션은 사용자에 의해 상기 설정값이 변경될 수 있다.In one embodiment, the clothing processing device includes a pause input unit that receives a user's input, and upon receiving an input through the pause input unit, the reservation process being executed is paused and displayed in the second view. All or part of all the options are converted to the first appearance, and the settings of the options converted to the first appearance can be changed by the user.
일 실시 예에 있어서, 사용자에 입력에 의해 상기 설정값이 변경되면, 상기 예약행정이 취소될 수 있다.In one embodiment, if the setting value is changed by a user input, the reservation process may be canceled.
일 실시 예에 있어서, 상기 디스플레이에는, 상기 옵션 중 기설정된 복수개의 옵션으로 구성되고, 상기 복수개의 옵션 각각에 대응하는 옵션명 및 상기 복수개의 옵션 각각에 대응하는 설정값이 표시되는 옵션세트가 출력되고, 상기 처리코스 중 어느 처리코스인 제1처리코스는 상기 옵션세트를 구성하는 옵션 중 적어도 하나의 옵션을 제공하지 않고, 상기 처리코스로 상기 제1처리코스가 특정된 경우에도, 상기 옵션세트에는 상기 제1처리코스가 제공하지 않는 옵션의 옵션명을 표시할 수 있다.In one embodiment, an option set consisting of a plurality of preset options among the options and displaying an option name corresponding to each of the plurality of options and a setting value corresponding to each of the plurality of options is displayed on the display. , the first processing course, which is any of the processing courses, does not provide at least one option among the options constituting the option set, and even when the first processing course is specified as the processing course, the option set The option name of an option not provided by the first processing course can be displayed.
일 실시 예에 있어서, 상기 디스플레이는, 사용자의 입력을 받는 터치스크린으로 구성되고, 상기 옵션으로 제공되는 하나 이상의 옵션에 대응하는 각각의 설정값이 점유하는 영역이 설정값입력부로 제공되며, 상기 설정값입력부에서 상기 각각의 설정값 중 어느 하나의 설정값이 점유하는 영역을 터치하는 사용자의 입력을 받으면, 상기 터치스크린에는 상기 어느 하나의 설정값을 변경하는 변경 도구가 출력될 수 있다.In one embodiment, the display is configured as a touch screen that receives user input, and an area occupied by each setting value corresponding to one or more options provided as options is provided as a setting value input unit, and the setting value input unit is provided. When the value input unit receives a user's input by touching an area occupied by one of the respective setting values, a change tool for changing one of the setting values may be displayed on the touch screen.
일 관점에 실시 예 예에 있어서, 의류처리장치는, 기본 설정값을 갖는 처리코스와; 상기 기본 설정값 중 적어도 일부가 상기 기본 설정값과 다른 설정값으로 변경될 수 있는 옵션이 제공되되, 디스플레이 및 사용자의 입력을 받는 일시정지입력부를 포함하고, 상기 의류처리장치의 처리코스가 실행되는 에 상기 옵션의 설정값은 사용자에 의해 변경되지 못하게 설정되며, 상기 일시정지입력부를 통한 입력을 받으면, 실행 중인 상기 처리코스가 일시정지되고, 상기 옵션의 설정값이 사용자에 의해 변경될 수 있도록 전환되며, 상기 옵션의 설정값이 변경되면, 실행 중인 상기 처리코스는 취소될 수 있다.According to one aspect of the embodiment, a clothing treatment apparatus includes: a treatment course having a default setting value; An option is provided to change at least some of the basic setting values to settings different from the basic setting values, and includes a display and a pause input unit for receiving user input, and the processing course of the clothing treatment device is executed. The setting value of the option is set so that it cannot be changed by the user, and when an input is received through the pause input unit, the processing course in progress is paused and the setting value of the option is switched so that it can be changed by the user. If the setting value of the option is changed, the processing course that is being executed may be canceled.
일 실시 예에 있어서, 상기 처리코스가 취소되면, 상기 디스플레이에 상기 처리코스가 취소되었음을 알리는 취소안내가 출력될 수 있다.In one embodiment, when the processing course is canceled, cancellation information notifying that the processing course has been canceled may be output on the display.
일 관점에 실시 예 예에 있어서, 의류처리장치는, 사용자인터페이스(UI)가 마련되며 화상이 출력되는 스크린을 함하고, 상기 스크린에는, 기본 설정값을 갖는 처리코스 및 상기 기본 설정값 중 적어도 일부가 상기 기본 설정값과 다른 설정값으로 변경될 수 있는 옵션이 표시되는 제1페이지; 및 상기 처리코스 및 상기 옵션과는 상이한 기능이며, 사용자의 선택에 의해 사용될 수 있는 부가기능이 표시되는 부가기능페이지; 중 하나가 출력될 수 있고, 상기 부가기능은 상기 처리코스에 따라 사용 가부가 상이하며, 사용 가능한 부가기능은 제1모습으로 나타나고, 사용자가 사용 불가능한 부가기능은 제2모습으로 나타나며, 상기 제1모습과 상기 제2모습은 시각적으로 상이할 수 있다.According to one aspect of the embodiment, the clothing treatment device is provided with a user interface (UI) and includes a screen on which images are output, and the screen includes a processing course with default settings and at least some of the default settings. A first page where options that can be changed to settings different from the default settings are displayed; and an additional function page that displays additional functions that are different from the processing course and the options and can be used by the user's selection. One of the options may be output, the useability of the additional function varies depending on the processing course, the usable additional function appears in a first view, and the additional function that the user cannot use appears in a second appearance, and the first The appearance and the second appearance may be visually different.
일 실시 예 예에 있어서, 상기 제1모습 및 상기 제2모습은 상기 부가기능을 표시하는 텍스트의 속성 이일 수 있다.In one embodiment, the first appearance and the second appearance may be attributes of text displaying the additional function.
일 실시 예 예에 있어서, 상기 제2모습과 상기 제1모습은 서로 상이한 명도를 가질 수 있다.In one embodiment, the second appearance and the first appearance may have different brightness.
일 실시 예 예에 있어서, 상기 제2모습은 상기 제1모습보다 낮은 명도를 가질 수 있다.In one embodiment, the second appearance may have a lower brightness than the first appearance.
본 발명의 다양한 실시 예에 의하면, 심플한 사용자인터페이스를 구현하고, 설치 환경에 놓였을 때, 인테리어 효과를 제공할 수 있다.According to various embodiments of the present invention, a simple user interface can be implemented and interior effects can be provided when placed in an installation environment.
본 발명의 다양한 실시 예에 의하면, 의류처리장치를 구성하는 복수의 처리장치를 모두 제어할 수 있는 컨트롤 패널에 사용자인터페이스를 제공하는데 있어서, 심플한 사용자인터페이스를 구현하고, 설치 환경에 놓였을 때, 인테리어 효과를 제공할 수 있다.According to various embodiments of the present invention, in providing a user interface to a control panel capable of controlling all of the plurality of processing devices constituting the clothing processing device, a simple user interface is implemented, and when placed in an installation environment, the interior It can provide an effect.
본 발명의 다양한 실시 예에 의하면, 의류처리장치의 사용자인터페이스를 제공함에 있어서, 외관으로 드러나는 전면부가 복잡하지 않은, 심플한 형태의 디자인을 제공할 수 있다.According to various embodiments of the present invention, in providing a user interface for a clothing treatment device, a simple design in which the front portion visible from the outside is not complicated can be provided.
본 발명의 다양한 실시 예에 의하면, 사용자의 조작에 종속하여 사용자에게 피드백을 제공하고, 상황에 따라 설정 불가능한 항목들에 대한 시각적인 효과(정보)를 제공함으로 조작 실패를 줄일 수 있는 사용자인터페이스를 제공할 수 있다.According to various embodiments of the present invention, a user interface is provided that reduces operation failures by providing feedback to the user depending on the user's operation and providing visual effects (information) for items that cannot be set depending on the situation. can do.
본 발명의 다양한 실시 예에 의하면, 심플한 형태의 디자인을 제공하기 위해 화면의 복잡도를 높이지 않으면서도 상황에 맞는 중요한 정보를 표시할 수 있다.According to various embodiments of the present invention, important information tailored to the situation can be displayed without increasing the complexity of the screen in order to provide a simple design.
본 발명의 다양한 실시 예에 의하면, 의류처리장치의 행정 및/또는 코스가 진행되는 중 사용자인터페이스(UI) 제공되는 화상이 설치공간에 아름답게 흡수될 수 있는 의류처리장치를 제공하는 것을 일 목적으로 한다.According to various embodiments of the present invention, an object of the present invention is to provide a clothing processing device in which images provided through a user interface (UI) while the administration and/or course of the clothing processing device are in progress can be beautifully absorbed into the installation space. .
본 발명의 효과가 상술한 효과들로 한정되는 것은 아니며, 언급되지 않은 효과들은 본 명세서 및 첨부된 도면으로부터 본 발명이 속하는 기술분야에서 통상의 지식을 가진 자에게 명확히 이해될 수 있을 것이다.The effects of the present invention are not limited to the effects described above, and effects not mentioned can be clearly understood by those skilled in the art from this specification and the attached drawings.
도 1은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 의류처리장치를 나타낸 사시도이다.1 is a perspective view showing a clothing treatment device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 2는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 컨트롤패널과, 제1처리장치와 제2처리장치의 상호관계를 간단하게 도시한 것이다.Figure 2 simply shows the interrelationship between a control panel, a first processing device, and a second processing device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 3은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 컨트롤패널의 전방 사시도이다.Figure 3 is a front perspective view of a control panel according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 4는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 컨트롤패널의 분해 사시도이다.Figure 4 is an exploded perspective view of a control panel according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 5는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 UI부를 도시한 것이다.Figure 5 shows a UI unit according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 6a는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 터치입력부를 터치하는 다양한 터치 동작들을 나열한 표이다.Figure 6a is a table listing various touch operations for touching the touch input unit according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 6b는 스크린에 표시되는 화상이 전환되는 플로우들을 발생 원인별로 나열한 표이다.Figure 6b is a table listing the flows in which the image displayed on the screen is switched by cause of occurrence.
도 7은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1처리장치 또는 제2처리장치로 세탁기가 제공되는 경우, 일 실시 예에 따른 행정 플로우를 도시한 것이다.Figure 7 shows an administrative flow according to an embodiment of the present invention when a washing machine is provided as a first processing device or a second processing device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 8은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1처리장치 또는 제2처리장치로 건조기가 제공되는 경우, 일 실시 예에 따른 행정 플로우를 도시한 것이다.Figure 8 shows an administrative flow according to an embodiment of the present invention when a dryer is provided as a first processing device or a second processing device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 9, 도 10 및 도 11는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI가 터치스크린에 표시되며, 일 실시 예에 따른 코스선택페이지가 출력된 상태를 도시한다.9, 10, and 11 show a state in which the first device operation UI according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed on the touch screen and a course selection page according to an embodiment is output.
도 12는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI가 터치스크린에 표시되며, 코스브라우즈페이지를 통해 특정처리코스를 변경하는 플로우를 도시한다. Figure 12 illustrates a flow in which the first device operation UI is displayed on a touch screen and a specific processing course is changed through a course browser page according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 13은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI의 코스브라우즈페이지가 출력된 모습을 도시한다.Figure 13 shows the course browse page of the first device operation UI being output according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 14는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI의 코스선택페이지에서 스와이프 입력을 통해 특정처리코스를 변경하는 플로우를 도시한다.Figure 14 shows a flow of changing a specific processing course through a swipe input on the course selection page of the first device operation UI according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 15에서 (a)는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI에서 적용될 수 있는 인디케이터의 실시 예들을 도시하며, (b)는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI에서 적용될 수 있는 차례인디케이터의 실시 예를 도시한다.In Figure 15, (a) shows examples of indicators that can be applied in the first device operation UI according to an embodiment of the present invention, and (b) shows examples of indicators that can be applied in the first device operation UI according to an embodiment of the present invention. An example of a turn indicator that can be applied is shown.
도 16은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI가 터치스크린에 표시되며, 옵션값을 변경하는 플로우를 도시한다. Figure 16 shows a flow of displaying the first device operation UI on the touch screen and changing option values according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 17은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI가 터치스크린에 표시되며, 일 실시 예에 따른 제1페이지가 출력된 상태를 도시한다.Figure 17 shows a state in which the first device operation UI according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed on the touch screen and the first page according to an embodiment is output.
도 18은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI가 터치스크린에 표시되며, 일 실시 예에 따른 제1페이지가 출력되며 예약 옵션이 설정된 상태를 도시한다.Figure 18 shows a state in which the first device operation UI according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed on the touch screen, the first page according to an embodiment is output, and a reservation option is set.
도 19 및 20은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI가 터치스크린에 표시되며, 일 실시 예에 따라 예약 옵션이 설정되고, 특정처리코스로서 표준세탁이 실행되고 진행되어 완료되기까지 플로우를 도시한다.19 and 20 show that the first device operation UI according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed on the touch screen, a reservation option is set according to an embodiment, and standard washing is executed as a specific treatment course and proceeds until completion. Show the flow.
도 21은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI가 터치스크린에 표시되며, 일 실시 예에 따른 특정처리코스로 어느 처리코스가 진행되는 중 일시정지되고, 제1방법에 따라 특정처리코스가 다른 처리코스로 변경되는 경우의 플로우를 도시한다.21 shows the first device operation UI according to an embodiment of the present invention displayed on the touch screen, a specific processing course according to an embodiment, and a certain processing course is paused while in progress, and specific processing is performed according to the first method. The flow when the course is changed to another processing course is shown.
도 22는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI가 터치스크린에 표시되며, 일 실시 예에 따른 특정처리코스로 어느 처리코스가 진행되는 중 일시정지되고, 제2방법에 따라 특정처리코스가 다른 처리코스로 변경되는 경우의 플로우를 도시한다.Figure 22 shows the first device operation UI according to an embodiment of the present invention displayed on the touch screen, a specific processing course according to an embodiment, a certain processing course is paused while in progress, and specific processing is performed according to a second method. The flow when the course is changed to another processing course is shown.
도 23은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1처리장치(10)의 부가기능페이지이다. 도 23은 부가 기능의 항목 중에서 '기타 설정' 항목에 진입하기 위하여 터치 입력하는 모습을 나타낸다. Figure 23 is an additional function page of the first processing device 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 23 shows a touch input to enter the 'Other Settings' item among the additional function items.
도 24는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1처리장치(10)의 부가기능 중에서, 사용 빈도가 낮은 부가 기능을 모아둔 기타설정페이지가 출력된 상태를 도시한다.FIG. 24 shows a state in which a miscellaneous settings page is displayed, which collects infrequently used additional functions among the additional functions of the first processing device 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 25는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1처리장치(10)와 제2처리장치(20)가 공통으로 설정될 수 있는 부가기능을 모아둔 페이지인 공통설정페이지가 출력된 상태를 도시한다.Figure 25 shows a state in which a common settings page, which is a page that collects additional functions that can be commonly set by the first processing device 10 and the second processing device 20 according to an embodiment of the present invention, is output. .
도 26은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 부가 기능 중 예약 옵션을 설정하는 플로우와 예약 옵션이 설정되어 예약 행정이 실행되는 플로우를 도시한다.Figure 26 shows a flow for setting a reservation option among additional functions according to an embodiment of the present invention and a flow for executing a reservation process after the reservation option is set.
도 27은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 부가 기능 중 기 설정된 예약 옵션을 변경하는 플로우와 예약 행정이 실행되는 플로우를 도시한다.Figure 27 shows a flow for changing a preset reservation option among additional functions according to an embodiment of the present invention and a flow for executing a reservation process.
도 28는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 부가 기능 중 기 설정된 예약 옵션을 해제하는 플로우와 제1장치조작UI에 표시되는 화상의 플로우를 도시한다.Figure 28 shows a flow of canceling a preset reservation option among additional functions according to an embodiment of the present invention and a flow of an image displayed on the first device operation UI.
도 29은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 부가 기능 중 예약 옵션이 설정된 상태의 코스선택페이지에서 제1방법에 따라 특정처리코스가 변경된 경우의 플로우를 도시한다.Figure 29 shows a flow when a specific processing course is changed according to the first method on the course selection page with the reservation option set among the additional functions according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 30은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 부가 기능 중 예약 옵션이 설정된 상태의 코스선택페이지에서 제2방법에 따라 특정처리코스가 변경된 경우의 플로우를 도시한다.Figure 30 shows a flow when a specific processing course is changed according to the second method on the course selection page with the reservation option set among the additional functions according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 31는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 부가 기능 중 예약 옵션이 설정되어 예약 행정이 진행 중인 상태의 제1페이지에서 특정처리코스가 변경된 경우의 플로우를 도시한다.Figure 31 shows a flow when a specific processing course is changed on the first page while a reservation option is set and a reservation process is in progress among additional functions according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 32은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI가 터치스크린에 표시되며, 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 부가 기능에 의해 설정될 수 있는 부가 기능 중 하나인, 일명 '매직숏컷'이 설정된 경우, '제안옵션'이 제안되는 모습과, '제안옵션'이 수락되어 반영되는 플로우를 도시한다.Figure 32 shows the first device operation UI according to an embodiment of the present invention displayed on the touch screen, and is one of the additional functions that can be set by the additional function according to an embodiment of the present invention, so-called 'magic shortcut' When this is set, it shows how the 'suggested option' is proposed and the flow where the 'suggested option' is accepted and reflected.
도 33는 도 32과 반대로,'제안옵션'의 수락이 해제되어 '제안옵션'이 적용되지 않게 되는 플로우를 도시한다.In contrast to FIG. 32, FIG. 33 shows a flow in which acceptance of the 'suggested option' is canceled and the 'suggested option' is not applied.
도 34는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제2장치조작UI가 터치스크린에 표시되며, 코스브라우즈페이지를 통해 특정처리코스를 변경하는 플로우를 도시한다. Figure 34 illustrates a flow in which the second device operation UI is displayed on a touch screen and a specific processing course is changed through a course browser page according to an embodiment of the present invention.
도 35은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제2장치조작UI가 터치스크린에 표시되며, 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1페이지가 출력된 상태를 도시한다.Figure 35 shows a state in which the second device operation UI according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed on the touch screen and the first page according to an embodiment of the present invention is output.
도 36은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제2장치조작UI가 터치스크린에 표시되며, 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 부가 기능에 의해 설정될 수 있는 부가 기능 중 하나인, 일명 '매직숏컷'이 설정된 경우, '제안옵션'이 제안되는 모습과, '제안옵션'이 수락되어 반영되는 플로우를 도시한다.Figure 36 shows the second device operation UI according to an embodiment of the present invention displayed on the touch screen, and is one of the additional functions that can be set by the additional function according to an embodiment of the present invention, so-called 'magic shortcut' When this is set, it shows how the 'suggested option' is proposed and the flow where the 'suggested option' is accepted and reflected.
도 37는 도 36과 반대로,'제안옵션'의 수락이 해제되어 '제안옵션'이 적용되지 않게 되는 플로우를 도시한다.In contrast to FIG. 36, FIG. 37 shows a flow in which acceptance of the 'suggested option' is canceled and the 'suggested option' is not applied.
아래에서는 첨부한 도면을 참고로 하여 본 발명의 실시 예에 대하여 본 발명이 속하는 기술 분야에서 통상의 지식을 가진 자가 용이하게 실시할 수 있도록 상세히 설명한다. Below, with reference to the attached drawings, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail so that those skilled in the art can easily implement the present invention.
그러나 본 발명은 여러 가지 상이한 형태로 구현될 수 있으며 여기에서 설명하는 실시 예에 한정되지 않는다. 그리고 도면에서 본 발명을 명확하게 설명하기 위해서 설명과 관계없는 부분은 생략하였으며, 명세서 전체를 통하여 유사한 부분에 대해서는 유사한 도면 부호를 붙였다.However, the present invention may be implemented in many different forms and is not limited to the embodiments described herein. In order to clearly explain the present invention in the drawings, parts that are not related to the description are omitted, and similar parts are given similar reference numerals throughout the specification.
본 명세서에서, 동일한 구성요소에 대해서 중복된 설명은 일반적으로 생략한다.In this specification, duplicate descriptions of the same components are generally omitted.
< 용어의 정의><Definition of terms>
이하의 설명에서 사용되는 "의류처리장치"라는 용어는 의류를 세탁하거나 건조하거나, 리프레쉬하는 등 의류를 처리할 수 있는 임의의 장치를 의미한다. 본 명세서에서 "처리장치"는 라는 용어는 의류를 세탁하거나 건조하는 등 의류를 처리할 수 있는 임의의 장치이나, "의류처리장치"의 하위 개념으로 정의된다. 도시되고 설명되는 실시 예에서, 의류처리장치는 제1처리장치와 제2처리장치가 상하로 적층되어 제공되는 장치이다. The term "clothing processing device" used in the following description refers to any device that can process clothing, such as washing, drying, or refreshing clothing. In this specification, the term “processing device” refers to any device that can process clothing, such as washing or drying clothing, but is defined as a sub-concept of “clothing processing device.” In the illustrated and described embodiment, the clothing treatment device is a device provided by stacking a first treatment device and a second treatment device vertically.
이하의 설명에서 사용되는 "의류의 처리"라는 용어는 의류에 행해지는 세탁, 살균, 표백, 유연 및 건조 등의 처리를 의미한다. 의류의 처리는 의류처리장치가 행하는 행정과 코스에 의해 달성될 수 있다. 하나 이상의 행정이 조합되어 코스를 이룬다. 하나 이상의 행정은 시간 순으로 나열되며 조합되어 코스를 이룰 수 있다. 행정은 세탁행정, 헹굼행정, 탈수행정, 건조행정, 쿨링행정, 리프레쉬행정 등을 포함한다. 세탁행정은 의류에 부착된 이물질을 물과 세제로 분리시키는 행정이다. 헹굼행정은 세탁물과 이물질을 물로 분리시키는 행정이다. 탈수행정은 세탁물에서 물을 제거하는 행정이다. 건조행정은 세탁물에서 수분을 제거하는 행정이다. 쿨링행정은 가열된 세탁물의 온도를 낮추는 행정이다. 리프레쉬행정은 공기 또는 스팀 중 하나 이상을 이용하여 세탁물에 대한 탈취, 구김제거, 살균 중 어느 하나 이상을 수행하는 행정이다.The term "treatment of clothing" used in the following description refers to treatments such as washing, sterilization, bleaching, softening, and drying performed on clothing. Treatment of clothing can be achieved by the steps and courses performed by the clothing processing device. One or more administrations are combined to form a course. One or more administrations are listed in chronological order and can be combined to form a course. The process includes washing process, rinsing process, dehydration process, drying process, cooling process, refresh process, etc. The washing process is the process of separating foreign substances attached to clothes with water and detergent. The rinse cycle is a cycle that separates laundry and foreign substances with water. The dehydration process is a process that removes water from laundry. The drying cycle is a cycle that removes moisture from laundry. The cooling cycle is a cycle that lowers the temperature of heated laundry. The refresh process is an process that performs one or more of deodorizing, removing wrinkles, and sterilizing laundry using one or more of air or steam.
이하의 설명에서 사용되는 "세제"라는 용어는 의류 또는 섬유 등을 살균, 소독하거나 불순물을 없애기 위해 사용되는 임의의 물질을 의미한다. 일 실시 예에서, 세제는 분말 형태의 고체 또는 액체 등일 수 있다.The term "detergent" used in the following description refers to any substance used to sterilize, disinfect, or remove impurities from clothing, textiles, etc. In one embodiment, the detergent may be a solid or liquid in powder form.
이하의 설명에서 사용되는 "유연제"라는 용어는 의류 또는 섬유 등을 부드럽고 연하게 하기 위해 사용되는 임의의 물질 또는 약품을 의미한다.The term "softener" used in the following description refers to any substance or drug used to make clothing or fibers soft and soft.
이하의 설명에서 사용되는 "표백제"라는 용어는 섬유 등에 함유되어 있는 유색 물질을 화학 작용으로 분해하고 제거하여 섬유 등을 하얗게 하는 임의의 물질 또는 약품을 의미한다.The term "bleach" used in the following description refers to any substance or drug that whitens fibers, etc. by decomposing and removing colored substances contained in fibers, etc. through chemical action.
이하의 설명에서 사용되는 "의류 처리제"라는 용어는 의류를 처리하기 위해 화학적 또는 물리적 작용을 일으킬 수 있는 임의의 물질을 의미한다. 일 실시 예에서, 의류 처리제는 세제, 유연제 및 표백제 등을 포함하는 의미로 사용될 수 있다. As used in the following description, the term "garment treatment agent" means any substance capable of producing a chemical or physical action to treat clothing. In one embodiment, the clothing treatment agent may be used to include detergents, softeners, bleaches, etc.
이하의 설명에서 사용되는 "유체"라는 용어는 의류 처리제와 혼합되거나, 의류 처리제의 용매로서 작용할 수 있는 임의의 유체를 의미한다. 일 실시 예에서, 유체는 세탁수, 즉 물일 수 있다.As used in the following description, the term "fluid" means any fluid that can be mixed with, or act as a solvent for, a clothing treatment agent. In one embodiment, the fluid may be wash water, i.e. water.
이하의 설명에서 사용되는 "상측", "하측", "좌측", "우측", "전방 측" 및 "후방 측"이라는 용어는 참조되는 도면의 좌표계를 참조하여 이해될 것이다.The terms “upper”, “lower”, “left”, “right”, “front side” and “rear side” used in the following description will be understood with reference to the coordinate system of the referenced drawings.
본 명세서에서, 어떤 구성요소가 다른 구성요소에 '연결되어' 있다거나 '접속되어' 있다고 언급된 때에는, 그 다른 구성요소에 직접적으로 연결되어 있거나 또는 접속되어 있을 수도 있지만, 중간에 다른 구성요소가 존재할 수도 있다고 이해되어야 할 것이다. 반면에 본 명세서에서, 어떤 구성요소가 다른 구성요소에 '직접 연결되어' 있다거나 '직접 접속되어' 있다고 언급된 때에는, 중간에 다른 구성요소가 존재하지 않는 것으로 이해되어야 할 것이다. In this specification, when a component is referred to as being 'connected' or 'connected' to another component, it may be directly connected or connected to the other component, but there is another component in the middle. It must be understood that it may exist. On the other hand, in this specification, when it is mentioned that a component is 'directly connected' or 'directly connected' to another component, it should be understood that there are no other components in between.
본 명세서에서 사용되는 용어는 단지 특정한 실시예를 설명하기 위해 사용되는 것으로써, 본 발명을 한정하려는 의도로 사용되는 것이 아니다. The terms used in this specification are merely used to describe specific embodiments and are not intended to limit the present invention.
본 명세서에서, 단수의 표현은 문맥상 명백하게 다르게 뜻하지 않는 한, 복수의 표현을 포함할 수 있다. In this specification, singular expressions may include plural expressions, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
본 명세서에서, '포함하다' 또는 '가지다' 등의 용어는 명세서에 기재된 특징, 숫자, 단계, 동작, 구성요소, 부품, 또는 이들을 조합한 것이 존재함을 지정하려는 것일 뿐, 하나 또는 그 이상의 다른 특징, 숫자, 단계, 동작, 구성요소, 부품 또는 이들을 조합한 것의 존재 또는 부가 가능성을 미리 배제하지 않는 것으로 이해되어야 할 것이다.In this specification, terms such as 'include' or 'have' are only intended to designate the presence of features, numbers, steps, operations, components, parts, or combinations thereof described in the specification, and one or more other It should be understood that this does not exclude in advance the presence or addition of features, numbers, steps, operations, components, parts, or combinations thereof.
또한 본 명세서에서, '및/또는' 이라는 용어는 복수의 기재된 항목들의 조합 또는 복수의 기재된 항목들 중의 어느 항목을 포함한다. 본 명세서에서, 'a 또는 b'는, 'a', 'b', 또는 'a와 b 모두'를 포함할 수 있다.Also, in this specification, the term 'and/or' includes a combination of a plurality of listed items or any of the plurality of listed items. In this specification, ‘a or b’ may include ‘a’, ‘b’, or ‘both a and b’.
도 1에는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 의류처리장치(1)가 도시되어 있다. 본 발명의 일 실시예에서, 의류처리장치(1)는 제1처리장치(10), 제2처리장치(20) 및 컨트롤패널(2000)을 포함한다. Figure 1 shows a clothing treatment device 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention. In one embodiment of the present invention, the clothing treatment device 1 includes a first processing device 10, a second processing device 20, and a control panel 2000.
본 발명의 설명에서 각 구성에 대한 전방방향(+X), 후방방향(-X), 제1측방향(+Y), 제2측방향(-Y) 및 상방방향(+Z), 하방방향(-Z)의 정의는 모두 동일한 용어로 정의될 수 있다. 예컨대, 제1처리장치(10)의 전후방향(+X, -X)은 제2처리장치(20), 컨트롤패널(2000)등의 전후방향과 동일하게 정의될 수 있고, 측방향(Y) 및 상하방향(Z) 또한 마찬가지로 정의될 수 있다.In the description of the present invention, the forward direction (+ All definitions of (-Z) can be defined in the same terms. For example, the forward and backward directions (+ and the vertical direction (Z) can also be defined similarly.
제1처리장치(10) 및 제2처리장치(20)는 의류를 세탁하는 세탁기 및/또는 의류를 건조시키는 건조기 등 의류를 처리하기 위한 다양한 종류의 것으로 마련될 수 있다. 제1처리장치(10)가 세탁기이고 제2처리장치(20)가 건조기일 수 있다. 제1처리장치(10) 및 제2처리장치(20)가 모두 세탁기이거나 건조기일 수 있고, 제1처리장치(10)가 건조기이고 제2처리장치(20)가 세탁기일 수도 있으며, 기타 의류를 처리하기 위한 다양한 장치일 수 있다.The first processing device 10 and the second processing device 20 may be provided in various types for processing clothing, such as a washing machine for washing clothing and/or a dryer for drying clothing. The first processing device 10 may be a washing machine and the second processing device 20 may be a dryer. Both the first processing device 10 and the second processing device 20 may be a washing machine or a dryer, the first processing device 10 may be a dryer and the second processing device 20 may be a washing machine, and other clothing It can be a variety of devices for processing.
실시 예에 있어서, 하측에 위치되는 제1처리장치(10)는 의류를 세탁하기 위한 세탁기에 해당할 수 있다. 제1처리장치(10)의 내부에는 의류가 수용되는 제1드럼(12) 및 터브(14)가 구비될 수 있다. 제1처리장치(10) 내부의 제1드럼(12)은 터브(14) 내부에 회전 가능하게 마련될 수 있다. 일 실시예의 제1드럼(12)은 전후방향(+X, -X)으로 놓이는 회전축을 가진다.In an embodiment, the first processing device 10 located on the lower side may correspond to a washing machine for washing clothes. The first processing device 10 may be provided with a first drum 12 and a tub 14 in which clothes are stored. The first drum 12 inside the first processing device 10 may be rotatably provided inside the tub 14. The first drum 12 of one embodiment has a rotation axis located in the forward and backward directions (+X, -X).
제1처리장치(10)는 외관을 형성하는 제1캐비닛(110)을 포함할 수 있다. 제1캐비닛(110)은 전방측에 제1전면패널(112)이 마련될 수 있다. 제1전면패널(112)에는 제1드럼(12)의 내부와 연통되는 의류개구가 형성될 수 있다. 상기 의류개구는 제1캐비닛도어(17)에 의해 개폐될 수 있다. 상기 의류개구를 통해 처리가 요구되는 의류 등이 제1캐비닛(110) 내부로 투입되어 제1드럼(12) 내부에 수용될 수 있다. 제1처리장치(10)는 수용된 의류를 처리할 수 있다. 제1처리장치(10)는 수용된 의류에 대해 세탁, 건조 등의 처리를 수행할 수 있다. The first processing device 10 may include a first cabinet 110 that forms an exterior appearance. The first cabinet 110 may be provided with a first front panel 112 on the front side. A clothing opening communicating with the inside of the first drum 12 may be formed in the first front panel 112. The clothing opening can be opened and closed by the first cabinet door (17). Clothing that requires processing can be introduced into the first cabinet 110 through the clothing opening and accommodated inside the first drum 12. The first processing device 10 can process the received clothing. The first processing device 10 can perform processing such as washing and drying on the received clothing.
제1처리장치(10)는 측방향(Y) 양측에 각각 제1측면패널(115)이 마련될 수 있고, 후방측에 제1후면패널(미도시)이 마련될 수 있으며, 상측에 제1상면패널(미도시)이 마련될 수 있고, 하측에 제1하면패널(미도시)이 마련될 수 있다.The first processing device 10 may be provided with first side panels 115 on both sides in the lateral direction (Y), a first rear panel (not shown) may be provided on the rear side, and a first panel 115 may be provided on the upper side. A top panel (not shown) may be provided, and a first bottom panel (not shown) may be provided on the lower side.
제1전면패널(112), 제1측면패널(115), 제1후면패널(미도시), 제1상면패널(119) 및 제1하면패널(미도시)은 서로 조합되어 제1캐비닛(110)을 형성하며, 서로 결합 관계를 가질 수 있다. 제1캐비닛(110)은 내부에 제1드럼(12)과 같이 제1처리장치(10)를 구성하는 내장품이 구비되는 공간을 형성할 수 있다. 제1전면패널(112)에는 세제개구가 형성되고, 세제개구에는 세제저장유닛(30)이 삽입되어 제공된다. 일 실시 예에 따른 의류처리장치(1)에서 제1처리장치(10)는 지면상에 배치된다. 세제저장유닛(30)은 제1처리장치(10)의 의류개구 보다 상방에 위치됨으로써, 세제저장유닛(30)의 인입 및 인출이 편리하게 제공될 수 있다. 세제저장유닛(30)은 제1처리장치(10)의 의류개구와 컨트롤패널(2000) 사이에 위치될 수 있다. 세제저장유닛(30)은 제1처리장치(10)의 의류개구 보다 상방에 위치되고, 컨트롤패널(2000) 보다 하방에 위치될 수 있다. 세제저장유닛(30)은 사용자에 의해 제1캐비닛(110) 내부로 인입되거나 제1캐비닛(110) 외부로 인출될 수 있다. 예컨대, 사용자는 제1캐비닛(110)으로부터 세제저장유닛(30)을 분리하고, 세제저장유닛(30)에 세제를 저장시킨 이후, 세제저장유닛(30)을 제1캐비닛(110) 내부로 인입시킬 수 있다.The first front panel 112, the first side panel 115, the first rear panel (not shown), the first top panel 119, and the first bottom panel (not shown) are combined with each other to form a first cabinet 110. ) and can have a bonding relationship with each other. The first cabinet 110 may form a space inside which internal components constituting the first processing device 10, such as the first drum 12, are provided. A detergent opening is formed in the first front panel 112, and a detergent storage unit 30 is inserted into the detergent opening. In the clothing processing device 1 according to one embodiment, the first processing device 10 is placed on the ground. The detergent storage unit 30 is located above the clothing opening of the first processing device 10, so that insertion and extraction of the detergent storage unit 30 can be conveniently provided. The detergent storage unit 30 may be located between the clothes opening of the first processing device 10 and the control panel 2000. The detergent storage unit 30 may be located above the clothes opening of the first processing device 10 and below the control panel 2000. The detergent storage unit 30 may be brought into the first cabinet 110 or pulled out from the first cabinet 110 by the user. For example, the user separates the detergent storage unit 30 from the first cabinet 110, stores detergent in the detergent storage unit 30, and then inserts the detergent storage unit 30 into the first cabinet 110. You can do it.
일 실시예에서 제1전면패널(112)에는 필터개구가 형성된다. 상기 필터개구에는 필터유닛(40)이 삽입되어 제공된다. 필터유닛(40)은 세탁수로부터 이물질을 포집하는 구성이다. 상기 필터개구를 통해 필터유닛(40)은 제1캐비닛(110)의 내부로 인입될 수 있다. 필터유닛(40)은 제1전면패널(112)의 하부 일측에 마련될 수 있다. 필터유닛(40)은 터브(14)로부터 배출되는 세탁수 유로에 연결될 수 있다. 필터유닛(40)은 세탁과정이 수행된 이후 터브(14)로부터 배출되는 세탁수로부터 이물질을 걸러낼 수 있다. 필터유닛(40)의 역할은 반드시 이에 한정되는 것이 아니며, 필요에 따라 다양한 대상으로부터 이물질을 필터링하도록 마련될 수 있다. 예컨대, 필터유닛(40)은 세탁행정 진행 전에 세탁행정을 수행하기 위한 세탁수로부터 이물질을 걸러내도록 마련될 수도 있다.In one embodiment, a filter opening is formed in the first front panel 112. A filter unit 40 is inserted into the filter opening. The filter unit 40 is configured to collect foreign substances from washing water. The filter unit 40 can be introduced into the first cabinet 110 through the filter opening. The filter unit 40 may be provided on one lower side of the first front panel 112. The filter unit 40 may be connected to the wash water flow path discharged from the tub 14. The filter unit 40 can filter out foreign substances from the washing water discharged from the tub 14 after the washing process is performed. The role of the filter unit 40 is not necessarily limited to this, and may be provided to filter foreign substances from various objects as needed. For example, the filter unit 40 may be provided to filter out foreign substances from the wash water for performing the washing process before the washing process is performed.
사용자는 필터개구를 통해 필터유닛(40)을 제1캐비닛(110) 내부로 인입하거나 인출할 수 있다. 인출된 필터유닛(40)은 세척 후 재사용되거나 교체될 수 있다. 필터유닛(40)은 세제저장유닛(30)과의 관계에서 상대적으로 인입 및 인출 주기가 더 길수 있다. 이에 따라 본 발명의 일 실시 예는 인입 및 인출 주기가 비교적 짧은 세제저장유닛(30)이 인입되는 세제개구를 제1전면패널(112)의 상부측에 배치할 수 있다. 또한, 인입 및 인출 주기가 비교적 긴 필터유닛(40)이 인입되는 필터개구는 제1전면패널(112)의 하부측에 배치하여 사용 편의성을 향상시키면서 공간 활용성이 우수한 제1전면패널(112) 구조를 구현할 수 있다.The user can insert or withdraw the filter unit 40 into the first cabinet 110 through the filter opening. The drawn out filter unit 40 can be reused or replaced after washing. The filter unit 40 may have a relatively longer inlet and outlet cycle in relation to the detergent storage unit 30. Accordingly, in one embodiment of the present invention, the detergent opening through which the detergent storage unit 30, which has a relatively short input and output cycle, is introduced can be disposed on the upper side of the first front panel 112. In addition, the filter opening through which the filter unit 40, which has a relatively long input and output cycle, is inserted is placed on the lower side of the first front panel 112, improving convenience of use and providing excellent space utilization. The structure can be implemented.
제1캐비닛(110) 내부에서 터브(14)와 연결되는 세탁수 배출유로는 세탁수의 배출이 용이하도록 제1캐비닛(110) 내에서 하부측에 위치될 수 있다. 본 발명의 일 실시예에서 필터유닛(40)은 제1캐비닛(110)의 하부측에 마련되어 세탁수 배출유로와 효율적으로 연결될 수 있다.The wash water discharge passage connected to the tub 14 inside the first cabinet 110 may be located at the lower side of the first cabinet 110 to facilitate discharge of wash water. In one embodiment of the present invention, the filter unit 40 is provided on the lower side of the first cabinet 110 and can be efficiently connected to the wash water discharge passage.
제1처리장치(10)에는 제1장치제어부(19)가 제공될 수 있다. 제1장치제어부(19)는 제1처리장치(10)를 구성하는 각종 장치들을 제어하는 구성이다. 제1장치제어부(19)는 제1캐비닛(110)의 내부에 배치된다. 제1장치제어부(19)는 회로기판과, 상기 회로기판에 실장된 전장품들을 포함할 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제1장치제어부(19)는 컨트롤패널(2000)으로부터 수신된 조작 신호에 대응하는 정보를 메모리에서 확인하고, 상기 정보를 이용하여 조작 신호에 대응하는 장치 제어를 행할 수 있다. 제1장치제어부(19)는 제1처리장치(10)의 상태를 컨트롤패널(2000)으로 전달할 수 있다.The first processing device 10 may be provided with a first device control unit 19. The first device control unit 19 is a component that controls various devices constituting the first processing device 10. The first device control unit 19 is disposed inside the first cabinet 110. The first device control unit 19 may include a circuit board and electrical components mounted on the circuit board. In an embodiment, the first device control unit 19 may check information corresponding to the operation signal received from the control panel 2000 in the memory and use the information to control the device corresponding to the operation signal. The first device control unit 19 may transmit the status of the first processing device 10 to the control panel 2000.
실시 예에 있어서, 제2처리장치(20)는 제1처리장치(10)의 상측에 위치된다. 제1처리장치(10)는 제2처리장치(20)를 지지한다. 제2처리장치(20)는 의류를 건조시키기 위한 건조기에 해당될 수 있다. 제2처리장치(20)는 제2드럼(22)을 구비할 수 있다. 제2드럼(22)은 내부에 의류를 수용할 수 있다. 실시 예에 의하면, 제2드럼(22)은 전후방향(+X, -X)으로 놓이는 회전축을 가진다.In an embodiment, the second processing device 20 is located above the first processing device 10. The first processing device 10 supports the second processing device 20. The second processing device 20 may correspond to a dryer for drying clothes. The second processing device 20 may include a second drum 22. The second drum 22 can accommodate clothing therein. According to the embodiment, the second drum 22 has a rotation axis located in the forward and backward directions (+X, -X).
제2처리장치(20)는 외관을 형성하는 제2캐비닛(120)을 포함할 수 있다. 제2캐비닛(120)은 전방측에 마련되는 제2전면패널(122)을 포함할 수 있다. 제2전면패널(122)에는 제2드럼(22)과 연통되는 의류개구가 형성될 수 있다. 상기 의류개구는 제2캐비닛도어(27)에 의해 개폐될 수 있다. The second processing device 20 may include a second cabinet 120 that forms an exterior appearance. The second cabinet 120 may include a second front panel 122 provided on the front side. A clothing opening communicating with the second drum 22 may be formed in the second front panel 122. The clothing opening can be opened and closed by the second cabinet door (27).
제2처리장치(20)는 측방향(+Y, -Y) 양측에 각각 제2측면패널(125)이 마련될 수 있다. 나아가, 제2처리장치(20)는 후방측에 제2후면패널(미도시)이 마련될 수 있으며, 상측에 제2상면패널(127)이 마련될 수 있고, 하측에 제2하면패널(미도시)이 마련될 수 있다.The second processing device 20 may be provided with second side panels 125 on both sides in the lateral direction (+Y, -Y). Furthermore, the second processing device 20 may be provided with a second rear panel (not shown) on the rear side, a second upper panel 127 on the upper side, and a second lower panel (not shown) on the lower side. Poetry) can be prepared.
실시 예에 의하면, 제2전면패널(122), 제2측면패널(125), 제2후면패널(미도시), 제2상면패널(127) 및 제2하면패널(미도시)은 서로 조합되어 제2캐비닛(120)을 형성하며, 서로 결합 관계를 가질 수 있다. 제2캐비닛(120)은 내부에 제2드럼(22)과 같이 제2처리장치(20)를 구성하는 내장품이 구비되는 공간을 형성할 수 있다.According to the embodiment, the second front panel 122, the second side panel 125, the second rear panel (not shown), the second top panel 127, and the second bottom panel (not shown) are combined with each other. It forms the second cabinet 120 and may have a coupling relationship with each other. The second cabinet 120 may form a space inside which internal components constituting the second processing device 20, such as the second drum 22, are installed.
제2처리장치(20)의 상기 의류개구를 통해 처리가 요구되는 의류 등이 제2드럼(22) 내부에 수용될 수 있다. 제2처리장치(20)는 수용된 의류를 처리할 수 있다. 제2드럼(22)에 수용된 의류는 제2처리장치(20)에 의한 세탁, 건조 등의 처리가 수행될 수 있다. Clothing that requires processing can be accommodated inside the second drum (22) through the clothing opening of the second processing device (20). The second processing device 20 can process the received clothing. Clothes stored in the second drum 22 can be washed, dried, etc. by the second processing device 20.
제2처리장치(20)는 제1처리장치(10)의 상측에 배치된다. 일 실시 예에 있어서, 제1처리장치(10)의 하부는 제2처리장치(20)의 상부와 결합될 수 있다. 제1처리장치(10)의 상방은 제2처리장치(20)를 지지하는 구조를 가질 수 있다. 예컨대, 제1처리장치(10)의 제1상면패널(미도시)는 직접 또는 간접적으로 제2처리장치(20)의 제2하면패널(미도시)을 지지하는 구조를 가질 수 있다.The second processing device 20 is disposed above the first processing device 10. In one embodiment, the lower part of the first processing device 10 may be coupled to the upper part of the second processing device 20. The upper portion of the first processing device 10 may have a structure that supports the second processing device 20. For example, the first upper panel (not shown) of the first processing device 10 may have a structure that directly or indirectly supports the second lower panel (not shown) of the second processing device 20.
제2처리장치(20)에는 제2장치제어부(29)가 제공될 수 있다. 제2장치제어부(29)는 제2처리장치(20)를 구성하는 각종 장치들을 제어하는 구성이다. 제2장치제어부(29)는 제2캐비닛(120)의 내부에 배치된다. 제2장치제어부(29)는 회로기판과, 상기 회로기판에 실장된 전장품들을 포함할 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제2장치제어부(29)는 컨트롤패널(2000)으로부터 수신된 조작 신호에 대응하는 정보를 메모리에서 확인하고, 조작 신호에 대응하는 장치 제어를 행할 수 있다. 제2장치제어부(29)는 제2처리장치(20)의 상태를 컨트롤패널(2000)으로 전달할 수 있다.The second processing device 20 may be provided with a second device control unit 29. The second device control unit 29 controls various devices constituting the second processing device 20. The second device control unit 29 is disposed inside the second cabinet 120. The second device control unit 29 may include a circuit board and electrical components mounted on the circuit board. In an embodiment, the second device control unit 29 may check information corresponding to the operation signal received from the control panel 2000 in memory and control the device corresponding to the operation signal. The second device control unit 29 may transmit the status of the second processing device 20 to the control panel 2000.
컨트롤패널(2000)은 제1전면패널(112) 및 제2전면패널(122) 사이에 배치된다. 컨트롤패널(2000)은 대략 사용자의 허리에 대응되는 높이에 위치되는 것이 좋다. 컨트롤패널(2000)이 사용자의 허리에 대응되는 높이 정도에 위치되면, 사용자의 조작 편이성을 높일 수 잇다. 실시 예에 있어서, 컨트롤패널(2000)은 제1전면패널(112)의 상측이자, 제2전면패널(122)의 하측에 배치되므로, 제1전면패널(112)의 높이와 제2전면패널(122)의 높이를 적절히 설정하는 것이 좋다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제1전면패널(112)의 적어도 일부분은 제2처리장치(20)의 측면패널(125)과 마주할 수 있다.The control panel 2000 is disposed between the first front panel 112 and the second front panel 122. The control panel 2000 is preferably positioned at a height approximately corresponding to the user's waist. If the control panel 2000 is located at a height corresponding to the user's waist, the user's convenience in operation can be improved. In the embodiment, the control panel 2000 is disposed above the first front panel 112 and below the second front panel 122, so the height of the first front panel 112 and the second front panel ( 122) It is best to set the height appropriately. In an embodiment, at least a portion of the first front panel 112 may face the side panel 125 of the second processing device 20.
컨트롤패널(2000)은 제1처리장치(10) 및 제2처리장치(20) 중 적어도 하나 이상과 신호를 주고 받을 수 있도록 연결될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 컨트롤패널(2000)은 제1처리장치(10) 및 제2처리장치(20)와 신호를 주고 받을 수 있도록 연결된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 컨트롤패널(2000)은 제1장치제어부(19) 및/또는 제2처리장치(20)와 신호를 주고 받을 수 있도록 연결된다. 상술한 연결은 유선연결 또는 무선연결을 포함할 수 있다.The control panel 2000 may be connected to exchange signals with at least one of the first processing device 10 and the second processing device 20. In an embodiment, the control panel 2000 is connected to exchange signals with the first processing device 10 and the second processing device 20. In an embodiment, the control panel 2000 is connected to exchange signals with the first device control unit 19 and/or the second processing device 20. The above-described connection may include a wired connection or a wireless connection.
컨트롤패널(2000)의 전면부(2110)에는 사용자인터페이스(UI)가 표시되는 UI부(200)가 제공된다.The front part 2110 of the control panel 2000 is provided with a UI part 200 that displays a user interface (UI).
도 2는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 컨트롤패널(2000)과, 제1처리장치(10)와 제2처리장치(20)의 상호관계를 간단하게 도시한 것이다.Figure 2 simply shows the interrelationship between the control panel 2000, the first processing device 10, and the second processing device 20 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
본 발명의 일 실시 예에 의하면, 컨트롤패널(2000)은 표시부(2001), 입력부(2002) 및 제어부(2003)를 포함할 수 있다. UI부(200)는 표시부(2001) 및 입력부(2002)를 포함할 수 있다.According to one embodiment of the present invention, the control panel 2000 may include a display unit 2001, an input unit 2002, and a control unit 2003. The UI unit 200 may include a display unit 2001 and an input unit 2002.
표시부(2001)는 사용자와 상호 작용하기 위한 하나 이상의 정보를 표시하는 구성이다. 표시부(2001)는 제1처리장치(10) 및/또는 제2처리장치(20)의 상태를 나타낼 수 있다. 표시부(2001)는 제1처리장치(10) 및/또는 제2처리장치(20)의 상태를 표시할 수 있다. 표시부(2001)는 UI부(200)에 제공된다. 표시부(2001)는 제1처리장치(10) 및 제2처리장치(20) 중 어느 하나 이상에 대한 정보를 표시한다. 실시 예에 있어서, 정보는 제1처리장치(10) 및/또는 제2처리장치(20)에서 실행될 수 있는 코스정보, 제1처리장치(10) 및/또는 제2처리장치(20)에서 실행 중인 처리의 정보(예컨대, 코스명, 코스가 완료되기까지 남은시간), 진행 중인 행정 정보(예컨대, 행정명), 설정된 처리옵션 정보 통신연결 상태 정보, 원격제어 설정 정보, 문잠김 상태정보, 건조 준비 설정 정보, 터보샷 설정 정보, 스팀 설정 정보, 다림질 알림 설정 정보, 구김방지 설정 정보 및 예약 설정 정보 등을 포함할 수 있다.The display unit 2001 is a component that displays one or more information for interaction with the user. The display unit 2001 may indicate the status of the first processing device 10 and/or the second processing device 20. The display unit 2001 may display the status of the first processing device 10 and/or the second processing device 20. The display unit 2001 is provided in the UI unit 200. The display unit 2001 displays information about one or more of the first processing device 10 and the second processing device 20. In an embodiment, the information may be course information, which may be executed on the first processing unit 10 and/or the second processing unit 20. Information on processing in progress (e.g., course name, time remaining until course completion), administrative information in progress (e.g., administrative name), set processing option information, communication connection status information, remote control setting information, door lock status information, drying It may include preparation setting information, turbo shot setting information, steam setting information, ironing notification setting information, anti-wrinkle setting information, and reservation setting information.
입력부(2002)는 제1처리장치(10) 및/또는 제2처리장치(20)를 제어하기 위한 작동 명령을 사용자로부터 입력받는 구성이다. 입력부(2002)는 컨트롤패널(2000)에 제공될 수 있다. 입력부(2002)는 터치스크린으로 제공될 수 있다. 입력부(2002)는 터치센서로 제공될 수 있다. 입력부(2002)는 물리적 버튼으로 제공될 수 있다.The input unit 2002 is configured to receive an operation command for controlling the first processing device 10 and/or the second processing device 20 from the user. The input unit 2002 may be provided in the control panel 2000. The input unit 2002 may be provided as a touch screen. The input unit 2002 may be provided as a touch sensor. The input unit 2002 may be provided as a physical button.
제어부(2003)는 제1처리장치(10) 및/또는 제2처리장치(20)의 제어를 실행하는 마이크로프로세서와, 제1처리장치(10) 및/또는 제2처리장치(20)의 제어 동작을 실행하기 위한 제어프로그램이 저장된 기억부를 구비할 수 있다. 제어 프로그램은 기억부 중 기억 매체에 기억되어 있을 수 있고, 기억 매체는, 하드 디스크이어도 되고, CD-ROM, DVD 등의 디스크나, 플래시 메모리 등의 반도체 메모리 일 수도 있다. 제어부(2003)는 컨트롤패널(2000)의 내부, 즉 전면부(2110)의 후면측에 마련될 수 있다. 제어부(2003)는 하나 이상으로 제공될 수 있다. 제어부(2003)는 제1처리장치(10) 및/또는 제2처리장치(20)와 연결되고 신호를 주고 받을 수 있다. 상기 연결은 유선연결 또는 무선연결을 포함할 수 있다.The control unit 2003 includes a microprocessor that controls the first processing device 10 and/or the second processing device 20, and controls the first processing device 10 and/or the second processing device 20. A storage unit may be provided in which a control program for executing an operation is stored. The control program may be stored in a storage medium in the storage unit, and the storage medium may be a hard disk, a disk such as a CD-ROM or DVD, or a semiconductor memory such as a flash memory. The control unit 2003 may be provided inside the control panel 2000, that is, on the rear side of the front part 2110. One or more control units 2003 may be provided. The control unit 2003 is connected to the first processing device 10 and/or the second processing device 20 and can exchange signals. The connection may include a wired connection or a wireless connection.
제어부(2003)는 표시부(2001) 및/또는 입력부(2002)와 연결되고 신호를 주고 받을 수 있다. 상술한 신호는 제어 명령이나, 사용자의 입력, 장치의 상태 정보 등이 될 수 있다. 제어부(2003)는 입력부(2002)의 조작 신호를 감지할 수 있다. 제어부(2003)는 입력된 조작 신호에 대응하는 정보를 메모리에서 확인할 수 있다. 제어부(2003)는 표시부(2001)에 표시데이터를 전송할 수 있다. 표시부(2001)는 제어부(2003)로부터 전송받은 표시데이터에 대응하여 제1처리장치(10)의 상태, 제2처리장치(20)의 상태 및/또는 사용자로부터 입력받은 명령 내용 등을 표시할 수 있다. 제어부(2003)는 입력부(2002)를 이루는 구성들을 활성화 또는 비활성화 상태로 전환할 수 있다. 제어부(2003)는 표시부(2001)를 이루는 구성들을 활성화 또는 비활성화 상태로 전환할 수 있다. 제어부(2003)는 회로기판과, 회로기판에 실장된 전장품들을 포함할 수 있다. The control unit 2003 is connected to the display unit 2001 and/or the input unit 2002 and can send and receive signals. The above-described signals may be control commands, user input, device status information, etc. The control unit 2003 can detect a manipulation signal from the input unit 2002. The control unit 2003 can check information corresponding to the input manipulation signal in the memory. The control unit 2003 can transmit display data to the display unit 2001. The display unit 2001 can display the status of the first processing unit 10, the status of the second processing unit 20, and/or the contents of a command input from the user in response to the display data transmitted from the control unit 2003. there is. The control unit 2003 can switch the components forming the input unit 2002 into an activated or deactivated state. The control unit 2003 can switch the components forming the display unit 2001 into an activated or deactivated state. The control unit 2003 may include a circuit board and electrical components mounted on the circuit board.
실시 예에 있어서 제어부(2003)가 컨트롤패널(2000)에 포함되는 관계를 설명하였으나, 제어부(2003)는 컨트롤패널(2000)에 분류되지 않을 수 있다. 제어부(2003)는 컨트롤패널(2000)이 아닌 다른 위치에 제공될 수 있다. 제어부(2003)는 제1처리장치(10) 및/또는 제2처리장치(20)에 제공될 수 있다. 제어부(2003)는 컨트롤패널(2000)과, 제1처리장치(10)와 제2처리장치(20) 각각에 제공될 수 있다. 제어부(2003)는 제1장치제어부(19) 및/또는 제2장치제어부(29)와 통합되어 제공될 수 있다. 또는, 제어부(2003)는 제1장치제어부(19) 및/또는 제2장치제어부(29)와 통합된 개념으로 이해될 수 있다.In the embodiment, the relationship in which the control unit 2003 is included in the control panel 2000 has been described, but the control unit 2003 may not be classified in the control panel 2000. The control unit 2003 may be provided in a location other than the control panel 2000. The control unit 2003 may be provided to the first processing device 10 and/or the second processing device 20. The control unit 2003 may be provided in the control panel 2000 and each of the first processing device 10 and the second processing device 20. The control unit 2003 may be integrated with the first device control unit 19 and/or the second device control unit 29. Alternatively, the control unit 2003 may be understood as an integrated concept with the first device control unit 19 and/or the second device control unit 29.
도 3은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 컨트롤패널의 전방 사시도이다. 도 3을 참조하여 설명한다. Figure 3 is a front perspective view of a control panel according to an embodiment of the present invention. This will be explained with reference to Figure 3.
컨트롤패널(2000)은 커버패널(2100)을 포함한다. 커버패널(2100)의 후방에는 전장모듈(2220, 도 4 참조)이 위치된다. 커버패널(2100)은 전면부(2110), 상면부(2120), 하면부(미도시), 제1측면부(2142) 및 제2측면부(2144)를 포함한다. 전면부(2110)는 커버패널(2100)의 외관을 이룬다. 상면부(2120)는 전면부(2110)의 상면에서 후방으로 연장된다. 하면부(2130)는 전면부(2110)의 하면에서 후방으로 연장된다. 제1측면부(2142)는 전면부(2110)의 제1측면(예컨대, 전방에서 바라볼 때 좌측면)에서 후방으로 연장된다. 제2측면부(2144)는 전면부(2110)의 제2측면(예컨대, 전방에서 바라볼 때 우측면)에서 후방으로 연장된다.The control panel 2000 includes a cover panel 2100. An electrical module 2220 (see FIG. 4) is located at the rear of the cover panel 2100. The cover panel 2100 includes a front portion 2110, an upper surface portion 2120, a lower surface portion (not shown), a first side portion 2142, and a second side portion 2144. The front portion 2110 forms the exterior of the cover panel 2100. The upper surface portion 2120 extends rearward from the upper surface of the front portion 2110. The lower surface portion 2130 extends rearward from the lower surface of the front portion 2110. The first side portion 2142 extends rearward from the first side of the front portion 2110 (eg, the left side when viewed from the front). The second side portion 2144 extends rearward from the second side of the front portion 2110 (eg, the right side when viewed from the front).
도 4는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 컨트롤패널의 분해 사시도이다.Figure 4 is an exploded perspective view of a control panel according to an embodiment of the present invention.
컨트롤패널(2000)은 커버패널(2100)과 전장모듈(2220)을 포함한다. 전장모듈(2220)은 커버패널(2100)의 후방에서 커버패널(2100)과 결합된다. 전장모듈(2220)은 서포터(2220), 밀봉커버(2230), 터치스크린디바이스(2240), 회로기판(2250)을 포함한다. The control panel 2000 includes a cover panel 2100 and an electrical module 2220. The electrical module 2220 is coupled to the cover panel 2100 at the rear of the cover panel 2100. The electronic module 2220 includes a supporter 2220, a sealing cover 2230, a touch screen device 2240, and a circuit board 2250.
터치스크린디바이스(2240)는 평판디스플레이(2241)와 터치층(2242)의 조합에 의해 구성될 수 있다. 평판디스플레이(2241)는 화상을 출력하는 스크린(화면)을 제공한다. 평판디스플레이(2241)은 각종 정보를 표시하는 표시부로 기능한다. 본 발명의 설명에 있어서, 평판디스플레이(2241)는 얇은 디스플레이를 의미하며, LCD, PDP, AMLCD, PMLCD, OLED, LED 등 다양한 형태로 제공될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에 있어서, 터치층(2242)는 터치필름, 코팅막 형태로 제공될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 터치층(2242)은 X · Y 축을 이루는 2개의 ITO 층으로 이루어질 수 있다. 터치층(2242)은 사용자의 터치입력을 받는 입력부로 기능한다. 실시 예에 있어서, 터치스크린디바이스(2240)는 도시되지 않은 방법에 의해서도 구현될 수 있다. 예컨대, 터치스크린디바이스(2240)는 저항막 방식, 정전용량 방식, 적외선 방식, 초음파 방식 등에 의해 구현될 수 있다. The touch screen device 2240 may be composed of a combination of a flat panel display 2241 and a touch layer 2242. The flat panel display 2241 provides a screen that outputs images. The flat panel display 2241 functions as a display unit that displays various information. In the description of the present invention, the flat display 2241 refers to a thin display and can be provided in various forms such as LCD, PDP, AMLCD, PMLCD, OLED, and LED. In one embodiment, the touch layer 2242 may be provided in the form of a touch film or coating film. In an embodiment, the touch layer 2242 may be made of two ITO layers forming the X·Y axis. The touch layer 2242 functions as an input unit that receives the user's touch input. In an embodiment, the touch screen device 2240 may be implemented using a method not shown. For example, the touch screen device 2240 may be implemented using a resistive method, a capacitive method, an infrared method, an ultrasonic method, etc.
서포터(2220)는 평판디스플레이(2241)를 지지하는 구성이다. 서포터(2220)는 패널 형태의 전면을 가진다. 서포터(2220)는 커버패널(2100)의 상면부(2120) 및 하면부(미도시)와 결합된다. 평판디스플레이(2241)는 서포터(2220)의 전면에 위치된다. 평판디스플레이(2241)는 서포터(2220)에 의해 지지된다. 평판디스플레이(2241)는 커버패널(2100)과 서포터(2220) 사이에 위치된다. The supporter 2220 is configured to support the flat panel display 2241. The supporter 2220 has a panel-shaped front. The supporter 2220 is coupled to the upper surface 2120 and the lower surface part (not shown) of the cover panel 2100. The flat panel display 2241 is located in front of the supporter 2220. The flat display 2241 is supported by a supporter 2220. The flat panel display 2241 is located between the cover panel 2100 and the supporter 2220.
밀봉커버(2230)는 서포터(2220)의 후방에 위치되며, 서포터(2220)와 결합된다. 밀봉커버(2230)는 회로기판(2250)을 커버한다. 밀봉커버(2230)는 회로기판(2250)의 후방에 위치된다. 밀봉커버(2230)와 서포터(2220) 사이에 형성되는 공간에는 회로기판(2250)이 위치된다. The sealing cover 2230 is located behind the supporter 2220 and is coupled to the supporter 2220. The sealing cover 2230 covers the circuit board 2250. The sealing cover 2230 is located at the rear of the circuit board 2250. A circuit board 2250 is located in the space formed between the sealing cover 2230 and the supporter 2220.
회로기판(2250)은 복수개가 제공될 수 있다. 회로기판(2250) 중 일부 기판은 커버패널(2100)에 의해 커버되어, 외부 공기와 접촉이 차단될 수 있다. 회로기판(2250)은 후술할 스피커를 위한 회로기판, 평판디스플레이(2241) 및 입력버튼으로 제공되는 터치버튼을 위한 회로기판(2251), 통신모듈을 위한 회로기판으로 구성될 수 있다. 평판디스플레이(2241)를 위한 회로기판은 평판디스플레이(2241)와 전기적으로 연결되어 평판디스플레이(2241)에 신호를 전달한다. 또한, 사용자UI를 통한 사용자의 입력 신호를 수신할 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 평판디스플레이(2241)를 위한 회로기판은 밀봉커버(2230)에 의해 커버되어 외부 공기와 접촉이 차단될 수 있다. A plurality of circuit boards 2250 may be provided. Some of the circuit boards 2250 may be covered by the cover panel 2100 to block contact with external air. The circuit board 2250 may be composed of a circuit board for a speaker to be described later, a circuit board 2251 for a flat panel display 2241 and a touch button provided as an input button, and a circuit board for a communication module. The circuit board for the flat panel display 2241 is electrically connected to the flat panel display 2241 and transmits signals to the flat panel display 2241. Additionally, the user's input signal can be received through the user UI. In an embodiment, the circuit board for the flat panel display 2241 may be covered by a sealing cover 2230 to block contact with external air.
회로기판(2250) 중에서 평판디스플레이(2241)를 위한 회로기판(2251)에는 터치버튼이 제공된다. 터치버튼은 발광부재 및 터치센서가 한쌍으로 제공된다. 터치버튼은 터치입력을 받을 수 있는 공지된 구성으로 제공될 수 있다. 발광부재는 대응되는 터치센서의 활성화 여부를 표시한다. 예컨대, 터치센서가 활성화된 상태에서는 발광부재가 광을 방출하도록 한다. 발광소자는 LED소자로 제공될 수 있다. 서포터(2220)는 발광소자에서 확산되는 빛을 특정 위치로 집중시킬 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 서포터(2220)에는 센서홀(2221)이 하나 이상 형성된다. 센서홀(2221)은 터치버튼이 제공되는 위치와 대응되는 위치에 형성된다. 센서홀(2221)은 홀의 둘레로부터 전방 또는 후방으로 확장되는 차단벽을 형성한다. 차단벽은 발광소자에서 방출되는 빛이 터치버튼의 주변으로 확산되는 것을 방지한다. 서포터(2220)의 뒤에 회로기판(2510)을 위치시킴으로써, 터치버튼의 빛이 확산되는 것을 방지할 수 있다.Among the circuit boards 2250, a touch button is provided on the circuit board 2251 for the flat panel display 2241. The touch button is provided as a pair of light emitting member and touch sensor. The touch button may be provided in a known configuration capable of receiving touch input. The light emitting member indicates whether the corresponding touch sensor is activated. For example, when the touch sensor is activated, the light emitting member emits light. The light emitting device may be provided as an LED device. The supporter 2220 can focus the light diffused from the light emitting device to a specific location. In an embodiment, one or more sensor holes 2221 are formed in the supporter 2220. The sensor hole 2221 is formed at a position corresponding to the position where the touch button is provided. The sensor hole 2221 forms a blocking wall extending forward or backward from the perimeter of the hole. The blocking wall prevents the light emitted from the light emitting device from spreading to the surroundings of the touch button. By placing the circuit board 2510 behind the supporter 2220, light from the touch button can be prevented from spreading.
도 5는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 UI부(200)을 도시한 것이다. UI부(200)에는 사용자인터페이스(UI)가 제공된다. UI부(200)에 마련되는 사용자인터페이스는 전원버튼(220), 전환버튼(250), 터치스크린(240), 부가기능버튼(260), 실행/일시정지버튼(270)을 포함할 수 있다. 전원버튼(220)은 제1전원버튼(221) 및 제2전원버튼(222)을 포함할 수 있다. 실행/일시정지버튼(270)은 제1실행/일시정지버튼(271), 제2실행/일시정지버튼(272)을 포함할 수 있다.Figure 5 shows the UI unit 200 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The UI unit 200 is provided with a user interface (UI). The user interface provided in the UI unit 200 may include a power button 220, a switch button 250, a touch screen 240, an additional function button 260, and a run/pause button 270. The power button 220 may include a first power button 221 and a second power button 222. The run/pause button 270 may include a first run/pause button 271 and a second run/pause button 272.
제1전원버튼(221), 제2전원버튼(222), 전환버튼(250), 부가기능버튼(260), 제1실행/일시정지버튼(271), 제2실행/일시정지버튼(272)은 터치센서 또는 물리적버튼으로 제공될 수 있다. 터치스크린(240)은 터치스크린디바이스(2240)에 의해 제공될 수 있다. First power button (221), second power button (222), switch button (250), additional function button (260), first run/pause button (271), second run/pause button (272) Can be provided as a touch sensor or physical button. The touch screen 240 may be provided by a touch screen device 2240.
제1전원버튼(221)은 전원을 상징하는 형태의 아이콘으로 표시될 수 있다. 제1전원버튼(221)은 제1처리장치(10)의 전원을 온-오프(On-Off)하기 위한 사용자 명령을 입력받는 구성이다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제1전원버튼(221)은 터치센서로 제공된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 사용자가 제1전원버튼(221)을 터치하면, 제어부(2003)는 제1처리장치(10)에 대한 턴 온(Turn-on) 또는 턴 오프(Turn-off) 명령을 입력 받을 수 있다. The first power button 221 may be displayed as an icon symbolizing power. The first power button 221 is configured to receive a user command to turn on/off the power of the first processing device 10. In the embodiment, the first power button 221 is provided as a touch sensor. In an embodiment, when the user touches the first power button 221, the control unit 2003 inputs a turn-on or turn-off command for the first processing device 10. You can receive it.
제2전원버튼(222)은 전원을 상징하는 형태의 아이콘으로 표시될 수 있다. 제2전원버튼(222)은 제1전원버튼(221)과 다른 영역을 점유하도록 배치된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제1전원버튼(221)과 제2전원버튼(222)은 상하로 배치될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제2전원버튼(222)은 제1전원버튼(221)보다 위쪽에 배치된다. 제2전원버튼(222)은 제2처리장치(20)의 전원을 온-오프(On-Off)하기 위한 사용자 명령을 입력 받는 구성이다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제2전원버튼(222)은 터치센서로 제공된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 사용자가 제2전원버튼(222)을 터치하면, 제어부(2003)는 제2처리장치(20)에 대한 턴 온(Turn-on) 또는 턴 오프(Turn-off) 명령을 입력 받을 수 있다. The second power button 222 may be displayed as an icon symbolizing power. The second power button 222 is arranged to occupy a different area from the first power button 221. In an embodiment, the first power button 221 and the second power button 222 may be arranged vertically. In the embodiment, the second power button 222 is disposed above the first power button 221. The second power button 222 is configured to receive a user command to turn on/off the power of the second processing device 20. In the embodiment, the second power button 222 is provided as a touch sensor. In an embodiment, when the user touches the second power button 222, the control unit 2003 inputs a turn-on or turn-off command for the second processing device 20. You can receive it.
제1전원버튼(221) 및 제2전원버튼(222)은 터치스크린(240)을 위한 터치입력구성(예컨대, 터치층)과 분리된 별도의 터치센서로 제공될 수 있다. 제1전원버튼(221) 및 제2전원버튼(222)이 터치스크린(240)과 분리되는 영역에 제공되는 경우, 장치의 오작동을 줄일 수 있다. 의류처리장치(1)는 수분이 많은 환경에 놓이게 된다. 터치스크린(240)을 위한 터치입력구성(예컨대, 터치층)과 제1전원버튼(221) 및 제2전원버튼(222)의 영역을 달리하면, 수분에 의한 터치 오작동이 최소화될 수 있다. 예컨대, 제1처리장치(10)가 작동되는 중에, 제2처리장치(20)를 On하고 제2장치조작UI(400)로 접근하고자 하였으나, 수분에 의한 터치 오작동으로 인해 의도치 않게 제1처리장치(10)의 옵션이 변경되는 등의 문제 예방할 수 있다.The first power button 221 and the second power button 222 may be provided as separate touch sensors separate from the touch input component (eg, touch layer) for the touch screen 240. When the first power button 221 and the second power button 222 are provided in an area separated from the touch screen 240, malfunction of the device can be reduced. The clothing treatment device 1 is placed in a humid environment. By varying the touch input configuration (e.g., touch layer) for the touch screen 240 and the areas of the first power button 221 and the second power button 222, touch malfunction due to moisture can be minimized. For example, while the first processing device 10 is operating, an attempt is made to turn on the second processing device 20 and access the second device operation UI 400, but due to a touch malfunction due to moisture, the first processing device is unintentionally processed. Problems such as changing options of the device 10 can be prevented.
터치스크린(240)은 제1전원버튼(221) 및 제2전원버튼(222)과 다른 영역을 점유하도록 배치될 수 있다. 터치스크린(240)은 입력부(2002) 중 하나를 구성하는 터치층(2242)과, 표시부(2001) 중 하나를 구성하는 평판디스플레이(2241)에 의해 구현될 수 있다. 터치스크린(240)은 제1처리장치(10)를 제어하기 위한 제1장치조작UI, 제2처리장치(20)를 제어하기 위한 제2장치조작UI(400), 및 제1처리장치(10)와 제2처리장치(20)의 운전 정보가 하나의 화면에 표시되는 복합UI 중 어느 하나를 출력할 수 있다. 제1장치조작UI, 제2장치조작UI(400) 및 복합UI에 대해서는 아래에서 상세하게 후술한다.The touch screen 240 may be arranged to occupy a different area from the first power button 221 and the second power button 222. The touch screen 240 may be implemented by a touch layer 2242 constituting one of the input units 2002 and a flat panel display 2241 constituting one of the display units 2001. The touch screen 240 includes a first device operation UI for controlling the first processing device 10, a second device operation UI 400 for controlling the second processing device 20, and a first processing device 10. ) and a complex UI in which the operation information of the second processing device 20 is displayed on one screen can be output. The first device operation UI, the second device operation UI 400, and the composite UI will be described in detail below.
전환버튼(250)은 제1전원버튼(221), 제2전원버튼(222) 및 터치스크린(240)와 다른 영역을 점유하도록 배치된다. 전환버튼(250)은 터치스크린(240)을 구성하는 터치층(2242)과는 분리된 별도의 터치센서로 제공될 수 있다. 전환버튼(250)이 터치스크린(240)와 분리되는 영역에 제공되는 경우, 장치의 오작동을 줄일 수 있다. 의류처리장치(1)는 수분이 많은 환경에 놓이게 된다. 터치스크린(240)를 이루는 터치층(2242)과 전환버튼(250)의 영역을 달리하면, 수분에 의한 터치 오작동이 최소화될 수 있다. 예컨대, 제1처리장치(10) 동작 중에, 제2처리장치(20)를 On하고 제2장치조작UI(400)로 접근하고자 하였으나, 수분에 의한 터치 오작동으로 인해 의도치 않게 제1처리장치(10)의 옵션이 변경되는 등의 문제 예방할 수 있다.The switch button 250 is arranged to occupy a different area from the first power button 221, the second power button 222, and the touch screen 240. The switch button 250 may be provided as a separate touch sensor separate from the touch layer 2242 constituting the touch screen 240. If the switch button 250 is provided in an area separate from the touch screen 240, malfunction of the device can be reduced. The clothing treatment device 1 is placed in a humid environment. By varying the areas of the touch layer 2242 forming the touch screen 240 and the switch button 250, touch malfunction due to moisture can be minimized. For example, while the first processing device 10 is operating, an attempt is made to turn on the second processing device 20 and access the second device operation UI 400, but due to a touch malfunction due to moisture, the first processing device (20) is unintentionally turned on. 10) Problems such as changing options can be prevented.
전환버튼(250)은 전환을 상징하는 형태의 아이콘으로 표시될 수 있다. 전환버튼(250)은 제어 대상을 전환하기 위한 사용자 입력을 수신한다. 제1처리장치(10)와 제2처리장치(20)가 모두 On 상태일 때, 활성화된다. 터치스크린(240)에 제1장치조작UI가 표시되고 있는 상태에서, 전환버튼(250)을 통해 사용자 명령이 입력되면, 제어 대상이 제2처리장치(20)로 전환되면서, 터치스크린(240)에는 제2장치조작UI(400)가 표시된다. 터치스크린(240)에 제2장치조작UI(400)가 표시되고 있는 상태에서, 전환버튼(250)을 통한 사용자 입력이 수신되면, 제어 대상이 제1처리장치(10)로 전환되면서, 터치스크린(240)에 제1장치조작UI가 표시된다. 전환버튼(250)은 제1처리장치(10) 및 제2처리장치(20) 중 어느 하나 이상의 전원이 오프(Off)상태인 경우 비활성화된다. The conversion button 250 may be displayed as an icon symbolizing conversion. The switch button 250 receives user input for switching the control object. It is activated when both the first processing device 10 and the second processing device 20 are in the On state. While the first device operation UI is displayed on the touch screen 240, when a user command is input through the switch button 250, the control object is switched to the second processing device 20, and the touch screen 240 The second device operation UI 400 is displayed. When the second device operation UI 400 is displayed on the touch screen 240 and a user input is received through the switch button 250, the control object is switched to the first processing device 10, and the touch screen The first device operation UI is displayed at (240). The switch button 250 is deactivated when the power of at least one of the first processing device 10 and the second processing device 20 is turned off.
부가기능버튼(260)은 '부가기능'이라고 적힌 텍스트 형태로 표시될 수 있다. 부가기능버튼(260)은 제1전원버튼(221), 제2전원버튼(222), 터치스크린(240), 전환버튼(250)과 다른 영역을 점유하도록 배치된다. 부가기능버튼(260)은 제1처리장치(10) 및/또는 제2처리장치(20)의 부가기능 설정을 위한 사용자 입력을 수신한다. 실시 예에 있어서, 사용자가 부가기능버튼(260)을 터치하면, 제1처리장치(10) 및/또는 제2처리장치(20)에 대한 부가적인 설정(예컨대, 예약, 알림음 크기 등)을 설정할 수 있는 항목이 터치스크린(240)에 표시될 수 있다.The additional function button 260 may be displayed in the form of text that says ‘additional function’. The additional function button 260 is arranged to occupy a different area from the first power button 221, the second power button 222, the touch screen 240, and the switch button 250. The additional function button 260 receives user input for setting additional functions of the first processing device 10 and/or the second processing device 20. In an embodiment, when the user touches the additional function button 260, additional settings (e.g., reservation, notification sound volume, etc.) for the first processing device 10 and/or the second processing device 20 are made. Items that can be set may be displayed on the touch screen 240.
제1실행/일시정지버튼(271)은 재생을 상징하는 형태 및 일시정지를 상징하는 형태의 아이콘으로 표시될 수 있다. 제1실행/일시정지버튼(271)은 제1전원버튼(221), 제2전원버튼(222), 터치스크린(240), 전환버튼(250), 부가기능버튼(260)과 다른 영역을 점유하도록 배치된다. 제1전원버튼(221)은 세탁기(10)의 운전을 실행하거나 일시정지 하기 위한 사용자 입력을 수신한다. The first run/pause button 271 may be displayed as an icon symbolizing playback and an icon symbolizing pause. The first run/pause button 271 occupies a different area from the first power button 221, the second power button 222, the touch screen 240, the conversion button 250, and the additional function button 260. arranged to do so. The first power button 221 receives user input to start or pause the operation of the washing machine 10.
제2실행/일시정지버튼(272)은 재생을 상징하는 형태 및 일시정지를 상징하는 형태의 아이콘으로 표시될 수 있다. 제2실행/일시정지버튼(272)은 제1전원버튼(221), 제2전원버튼(222), 터치스크린(240), 전환버튼(250), 부가기능버튼(260), 제1실행/일시정지버튼(271)과 다른 영역을 점유하도록 배치된다. 제1실행/일시정지버튼(271)과 제2실행/일시정지버튼(272)은 상하로 배치될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제2실행/일시정지버튼(272)은 제1실행/일시정지버튼(271)보다 위쪽에 배치될 수 있다. 제2전원버튼(222)은 제2처리장치(20)의 운전을 실행하거나 일시정지 하기 위한 사용자 명령을 입력받는다.The second run/pause button 272 may be displayed as an icon symbolizing playback and an icon symbolizing pause. The second run/pause button 272 includes the first power button 221, the second power button 222, the touch screen 240, the conversion button 250, the additional function button 260, and the first run/pause button 272. It is arranged to occupy a different area from the pause button 271. The first run/pause button 271 and the second run/pause button 272 may be arranged up and down. In an embodiment, the second run/pause button 272 may be placed above the first run/pause button 271. The second power button 222 receives a user command to execute or pause the operation of the second processing device 20.
도 6a는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 터치입력부(예컨대, 각종 버튼, 터치스크린)를 터치하는 다양한 동작을 터치 동작(touch gesture)마다 구분되게 표현한 피쳐(feature)들을 나열한 표이다. 본 발명의 설명에서는 복수의 터치 입력 방법이 적용된다. 복수의 터치 입력 방법은 다양한 터치 동작(touch gesture)에 의해 구현될 수 있다. 이후에서 설명되는 도면들에 있어서, 도 6a에 도시한 피쳐(feature)를 이용하여 터치 명령을 행하는 사용자의 동작을 표현한다.FIG. 6A is a table listing features that separately express various operations of touching a touch input unit (e.g., various buttons, touch screen) according to an embodiment of the present invention for each touch gesture. In the description of the present invention, a plurality of touch input methods are applied. A plurality of touch input methods can be implemented by various touch gestures. In the drawings described later, the user's action of performing a touch command is expressed using the feature shown in FIG. 6A.
Tap(Short) 동작(gesture)은 사용자가 터치스크린(240)을 짧게 터치하는 동작으로 명령을 입력하는 방법이다. Tap(Short) 동작은 사용자가 터치스크린(240)을 손가락으로 짧고 가볍게 두드리는 동작으로 설명될 수 있다. 입력된 명령에 의해 설정된 기능이 실행될 수 있다. 본 명세서에서 Tap(Short) 동작을 표현하는 피쳐는 테두리 없는 채워진 원형이다.Tap (Short) gesture is a method of inputting a command by the user briefly touching the touch screen 240. The Tap (Short) action can be described as an action in which the user briefly and lightly taps the touch screen 240 with his or her finger. The function set by the input command can be executed. In this specification, the feature expressing the Tap (Short) action is a filled circle without borders.
Tap(Long) 동작(gesture)은 사용자가 터치스크린(240)을 설정 시간 이상 터치하는 동작으로 명령을 입력하는 방법이다. 입력된 명령에 의해 설정된 기능이 실행될 수 있다. 일반적으로, '설정 시간 이상 터치하다'는'길게 터치한다'라고 표현한다. '설정 시간 이상 터치하는 동작'은 '터치스크린(240)에서 특정 부분을 터치한 후 설정된 반응할 때까지 손가락을 떼지 않는 동작'을 의미할 수 있다. 터치가 유지되는 시간, 즉 손가락이 떨어지지 않는 시간은 설정에 따라 다를 수 있으나, 사용자가 단순하게 건드렸다는 느낌을 넘어서 머물렀다고 느끼는 시간으로, 대략 1초 이상으로 설정될 수 있다. 본 명세서에서 Tap(Long) 동작을 표현하는 피쳐는 테두리가 있는 채워진 원형이다.Tap (Long) gesture is a method of inputting a command by the user touching the touch screen 240 for a set time or longer. The function set by the input command can be executed. Generally, ‘touching for a set period of time’ is expressed as ‘touching for a long time’. ‘An action of touching for more than a set time’ may mean ‘an action of touching a specific part on the touch screen 240 and then not removing the finger until a set response is received.’ The time the touch is maintained, that is, the time the finger does not fall, may vary depending on the setting, but is the time the user feels that the touch has stayed beyond the simple feeling of being touched, and can be set to approximately 1 second or more. In this specification, the feature representing the Tap(Long) action is a filled circle with a border.
Tap and Hold 동작(gesture)은 사용자가 터치스크린(240)을 지속적으로 길게 터치하는 동작으로 명령을 입력하는 방법이다. 예시적으로 Tap and Hold 동작은 사용자가 터치를 지속하는 시간에 따라 상이한 명령이 입력될 수 있다. 입력된 명령에 의해 설정된 기능이 실행될 수 있다. Tap and Hold 동작이 감지되면, 터치 지속 시간에 종속하여 상이한 출력이 발생된다. 예시적으로 스크롤의 화살표를 지속적으로 눌러 리스트를 이동시키는 동작이 Tap and Hold 동작에 대응한다. 본 명세서에서 Tap and Hold 동작을 표현하는 피쳐는 테두리가 있으며 내부에 '_ '가 쓰여진 채워진 원형이다.The Tap and Hold gesture is a method in which a user inputs a command by continuously touching and holding the touch screen 240. For example, in the Tap and Hold operation, different commands may be input depending on the time the user maintains the touch. The function set by the input command can be executed. When a Tap and Hold operation is detected, different outputs are generated depending on the touch duration. For example, the action of moving the list by continuously pressing the scroll arrow corresponds to the Tap and Hold action. In this specification, the feature expressing the Tap and Hold operation is a filled circle with a border and '_ ' written inside.
Double Tap 동작(gesture)은 사용자가 터치스크린(240)에 대해 짧은 터치를 연속하여 두 번 하는 동작으로 명령을 입력하는 방법이다. Double Tap 동작을 표현하는 피쳐는 테두리가 있으며 내부에 'x2'가 쓰여진 채워진 원형이다.The double tap gesture is a method of inputting a command by the user making short touches on the touch screen 240 twice in succession. The feature that represents the Double Tap action is a filled circle with a border and 'x2' written inside.
Swipe 동작(gesture)은 사용자가 터치스크린(240)의 어느 위치를 터치한 상태에서 손가락을 떼지 않고 다른 위치로 이동하는 동작으로 명령을 입력하는 방법이다. 일반적인 정의에 의하면, Swipe 동작은 터치스크린(240)에 손가락을 댄 상태로 쓸어 넘기는 동작이다. Swipe 동작을 표현하는 피쳐는 테두리가 없는 채워진 화살표이다. 손가락의 이동 방향에 따라 화살표 방향이 정의될 수 있다.Swipe gesture is a method of inputting a command by touching a certain position on the touch screen 240 and moving the finger to another position without lifting the finger. According to a general definition, the Swipe operation is an operation of swiping with a finger placed on the touch screen 240. The feature representing the Swipe action is a filled arrow without a border. The direction of the arrow may be defined depending on the direction of movement of the finger.
도 6b는 스크린에 표시되는 화상이 전환되는 플로우를 표현한 것으로, 플로우가 발생하는 이유에 따라 구분되게 표현한 피쳐(feature)들을 나열한 표이다. 이후에서 설명되는 도면들에 있어서, 도 6b에 도시한 피쳐(feature)를 이용하여 화상이 전환되는 플로우를 간단하게 표현한다.Figure 6b is a table showing a flow in which images displayed on the screen are switched, and listing features classified according to the reason for the flow. In the drawings described later, the flow of image switching is simply expressed using the feature shown in FIG. 6B.
전원버튼을 통한 입력을 수신(Receiving input through the power button)하여 변화가 발생하는 플로우는 실선 화살표 및 실선 화살표와 인접한 위치에 배치되는 전원을 상징하는 아이콘의 조합으로 표현한다.The flow in which changes occur by receiving input through the power button is expressed by a combination of a solid arrow and an icon symbolizing power placed adjacent to the solid arrow.
실행/일시정지버튼을 통한 입력을 수신(Receiving input through the Start/Pause)하여 변화가 발생하는 플로우는 실선 화살표 및 실선 화살표와 인접한 위치에 배치되는 실행/일시정지를 상징하는 아이콘의 조합으로 표현한다.The flow in which changes occur by receiving input through the Start/Pause button is expressed by a combination of a solid arrow and an icon symbolizing Run/Pause placed adjacent to the solid arrow. .
UI부(200)를 통한 사용자의 명령이 입력되어 변화가 발생하는 플로우(Flow)는 실선 화살표로 표현한다. 의류처리장치(1)에서 비일반적인 상황(예컨대, 오류, 경고, 사용자 알림 등의 발생)이 발생하여 변화가 발생하는 경우의 플로우도 실선 화살표로 표현한다.The flow in which a change occurs when a user's command is input through the UI unit 200 is expressed by a solid arrow. The flow when a change occurs due to an unusual situation (e.g., occurrence of an error, warning, user notification, etc.) in the clothing processing device 1 is also expressed with a solid arrow.
사용자의 명령이 수신되지 않았음에도 불구하고, 기 설정된 프로그래밍 등에 의해 변화가 발생하는 플로우는 점선 화살표로 표현한다. 예시적으로, 기 설정된 프로그래밍 등에 의해 기 설정된 조건을 만족하는 경우 발생할 수 있다.Flows in which changes occur due to preset programming, etc., even though the user's command has not been received, are expressed with dotted arrows. By way of example, this may occur when preset conditions are satisfied by preset programming, etc.
도 7은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1처리장치 또는 제2처리장치로 세탁기가 제공되는 경우, 일 실시 예에 따른 행정 플로우를 도시한 것이다. 도 7을 참조하여 실시 예에 따른 행정 플로우를 설명한다. 본 발명의 설명에서는 제1처리장치(10)의 실시 예로 세탁기를 제공한다. Figure 7 shows an administrative flow according to an embodiment of the present invention when a washing machine is provided as a first processing device or a second processing device according to an embodiment of the present invention. The administrative flow according to the embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 7. In the description of the present invention, a washing machine is provided as an example of the first processing device 10.
사용자는 제1드럼(12)에 처리가 필요한 세탁대상물을 투입한다. 사용자는 제1처리장치(10)의 제1캐비닛도어(17)를 닫고, 세탁을 시작하는 실행 명령을 입력할 수 있다. 사용자의 명령에 의해, 세탁 처리가 시작될 수 있다(S1100). 세탁 처리는 사용자가 선택한 세탁코스에 기반하여 진행될 수 있다. 본 명세서에서 세탁코스란 제1드럼(12)을 회전시키는 동작, 제1드럼(12)의 내부에 물, 세제 및/또는 유연제를 공급하는 동작, 제1드럼(12)의 내부에 채워진 세탁수를 배수하는 동작 등, 제1처리장치(10)의 구성을 제어하여 세탁대상물을 처리하는 일련의 제어 방법으로 정의된다.The user puts laundry objects that need to be treated into the first drum 12. The user can close the first cabinet door 17 of the first processing device 10 and input an execution command to start washing. Laundry processing may be started by a user's command (S1100). Laundry processing may be performed based on the laundry course selected by the user. In this specification, the washing course refers to the operation of rotating the first drum 12, the operation of supplying water, detergent and/or softener to the inside of the first drum 12, and the washing water filled inside the first drum 12. It is defined as a series of control methods for processing laundry objects by controlling the configuration of the first processing device 10, such as the operation of draining the water.
세탁 처리와 관련된 각종 실질적인 행정에 앞서, 세탁대상물의 포량을 감지한다(S1110). 이후 처리되는 행정들은 감지된 포량에 기반하여, 세제량, 유연제량, 세탁에 필요한 세탁수의 양, 헹굼에 필요한 헹굼수의 양, 세탁시간, 헹굼시간, 탈수시간등이 설정될 수 있다. Prior to various practical processes related to laundry processing, the weight of the laundry object is detected (S1110). The subsequent processes can be set based on the sensed amount of laundry, such as detergent amount, softener amount, amount of wash water required for washing, amount of rinse water required for rinsing, washing time, rinsing time, spin-drying time, etc.
예약 설정 여부를 판단한다(S1120). 예약은 예약 옵션을 통해 설정될 수 있다. 예약 옵션은 코스가 종료되는 시점을 지연시키는 옵션을 의미할 수 있다. 이러한 예약 옵션은 장시간 외출하는 경우 매우 유용하다. 즉, 귀가하는 시간에 맞춰 세탁이 종료되도록 설정할 수 있게 된다. 따라서, 세탁 종료를 기다리거나 세탁 종료된 세탁물이 세탁장치 내에 오랜 시간 동안 방치되는 것을 방지할 수 있다. 예약이 설정된 경우라면(Y), 예약 시간이 도래하면 다음 단계로 진행한다(S1121). 예약 설정이 없는 경우라면(N), 바로 다음 단계로 진행한다.Determine whether to set a reservation (S1120). Reservations can be set up through the reservation options. A reservation option may mean an option to delay the end of a course. These reservation options are very useful if you are going out for a long time. In other words, you can set the laundry to end according to the time you return home. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent laundry from being left in the washing machine for a long time while waiting for the washing to end or after the washing has been completed. If a reservation is set (Y), when the reservation time arrives, proceed to the next step (S1121). If there is no reservation setting (N), proceed directly to the next step.
세탁에 필요한 세제를 제1드럼(12)의 내부로 투입한다(S1130). 실시 예에 있어서, 세제는 세탁수와 함께 공급될 수 있다. 만약 제1처리장치(10)의 부가기능으로 '자동 세제/유연제 투입' 기능을 설정한 경우에는, 투입될 세제량을 감지된 포량에 근거하여 결정하고(S1131), 자동으로 세제를 투입한다(S1132).Detergent required for washing is introduced into the first drum 12 (S1130). In some embodiments, detergent may be supplied with wash water. If the 'automatic detergent/softener input' function is set as an additional function of the first processing device 10, the amount of detergent to be input is determined based on the detected laundry weight (S1131), and the detergent is automatically input (S1132) ).
실시 예에 있어서, 제1처리장치(10)는 세탁코스의 일 예로 인공지능 코스를 제공할 수 있다. 인공지능 코스는 세탁물의 특성과 오염도를 감지하고, 최적 조건으로 선택되는 옵션으로 일련의 세탁 행정을 수행하는 코스이다. 선택된 코스가 인공지능 코스인지 확인한다(S1140). 인공지능 코스가 선택된 경우라면(Y), 세탁 대상물의 재질을 감지하는 단계를 거친다(S1141). 세탁대상물의 재질을 감지하는 단계는 다양한 방법에 의해 구현될 수 있다. 본 명세서에서 재질 감지에 대한 구체적인 사항에 대해서는 기재하지 않는다.In an embodiment, the first processing device 10 may provide an artificial intelligence course as an example of a laundry course. The artificial intelligence course is a course that detects the characteristics and contamination level of laundry and performs a series of washing processes with options selected under optimal conditions. Check whether the selected course is an artificial intelligence course (S1140). If the artificial intelligence course is selected (Y), a step is taken to detect the material of the laundry object (S1141). The step of detecting the material of the laundry object can be implemented by various methods. In this specification, specific details about material detection are not described.
실시 예에 있어서, 제1처리장치(10)는 세탁 옵션 중 하나로, 불림 옵션을 제공할 수 있다. 불림 옵션은 세탁 행정이 진행되는 중 세탁대상물을 설정된 시간 동안 세탁수에 침지되도록 방치하여 세탁물을 불리는 옵션이다. 불림 옵션이 세탁 옵션으로 설정되었는지 확인한다(S1150). 불림 옵션이 선택된 경우라면(Y), 불림 세탁하는 단계를 거칠 수 있다(S1141). 불림 세탁은 이후에 설명되는 본 세탁 행정(S1170)에서 적용될 수 도 있다. In an embodiment, the first processing device 10 may provide a soaking option as one of the washing options. The soaking option is an option to soak the laundry by allowing the laundry object to be immersed in washing water for a set period of time while the washing cycle is in progress. Check whether the soaking option is set to the washing option (S1150). If the soaking option is selected (Y), you can go through the soaking and washing step (S1141). Soaking washing may be applied in the main washing process (S1170) described later.
실시 예에 있어서, 제1처리장치(10)는 세탁 옵션 중 하나로, 애벌세탁 옵션을 제공할 수 있다. 애벌세탁(pre-wash) 옵션은 애벌세탁 행정을 추가하는 옵션이다. 애벌세탁 행정은 본 세탁 행정(S1170)에 앞서서, 세탁물을 전처리하는 것으로, 본 세탁 행정보다 간단하게 세탁물을 세탁하는 행정이다. 애벌세탁 옵션이 세탁 옵션으로 설정되었는지 확인한다(S1160). 애벌세탁 옵션이 선택된 경우라면(Y), 애벌세탁하는 단계를 거친다(S1161).In an embodiment, the first processing device 10 may provide a pre-wash option as one of the washing options. The pre-wash option is an option that adds a pre-wash process. The pre-wash process pre-treats the laundry prior to the main wash process (S1170), and is an process that washes the laundry more simply than the main wash process. Check whether the prewash option is set to the wash option (S1160). If the pre-wash option is selected (Y), the pre-wash step is performed (S1161).
본 세탁 행정을 진행한다(S1170). 본 세탁 행정이 진행되는 중 제1장치조작UI(300)에는 '세탁 중'임이 표시될 수 있다. 본 세탁 행정은 세제가 함유된 세탁수를 이용하여 오염을 세탁대상물로부터 분리시키는 행정이다. 본 세탁 행정에서는 제1드럼(12)을 시계 방향 및 반시계 방향으로 번갈아 회전시키면서 세탁대상물에 마찰과 낙하를 일으킨다. 세탁대상물과 오염은 마찰, 낙하 및 세제의 계면활성 작용에 의해 분리될 수 있다.Proceed with the main washing process (S1170). While this washing process is in progress, the first device operation UI 300 may display 'Washing in progress'. This washing process is an process that separates contamination from the laundry object using wash water containing detergent. In this washing cycle, the first drum 12 is alternately rotated clockwise and counterclockwise, causing friction and falling on the laundry object. The laundry object and dirt can be separated by friction, dropping, and the surfactant action of detergent.
제1헹굼 행정(S1180)을 진행한다. 제1헹굼 행정이 진행되는 중 제1장치조작UI(300)에는 '헹굼 중'임이 표시될 수 있다. 제1헹굼 행정은 물을 이용하여 세탁 대상물에서 오염을 분리시키는 행정이다. 실시 예에 있어서, 본 세탁 행정에서 분리된 오염은 제1헹굼 행정에서 제거될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제1헹굼 행정에서는 본 세탁 행정에서 사용된 세탁수가 배수될 수 있다. 세탁수가 배수된 제1드럼(12)에 새로운 물을 공급하고, 제1드럼(12)을 회전시키는 동작을 하여, 세탁대상물에서 오염을 분리시킨다. 제1헹굼 행정에서, 제1드럼(12)에 채워진 물을 배출하는 배수 단계와, 제1드럼(12)에 새로운 물을 공급하는 급수 단계는 1회 이상 수행될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제1헹굼 행정에서 배수와 급수가 수행되는 횟수는 사용자가 설정할 수 있다.The first rinse cycle (S1180) is performed. While the first rinsing cycle is in progress, the first device operation UI 300 may display 'Rinsing in progress'. The first rinsing process is an process that separates contamination from the laundry object using water. In an embodiment, contamination separated in the main washing cycle may be removed in the first rinsing cycle. In an embodiment, the wash water used in the main wash cycle may be drained in the first rinse cycle. New water is supplied to the first drum 12 from which the washing water has been drained, and the first drum 12 is rotated to separate dirt from the laundry object. In the first rinse cycle, the draining step of discharging the water filled in the first drum 12 and the water supply step of supplying new water to the first drum 12 may be performed one or more times. In an embodiment, the number of times drainage and water supply are performed in the first rinse cycle can be set by the user.
설정된 경우 유연제를 제1드럼(12)의 내부로 투입한다(S1190). 실시 예에 있어서, 유연제는 물과 함께 공급될 수 있다. 만약 제1처리장치(10)의 부가기능으로 '자동 세제/유연제 투입' 기능을 설정한 경우에는, 투입될 유연제량을 감지된 포량에 근거하여 결정하고(S1191), 자동으로 유연제를 투입한다(S1192). 투입된 유연제는 세탁대상물을 유연화시킨다. If set, the softener is injected into the first drum 12 (S1190). In some embodiments, the softener may be supplied with water. If the 'automatic detergent/softener input' function is set as an additional function of the first processing device 10, the amount of softener to be injected is determined based on the detected weight (S1191), and the softener is automatically injected (S1191) S1192). The added softener softens the laundry object.
제2헹굼 행정(S1200)을 진행한다. 제2헹굼 행정이 진행되는 중 제1장치조작UI(300)에는 '헹굼 중'임이 표시될 수 있다. 제2헹굼 행정은 물을 이용하여 세탁대상물을 헹구는 행정이다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제2헹굼 행정에서는 제1드럼(12)에 채워진 유연제가 첨가된 물을 배수하고, 제1드럼(12)에 새로운 물을 공급하는 급수하며, 제1드럼(12)을 회전시킨다.The second rinse cycle (S1200) is performed. While the second rinsing cycle is in progress, the first device operation UI 300 may display 'Rinsing in progress'. The second rinsing process is an process for rinsing the laundry object using water. In an embodiment, in the second rinsing cycle, the water containing the softener filled in the first drum 12 is drained, new water is supplied to the first drum 12, and the first drum 12 is rotated. I order it.
탈수 행정(S1210)을 진행한다. 탈수 행정은 세탁대상물에서 물을 제거하는 행정이다. 탈수 행정에서는 제1드럼(12)에 채워진 물을 배수한다. 제1드럼(12)에 채워진 물이 배수된 이후, 제1드럼(12)을 회전시킨다. 회전에 따른 원심력이 세탁대상물에 흡수된 물에 작용하여, 세탁대상물에서 물이 제거된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제1드럼(12)은 시계 방향과 반시계 방향을 교번하며 회전될 수 있다. 회전 방향이 교번됨에 따라, 세탁대상물이 서로 엉키는 현상이 방지될 수 있다.The dehydration process (S1210) is performed. The dehydration process is an process that removes water from the laundry object. In the dehydration process, the water filled in the first drum 12 is drained. After the water filled in the first drum 12 is drained, the first drum 12 is rotated. Centrifugal force due to rotation acts on the water absorbed by the laundry object, and water is removed from the laundry object. In an embodiment, the first drum 12 may rotate alternately clockwise and counterclockwise. As the rotation direction is alternated, the phenomenon of laundry objects becoming tangled with each other can be prevented.
상술한 일련의 과정을 통해 세탁대상물은 세탁될 수 있다. 세탁대상물이 세탁되는 일련의 과정은 세탁코스라고 불릴 수 있다. 세탁코스는 의류를 처리하는 처리코스의 일종이다. 실시 예에 있어서, 의류의 처리는 의류를 세탁하는 것이다. 여러 요소(예컨대, 각종 행정, 물의 온도, 물의 양 등)들의 조합을 이용하여 세탁물을 처리하는 일련의 과정은 세탁코스로 정의될 수 있다. The laundry object can be washed through the series of processes described above. The series of processes in which laundry objects are washed can be called a washing course. The laundry course is a type of treatment course that processes clothing. In an embodiment, the treatment of clothing is washing the clothing. A series of processes for treating laundry using a combination of various factors (eg, various strokes, water temperature, water amount, etc.) can be defined as a laundry course.
세탁코스는 다양하게 제공될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 복수개의 세탁코스가 정의될 제공될 수 있다. 정의된 복수개의 세탁코스는 사용자가 UI부(200)를 통해 선택 가능하도록 제공될 수 있다. 사용자는 설정된 복수개의 세탁코스 중 어느 하나를 선택하여 제1처리장치(10)를 이용한 일련의 처리를 진행할 수 있다. A variety of laundry courses can be provided. In an embodiment, a plurality of washing courses may be defined and provided. A plurality of defined laundry courses may be provided so that the user can select them through the UI unit 200. The user can select one of a plurality of set washing courses and proceed with a series of processes using the first processing device 10.
세탁코스는 각 단계를 이루는 행정에 따라 다양하게 제공될 수 있다. 하나 이상의 세탁코스는 각 행정의 유무에 따라서 각각 상이한 세탁코스로 정의될 수 있다. 하나 이상의 세탁코스는 부가기능 설정 유무에 따라서 각각 상이한 세탁코스로 정의될 수 있다. 하나 이상의 세탁코스는 세탁을 위해 정의되고 설정된 각종 수치에 따라 각각 상이한 세탁코스로 정의될 수 있다. 정의되고 설정된 각종 수치는 세탁대상물을 세탁하는데 최적화된 수치로 제공될 수 있다. Laundry courses can be provided in various ways depending on the administration of each step. One or more laundry courses may be defined as different laundry courses depending on the presence or absence of each administration. One or more washing courses may be defined as different washing courses depending on whether or not additional functions are set. One or more washing courses may be defined as different washing courses according to various values defined and set for washing. Various defined and set values can be provided as values optimized for washing laundry objects.
실시 예에 있어서, 각 세탁코스에 따라, 행정, 부가기능 및/또는 각종 수치(물온도, 헹굼횟수, 드럼회전RPM, 세탁시간, 탈수시간 등)등이 상이할 수 있다. 다양한 세탁코스를 서로 구분하기 위해 각각의 세탁코스는 고유의 명칭(세탁코스 명)을 가질 수 있다. 예컨대, 세탁코스는 '표준세탁', '소량급속' , '울/섬세', '인공지능 코스'등 세탁코스의 특징이 드러나도록 이름 지어질 수 있다. In an embodiment, depending on each washing course, the stroke, additional functions, and/or various values (water temperature, number of rinses, drum rotation RPM, washing time, spin-drying time, etc.) may be different. In order to distinguish various washing courses from each other, each washing course may have a unique name (washing course name). For example, the laundry course can be named to reveal the characteristics of the laundry course, such as 'standard wash', 'small quantity rapid', 'wool/delicate', and 'artificial intelligence course'.
사용자는 설정된 복수의 세탁코스 중 어느 하나를 선택할 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 복수개의 세탁코스 중 적어도 어느 하나 이상의 세탁코스는 하나 이상의 옵션이 제공된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 어느 하나 이상의 세탁코스에 제공되는 옵션은 복수개일 수 있다. 기 설정된 요소가 기본 요소로 제공되는 어느 세탁코스에서, 기 설정된 요소 중 사용자에 의해 변경될 수 있는 선택권이 제공되는 요소는 옵션으로 정의될 수 있다. 옵션은 세탁코스를 이루는 요소 중 사용자에 의해 변경되거나 선택될 수 있는 하나 이상의 요소, 및/또는 이들의 조합으로 정의될 수 있다. The user can select one of a plurality of set washing courses. In an embodiment, one or more options are provided for at least one wash course among a plurality of wash courses. In an embodiment, there may be multiple options provided for one or more laundry courses. In a laundry course in which preset elements are provided as basic elements, elements that provide a choice that can be changed by the user among the preset elements may be defined as options. An option may be defined as one or more elements that can be changed or selected by the user among the elements that make up the laundry course, and/or a combination thereof.
도 8은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1처리장치 또는 제2처리장치로 건조기가 제공되는 경우, 일 실시 예에 따른 행정 플로우를 도시한 것이다. 도 8을 참조하여 실시 예에 따른 행정 플로우를 설명한다. 본 발명의 설명에서는 제2처리장치(20)의 실시 예로 건조기를 제공한다. Figure 8 shows an administrative flow according to an embodiment of the present invention when a dryer is provided as a first processing device or a second processing device according to an embodiment of the present invention. The administrative flow according to the embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 8. In the description of the present invention, a dryer is provided as an example of the second processing device 20.
사용자는 제2드럼(22)에 처리가 필요한 세탁대상물을 투입한다. 사용자는 제2처리장치(20)의 제2캐비닛도어(27)를 닫고, 건조를 시작하는 실행 명령을 입력할 수 있다. 사용자의 명령에 의해, 건조 처리가 시작될 수 있다(S2100). 건조 처리는 사용자가 선택한 건조코스에 기반하여 진행될 수 있다. 본 명세서에서 건조코스란 제2드럼(22)을 회전시키는 동작, 히트펌프등의 열교환기(미도시)를 이용하여 제2드럼(22) 내부의 공기를 치환함으로써 수분을 배출하는 동작 등 제2처리장치(20)의 구성을 제어하여 건조대상물을 처리하는 일련의 제어 방법으로 정의된다.The user puts laundry objects that need to be treated into the second drum 22. The user can close the second cabinet door 27 of the second processing device 20 and enter an execution command to start drying. By a user's command, drying processing may begin (S2100). Drying processing may be performed based on the drying course selected by the user. In this specification, the drying course refers to the operation of rotating the second drum 22, the operation of discharging moisture by replacing the air inside the second drum 22 using a heat exchanger (not shown) such as a heat pump, etc. It is defined as a series of control methods for processing drying objects by controlling the configuration of the processing device 20.
건조 처리와 관련된 각종 실질적인 행정에 앞서, 건조대상물의 포량을 감지한다(S2110). 이후 처리되는 행정들은 감지된 포량에 기반하여, 건조시간, 쿨링시간, 스팀 공급 여부 등이 설정될 수 있다. Prior to various practical processes related to drying processing, the weight of the drying object is detected (S2110). In the subsequent processes, drying time, cooling time, steam supply, etc. can be set based on the sensed weight.
예약 설정 여부를 판단한다(S2120). 예약이 설정된 경우라면(Y), 예약 시간이 도래하면 다음 단계로 진행한다(S2121). 예약 설정이 없는 경우라면(N), 바로 다음 단계로 진행한다.Determine whether to set a reservation (S2120). If a reservation has been set (Y), when the reservation time arrives, proceed to the next step (S2121). If there is no reservation setting (N), proceed directly to the next step.
실시 예에 있어서, 제2처리장치(20)는 건조코스의 일 예로 인공지능 코스를 제공할 수 있다. 인공지능 코스는 건조대상물의 특성과 무게를 감지하고, 최적 조건으로 선택되는 옵션으로 일련의 건조 행정을 수행하는 코스이다. 선택된 코스가 인공지능 코스인지 확인한다(S2130). 인공지능 코스가 선택된 경우라면(Y), 건조대상물의 포질을 감지하는 단계를 거친다(S2131). 건조대상물의 포질을 감지하는 단계는 다양한 방법에 의해 구현될 수 있다. 본 명세서에서 포질 감지에 대한 구체적인 사항에 대해서는 기재하지 않는다.In an embodiment, the second processing device 20 may provide an artificial intelligence course as an example of a drying course. The artificial intelligence course is a course that detects the characteristics and weight of the drying object and performs a series of drying processes with options selected under optimal conditions. Check whether the selected course is an artificial intelligence course (S2130). If the artificial intelligence course is selected (Y), it goes through the step of detecting the pores of the drying object (S2131). The step of detecting the pores of the dried object can be implemented by various methods. In this specification, specific details about pore detection are not described.
건조 행정을 진행한다(S2140). 건조 행정이 진행되는 중 제2장치조작UI(400)에는 '건조 중'임이 표시될 수 있다. 건조 행정은 건조대상물에 함유된 수분을 건조대상물로부터 분리시키는 행정이다. 건조 행정에서, 제2드럼(22)의 내부 공기는 순환된다. 공기는 순환되면서 수분이 제거된다. 수분이 제거된 공기에 의해 건조대상물에서 수분이 제거될 수 있다. 건조 행정에서 제2드럼(22)은 시계 방향으로 회전하거나, 반시계 방향으로 회전하거나, 시계 방향 및 반시계 방향으로 번갈아 회전할 수 있다. 제2드럼(22)의 회전에 의해 건조 대상물은 낙하될 수 있다. 건조대상물이 낙하되는 과정에서 공기와 접촉되는 면적이 넓어지고, 건조 효율이 높아질 수 있다.The drying process proceeds (S2140). While the drying process is in progress, the second device operation UI 400 may display 'drying in progress'. The drying process is an operation that separates the moisture contained in the drying object from the drying object. In the drying cycle, the air inside the second drum 22 is circulated. As the air circulates, moisture is removed. Moisture can be removed from the drying object by air from which moisture has been removed. In the drying cycle, the second drum 22 may rotate clockwise, counterclockwise, or alternately rotate clockwise and counterclockwise. The drying object may fall due to the rotation of the second drum 22. In the process of dropping the drying object, the area in contact with the air increases, and drying efficiency can increase.
쿨링 행정을 진행한다(S2150). 쿨링 행정은 건조 행정 이후에 진행된다. 쿨링 행정은 제2드럼(22)의 내부를 설정 온도 이하로 낮추는 행정이다. 건조 행정 이후 제2드럼(22)의 내부 온도가 높아 위험할 수 있으므로, 쿨링 행정을 수행하여 제2드럼(22)의 내부 온도를 낮춘다.Cooling process is performed (S2150). The cooling process is carried out after the drying process. The cooling process is a process that lowers the inside of the second drum 22 to a set temperature or lower. Since the internal temperature of the second drum 22 is high after the drying process, which may be dangerous, a cooling process is performed to lower the internal temperature of the second drum 22.
실시 예에 있어서, 제2처리장치(20)는 건조 옵션 중 하나로, 구김 방지 옵션을 제공할 수 있다. 구김 방지 옵션이 설정되면, 건조 행정이 완료된 후 건조대상물이 구겨지지 않도록 건조코스 종료 후에도 제2드럼(22)이 주기적으로 돌아가도록 하는 옵션이다. 구김 방지 옵션이 건조 옵션으로 설정되었는지 확인한다(S2160). 구김 방지 옵션이 선택된 경우라면(Y), 설정된 시간 동안 구김 방지하는 동작을 행할 수 있다(S2161). 설정된 시간은 사용자가 건조된 건조대상물을 제2처리장치(20)로부터 인출하기 위해 제2캐비닛도어(27)를 개방하는 시간으로 설정될 수 있다. 설정된 시간은 선행한 행정이 완료된 이후 시작되어 일정 시간이 경과된 시간으로 설정될 수 있다.In an embodiment, the second processing device 20 may provide a wrinkle prevention option as one of the drying options. When the anti-wrinkle option is set, the second drum 22 is rotated periodically even after the drying course is completed to prevent the drying object from being wrinkled after the drying cycle is completed. Check whether the anti-wrinkle option is set to the dry option (S2160). If the anti-wrinkle option is selected (Y), the anti-wrinkle operation can be performed for a set time (S2161). The set time may be set as the time for the user to open the second cabinet door 27 to remove the dried object from the second processing device 20. The set time may be set to a time that begins after the preceding administration is completed and a certain amount of time has elapsed.
상술한 일련의 과정을 통해 건조대상물은 건조될 수 있다. 건조대상물을 건조하는 일련의 과정을 건조코스라고 부를 수 있다. 건조코스는 의류를 처리하는 처리코스의 일종이다. 실시 예에 있어서, 의류의 처리는 의류를 건조하는 것이다. 여러 요소(예컨대, 각종 행정, 공기 온도, 건조 시간 등)들의 조합을 이용하여 건조대상물을 처리하는 일련의 과정은 건조코스로 정의될 수 있다. The drying object can be dried through the series of processes described above. A series of processes for drying objects can be called a drying course. The drying course is a type of processing course that processes clothing. In an embodiment, the treatment of the garment is to dry the garment. A series of processes for processing drying objects using a combination of various factors (eg, various strokes, air temperature, drying time, etc.) can be defined as a drying course.
건조코스는 다양하게 제공될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 복수개의 건조코스가 정의될 제공될 수 있다. 정의된 복수개의 건조코스는 사용자가 UI부(200)를 통해 선택 가능하도록 제공될 수 있다. 사용자는 설정된 복수개의 건조코스 중 어느 하나를 선택하여 제2처리장치(20)를 이용한 일련의 처리를 진행할 수 있다. Drying courses can be provided in various ways. In an embodiment, a plurality of drying courses may be defined and provided. A plurality of defined drying courses may be provided so that the user can select them through the UI unit 200. The user can select one of a plurality of set drying courses and proceed with a series of processes using the second processing device 20.
건조코스는 각 단계를 이루는 행정에 따라 다양하게 제공될 수 있다. 하나 이상의 건조코스는 각 행정의 유무에 따라서 각각 상이한 건조코스로 정의될 수 있다. 하나 이상의 건조코스는 부가기능 설정 유무에 따라서 각각 상이한 건조코스로 정의될 수 있다. 하나 이상의 건조코스는 세탁을 위해 정의되고 설정된 각종 수치에 따라 각각 상이한 건조코스로 정의될 수 있다. 정의되고 설정된 각종 수치는 건조대상물을 건조하는데 최적화된 수치로 제공될 수 있다. Drying courses can be provided in various ways depending on the administration of each stage. One or more drying courses may be defined as different drying courses depending on the presence or absence of each administration. One or more drying courses may be defined as different drying courses depending on whether or not additional functions are set. One or more drying courses may be defined as different drying courses according to various values defined and set for washing. Various defined and set values can be provided as values optimized for drying the drying object.
실시 예에 있어서, 각 건조코스에 따라, 행정, 부가기능(스팀 공급 옵션, 구김 방지 옵션) 및/또는 각종 수치(공기온도, 건조시간, 드럼회전RPM, 스팀 양)등이 상이할 수 있다. 다양한 건조코스를 서로 구분하기 위해 각각의 건조코스는 고유의 명칭(건조코스 명)을 가질 수 있다. 예컨대, 건조코스는 '표준건조', '소량급속', '울/섬세', '강력건조'등 건조코스의 특징이 드러나도록 이름 지어질 수 있다. In an embodiment, depending on each drying course, the administration, additional functions (steam supply option, wrinkle prevention option), and/or various values (air temperature, drying time, drum rotation RPM, steam amount), etc. may be different. In order to distinguish the various drying courses from each other, each drying course may have a unique name (drying course name). For example, the drying course can be named to reveal the characteristics of the drying course, such as 'standard drying', 'small quantity rapid drying', 'wool/delicate', and 'intensive drying'.
도 9, 도 10 및 도 11은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI(300)가 터치스크린(240)에 표시되며, 일 실시 예에 따른 코스선택페이지(P310)가 출력된 상태를 도시한다.9, 10, and 11 show the first device operation UI 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention displayed on the touch screen 240, and a course selection page (P310) according to an embodiment is output. shows.
도 9를 참조하여 설명한다. 터치스크린(240)에는 제1장치조작UI(300)의 코스선택페이지(P310)가 출력될 수 있다. 일 실시 예에 따른 코스선택페이지(P310)는 코스표시부분(310), 옵션표시부분(320) 및 인디케이터표시부분(330)을 포함한다. 코스선택페이지(P310)에서 코스표시부분(310)는 가운데 영역을 점유하고, 인디케이터표시부분(330)은 상부 영역을 점유하고, 옵션표시부분(320)는 하부 영역을 점유할 수 있다. 인디케이터표시부분(330)는 코스표시부분(310)보다 상부에 배치되고, 옵션표시부분(320)는 코스표시부분(310)보다 하부에 배치될 수 있다.This will be explained with reference to FIG. 9 . The course selection page (P310) of the first device operation UI (300) may be displayed on the touch screen (240). The course selection page (P310) according to one embodiment includes a course display portion 310, an option display portion 320, and an indicator display portion 330. On the course selection page (P310), the course display portion 310 may occupy the middle area, the indicator display portion 330 may occupy the upper area, and the option display portion 320 may occupy the lower area. The indicator display portion 330 may be disposed higher than the course display portion 310, and the option display portion 320 may be disposed lower than the course display portion 310.
코스표시부분(310)에는 코스명(311), 코스설명(312) 및 코스브라우즈부(313)가 표시된다. The course display portion 310 displays the course name 311, course description 312, and course browse portion 313.
코스명(311)은 제1처리장치(10)가 제공하는 복수개의 처리코스 중 현재 특정된 상태에 있는 특정처리코스의 이름이다. 코스설명(312)은 특정처리코스에 관한 설명이다. 제1장치조작UI(300)에서 제공되는 처리코스와 코스명(311)은 세탁코스의 명칭에 대응될 수 있다. 제1장치조작UI(300)에서 제공되는 처리코스와 코스설명(312)은 세탁코스의 설명에 대응될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, '표준세탁'의 코스설명은 '일반적인 의류를 깨끗하게'이다. 코스명(311)은 코스설명(312)보다 위쪽에 위치될 수 있다. 코스명(311)을 표시하는 글자 크기는 코스설명(312)을 표시하는 글자 크기 보다 더 클 수 있다.The course name 311 is the name of a specific processing course currently in a specified state among a plurality of processing courses provided by the first processing device 10. The course description 312 is a description of a specific processing course. The treatment course and course name 311 provided in the first device operation UI 300 may correspond to the name of the laundry course. The processing course and course description 312 provided in the first device operation UI 300 may correspond to the description of the washing course. In an embodiment, the course description of 'standard washing' is 'cleaning general clothes'. The course name 311 may be located above the course description 312. The font size displaying the course name 311 may be larger than the font size displaying the course description 312.
실시 예에 있어서, 코스브라우즈부(313)는 코스명(311)의 뒤쪽에 배치된다. 코스브라우즈부(313)는 코스명(311)과 중첩되는 가로 라인에 위치될 수 있다. 코스브라우즈부(313)의 위치는 코스명(311)의 길이에 따라 가변될 수 있다. 코스브라우즈부(313)는 아이콘 형태로 제공될 수 있다. 도시되는 실시 예에 있어서, 코스브라우즈부(313)는 "V" 형태로 표현된다. 코스브라우즈부(313)는 입력부로 기능한다. 실시 예에 있어서, 코스브라우즈부(313)가 표시된 경우, 설정영역에 대한 터치 입력을 받으면, 터치스크린(240)은 코스브라우즈페이지(도 12 설명 참조)를 출력할 수 있다. 여기서 터치 입력을 받는 설정 영역은 제1입력부로 기능한다. 실시 예에 있어서, 설정 영역은 코스명(311)과 코스브라우즈부(313)가 표시되는 영역을 포함하는 영역일 수 있다. 즉, 제1입력부는 코스선택페이지(P310)에서 특정처리코스가 표시되는 코스명(311) 부분과 코스브라우즈부(313)을 포함하는 영역에 중첩되어 제공될 수 있다.In the embodiment, the course browse unit 313 is placed behind the course name 311. The course browse unit 313 may be located on a horizontal line that overlaps the course name 311. The position of the course browse unit 313 may vary depending on the length of the course name 311. The course browse unit 313 may be provided in the form of an icon. In the illustrated embodiment, the course browse unit 313 is expressed in a “V” shape. The course browse unit 313 functions as an input unit. In an embodiment, when the course browse unit 313 is displayed and a touch input for the setting area is received, the touch screen 240 may output a course browse page (see description of FIG. 12). Here, the setting area that receives touch input functions as the first input unit. In an embodiment, the setting area may be an area that includes an area where the course name 311 and the course browse unit 313 are displayed. That is, the first input unit may be provided by overlapping the area including the course name 311 part where the specific course is displayed and the course browse unit 313 on the course selection page P310.
코스브라우즈페이지(도 12 설명 참조)는 복수개의 처리코스에 대응하는 복수개의 코스명이 리스트로 출력되는 페이지이다. 코스브라우즈부(313)에서 입력부로 기능하는 설정영역은 코스브라우즈부(313)를 표현하는 아이콘 및/또는 코스명(311)이 표시되는 영역일 수 있다. The course browse page (see the description of FIG. 12) is a page where a plurality of course names corresponding to a plurality of processing courses are displayed as a list. The setting area that functions as an input unit in the course browse unit 313 may be an area where an icon representing the course browse unit 313 and/or the course name 311 are displayed.
옵션표시부분(320)에는 옵션 정보가 표시된다. 처리코스에는 다양한 옵션이 제공될 수 있다. 옵션은 처리코스마다 미리 설정된 기본 설정값을 사용자의 요구(입력)에 의거하여 다른 설정값으로 변경될 수 있도록, 사용자에게 선택권 또는 설정권을 제공하는 것이다. 실시 예에 있어서, 특정된 처리코스에서 기 설정된 값 또는 조건을 변경할 수 있는 다양한 옵션이 선택될 수 있다. 이러한 옵션은 특정처리코스의 선택을 전제로 제공될 수 있다. 옵션은 처리코스 내에 포함되는 행정들 각각의 조건을 변경시키는 것, 부가적인 행정을 수행하도록 하는 것, 및/또는 코스의 수행 완료 시간을 변경하는 것(예약 설정)일 수 있다.Option information is displayed in the option display portion 320. A variety of options may be provided for the treatment course. Options provide the user with a choice or setting right so that the default setting value preset for each processing course can be changed to a different setting value based on the user's request (input). In embodiments, various options that can change preset values or conditions in a specified processing course may be selected. These options may be provided subject to selection of a specific treatment course. Options may be to change the conditions of each of the administrations included in the treatment course, to perform additional administrations, and/or to change the completion time of the course (reservation setting).
실시 예에 있어서, 옵션표시부분(320)에는 옵션명(321) 및 설정값(322)이 표시된다. 옵션명(321)은 옵션의 이름이다. 설정값(322)은 옵션명(321)에 대응되는 옵션의 값 또는 조건이다. 옵션명(321)은 설정값(322)보다 위쪽에 위치될 수 있다.In the embodiment, the option display portion 320 displays an option name 321 and a setting value 322. Option name 321 is the name of the option. The setting value 322 is the value or condition of the option corresponding to the option name 321. The option name 321 may be located above the setting value 322.
도시되는 실시 예는, 처리코스가 세탁코스인 경우이다. 실시 예에 있어서, 세탁코스는 옵션으로 세탁 옵션, 헹굼 횟수, 탈수 강도, 물온도를 제공할 수 있다. 세탁 옵션의 옵션명(321a)은 '세탁'일 수 있다. 헹굼 횟수의 옵션명(321b)은 '헹굼'일 수 있다. 탈수 강도의 옵션명(321c)은 '탈수'일 수 있다. 물온도의 옵션명(321d)은 '물온도'일 수 있다.The illustrated embodiment is a case where the treatment course is a washing course. In an embodiment, the wash course may provide optional washing options, number of rinses, spin intensity, and water temperature. The option name 321a of the washing option may be ‘washing’. The option name 321b for the number of rinses may be ‘Rinse’. The option name 321c of the dehydration intensity may be 'dehydration'. The option name 321d for water temperature may be ‘water temperature’.
실시 예에 의하면, 세탁코스의 각 옵션에서 제공하는 설정값(322)은 복수개의 기 설정된 설정값을 제공하며, 어느 하나를 선택 가능하게 제공될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서,'세탁 옵션'은 설정값(322)으로 '안함', '적은 때', '표준', '강력' 등의 선택지가 제공될 수 있다.According to an embodiment, the setting value 322 provided in each option of the laundry course provides a plurality of preset setting values, and any one may be selected. In an embodiment, the 'washing option' may be provided as a setting value (322) with options such as 'none', 'less dirty', 'standard', and 'strong'.
도시되지 않은 다른 실시 예로서, 처리코스가 건조코스인 경우인 경우를 설명한다. 실시 예에 있어서, 건조코스는 옵션으로 절약모드, 건조정도, 건조시간, 구김방지를 제공할 수 있다. 절약모드의 옵션명은 '절약모드'일 수 있다. 건조정도의 옵션명은 '건조정도'일 수 있다. 건조시간의 옵션명은 '건조시간'일 수 있다. 구김방지의 옵션명은 '구김방지'일 수 있다.As another example not shown, a case where the treatment course is a dry course will be described. In an embodiment, the drying course may optionally provide an economy mode, drying degree, drying time, and wrinkle prevention. The option name for the saving mode may be ‘saving mode.’ The option name for the drying degree may be ‘drying degree’. The option name for the drying time may be ‘drying time’. The option name for anti-wrinkle may be ‘anti-wrinkle’.
실시 예에 의하면, 건조코스의 각 옵션에서 제공하는 설정값은 복수개의 기 설정된 설정값을 제공하며, 어느 하나를 선택 가능하게 제공될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서,'구김 방지'는 설정값으로 '켜짐', '꺼짐'이 선택지로 제공될 수 있다.According to an embodiment, the setting value provided by each option of the drying course provides a plurality of preset setting values, and any one may be selected. In an embodiment, 'wrinkle prevention' may be provided as a setting value of 'on' and 'off' as options.
설정값(322)은 사용자가 변경하지 않은 경우, 미리 설정된 기본값으로 출력된다. 기본값은 세탁코스마다 미리 설정된 값으로 제공될 수 있다. 설정값(322)이 기본값에서 변경되어 사용되는 경우, 변경된 설정값(322)의 사용 빈도에 의거하여, 기본값은 사용 빈도가 높은 값으로 저장 및 업데이트될 수 있다. If the setting value 322 is not changed by the user, it is output as a preset default value. The default value may be provided as a preset value for each washing course. When the setting value 322 is changed from the default value and used, the default value may be stored and updated to a frequently used value based on the frequency of use of the changed setting value 322.
실시 예에 있어서, 복수의 처리 코스 중 어느 처리코스는, 제1처리장치(10)가 제공할 수 있는 복수의 옵션 중 하나 이상의 옵션을 제공할 수 있다. 어느 처리코스가 제공하는 하나 이상의 옵션을 제공옵션으로 정의한다. In an embodiment, one of the plurality of processing courses may provide one or more options among the plurality of options that the first processing device 10 can provide. One or more options provided by a processing course are defined as provided options.
옵션표시부분(320)에서 제공옵션 중 사용자가 설정값을 변경할 수 있는 제공옵션은 제1모습(appearance)으로 나타내고, 제공옵션 중 사용자가 설정값을 변경할 수 없는 제공옵션은 제2모습으로 나타낸다. 도 9에서 도시되는 상태는 사용자가 설정값을 변경할 수 있는 상태를 표시하는 것으로, 제1모습의 일 예이다. In the option display portion 320, among the provided options, options whose settings the user can change are displayed in a first appearance, and among the provided options whose settings the user cannot change are displayed in a second appearance. The state shown in FIG. 9 indicates a state in which the user can change the setting value, and is an example of the first view.
옵션표시부분(320)에는 옵션세트가 표시될 수 있다. 옵션세트는 복수개의 옵션 중 기 설정된 복수개의 옵션으로 구성되는 세트이다. 도시되는 실시 예에 있어서, 옵션세트는 '세탁', '헹굼', '탈수', '물온도'로 구성될 수 있다. 옵션세트의 옵션 구성은 특정처리코스가 변경되더라도 동일하게 표시된다. 다만, 특정처리코스에 따라 설정값의 기본값은 상이하게 제공될 수 있다. 특정처리코스는 옵션세트에 포함된 옵션 중 일부 옵션을 제공하지 않을 수 있다. An option set may be displayed in the option display portion 320. An option set is a set consisting of a plurality of preset options among a plurality of options. In the illustrated embodiment, the option set may consist of 'wash', 'rinse', 'spin', and 'water temperature'. The option configuration of the option set is displayed the same even if the specific processing course changes. However, the default setting value may be provided differently depending on the specific processing course. A specific treatment course may not provide some of the options included in the option set.
도 10을 참조한다. 도 10에는 처리코스 중 '헹굼+탈수'가 특정처리코스로 특정된 모습을 나타낸다. '헹굼+탈수' 코스는 옵션세트에 포함된 옵션 중 일부 옵션을 제공하지 않는다. 실시 예에 있어서, 옵션세트는 세탁 옵션, 헹굼 횟수, 탈수 강도, 물온도를 포함한다. 헹굼+탈수' 코스는 상기 옵션 중 세탁 옵션, 물온도를 제공하지 않는다. 특정처리코스에서 제공하지 않는 옵션의 경우 설정값은 '-'으로 표시할 수 있다. See Figure 10. Figure 10 shows that 'rinsing + dehydration' among the treatment courses is specified as a specific treatment course. The 'Rinse + Spin' course does not provide some of the options included in the option set. In an embodiment, the option set includes washing options, number of rinses, spin intensity, and water temperature. The 'Rinse + Spin' course does not provide a washing option or water temperature among the above options. For options not provided by the specific processing course, the setting value can be displayed as '-'.
인디케이터표시부분(330)에는 하나 이상의 인디케이터(331)가 표시될 수 있다. 인디케이터(331)는 장치의 상태정보 및 설정정보를 나타내는 구성이다. 인디케이터(331)는 아이콘으로 표시될 수 있다. 인디케이터(331)는 각각의 정보에 대응되는 각각의 아이콘으로 표시될 수 있다. 표시되는 인디케이터(331)의 수가 증가할수록 제1측에서 제2측 방향으로 누적되며 서로 중첩되지 않도록 표시될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제1측은 좌측이고, 제2측은 우측일 수 있다. 각각의 인디케이터(331)가 표시되는 순서는 우선 순위를 가질 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 우선순위가 높을수록 상대적으로 좌측에 위치되고, 우선순위가 낮을수록 상대적으로 우측에 위치된다. 제1장치조작UI(300)에 제공될 수 있는 인디케이터(331)에 관한 실시 예는 도 15에서 보다 상세하게 설명한다.One or more indicators 331 may be displayed on the indicator display portion 330. The indicator 331 is a component that indicates device status information and setting information. The indicator 331 may be displayed as an icon. The indicator 331 may be displayed as an icon corresponding to each piece of information. As the number of displayed indicators 331 increases, they accumulate from the first side to the second side and may be displayed so as not to overlap each other. In an embodiment, the first side may be on the left and the second side may be on the right. The order in which each indicator 331 is displayed may have priority. In an embodiment, a higher priority is located relatively to the left, and a lower priority is located relatively to the right. An embodiment of the indicator 331 that can be provided to the first device operation UI 300 will be described in more detail with reference to FIG. 15.
도 11을 참조한다. 도 11에는 처리코스 중 '통살균'이 특정처리코스로 특정된 모습을 나타낸다. 실시 예에 있어서, 코스선택페이지(P310)에서 선택할 수 있는 옵션이 제공되지 않을 수도 있다. 선택 가능한 옵션이 없는 경우 옵션표시부분(320)에는 아무 것도 표시하지 않을 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서,'통살균' 코스는 옵션표시부분(320)에서 선택할 수 있는 옵션이 없다. '통살균' 코스에서는 옵션표시부분(320)에 아무 것도 표시하지 않을 수 있다.See Figure 11. Figure 11 shows that among the treatment courses, 'bucket sterilization' is specified as a specific treatment course. In some embodiments, selectable options may not be provided on the course selection page (P310). If there are no selectable options, nothing may be displayed in the option display portion 320. In the embodiment, there is no option to select the 'can sterilization' course in the option display portion 320. In the 'can sterilization' course, nothing may be displayed in the option display section 320.
도 12는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI(300)가 터치스크린(240)에 표시되며, 코스브라우즈페이지를 통해 특정처리코스를 변경하는 플로우를 도시한다. 도 12를 참조하여 설명한다.FIG. 12 shows a flow in which the first device operation UI 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed on the touch screen 240 and a specific processing course is changed through a course browse page. This will be explained with reference to FIG. 12.
(a)에서 도시되는 화상은 코스선택페이지(P310)이다. 코스선택페이지(P310)는 터치스크린(240)에 출력된다. 코스선택페이지(P310)에서 코스브라우즈부(313)가 선택된다. 코스브라우즈부(313)는 코스브라우즈부(313)가 제공되는 영역에 대한 사용자의 터치 1 에 의해 선택될 수 있다.The image shown in (a) is the course selection page (P310). The course selection page (P310) is output on the touch screen (240). The course browse section 313 is selected on the course selection page (P310). The course browse unit 313 can be selected by the user's touch 1 on the area where the course browse unit 313 is provided.
(b)에서 도시되는 화상은 코스브라우즈페이지(P370)이다. 코스브라우즈페이지(P370)는 터치스크린(240)에 출력된다. 코스브라우즈페이지(P370)에는 복수개의 처리코스에 대응하는 복수개의 코스명이 리스트로 출력된다. 제1처리장치(10)의 실시 예로 세탁기가 제공되는 경우, 리스트로 출력되는 코스명은 세탁코스의 코스명일 수 있다. 만약, 제2장치조작UI(400)에서 코스브라우즈페이지에 진입한 경우, 제2처리장치(20)가 건조기로 제공되는 경우 리스트로 출력되는 코스명은 건조코스의 코스명일 수 있다.The image shown in (b) is a course browse page (P370). The course browse page (P370) is output on the touch screen (240). On the course browse page (P370), a plurality of course names corresponding to a plurality of processing courses are displayed as a list. If a washing machine is provided as an example of the first processing device 10, the course name output in the list may be the course name of a laundry course. If the course browse page is entered from the second device operation UI 400 and the second processing device 20 is provided as a dryer, the course name output in the list may be the course name of the drying course.
실시 예에 있어서, 리스트로 출력된 복수개의 코스명 중 특정처리코스의 코스명은 다른 코스명들과 구별되도록 표시된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 특정처리코스의 코스명과 다른 코스명들은 서로 다른 색으로 표시되어 구별된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 도시한 특정처리코스인 '표준세탁'은 제1색채를 갖는 글자(311a)로 제공될 수 있다. 제1색채는 후술하는 제1장치조작UI(300)에서의 '화면 점유 기기'를 표시하는 인디케이터(331a)의 채색과, 제1장치조작UI(300)에서 진행표시바(360)의 채색과 동일 또는 동일하다고 인식되는 색이다. 다른 코스명들은 제1색채와는 구별되는 제3색채를 갖는 글자로 제공될 수 있다. In an embodiment, among a plurality of course names output as a list, the course name of a specific course is displayed to distinguish it from other course names. In an embodiment, the course name of a specific treatment course and other course names are displayed in different colors to distinguish them. In an embodiment, 'standard wash', which is the specific treatment course shown, may be provided as letters 311a having a first color. The first color is the coloring of the indicator 331a indicating the 'screen-occupying device' in the first device operation UI 300, which will be described later, and the coloring of the progress bar 360 in the first device operation UI 300. It is a color that is the same or perceived to be the same. Other course names may be provided with letters having a third color distinct from the first color.
터치스크린(240)은 화면의 크기가 제한됨에 따라, 복수개의 코스명이 하나의 화상에 전부 표시되지 못할 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 코스브라우즈페이지(P370)에는 리스트로 출력된 복수개의 코스명 중 일 부분이 표시되며, 나머지 부분은 사용자의 스크롤(scrolling)에 의해 표시될 수 있다. 코스선택페이지(P310)에 특정처리코스로서 제1처리코스가 표시된 상태에서 코스브라우즈부(313)를 통한 사용자의 입력을 받으면, 코스브라우즈페이지(P370)가 출력되되, 코스브라우즈페이지(P370)는 제1처리코스의 코스명이 표시되는 부분이 먼저 표시된다. 도시되는 실시 예에 있어서, 제1처리코스는 '표준세탁'이다.As the screen size of the touch screen 240 is limited, multiple course names may not all be displayed in one image. In an embodiment, a portion of a plurality of course names output as a list is displayed on the course browse page (P370), and the remaining portion may be displayed by the user's scrolling. When the user's input is received through the course browse unit 313 while the first processing course is displayed as a specific processing course on the course selection page (P310), the course browse page (P370) is output. The part where the course name of the first treatment course is displayed is displayed first. In the illustrated embodiment, the first treatment course is 'standard wash'.
코스브라우즈페이지(P370)에서는 사용자가 원하는 처리코스를 특정처리코스로 선택할 수 있다. 복수개의 코스명 중 어느 하나의 코스명이 선택되면, 선택된 코스명의 처리코스가 상기 특정처리코스로 특정된다. 실시 예에 있어서, '울/섬세'코스가 사용자의 터치 3 에 의해 선택될 수 있다. 코스가 선택되면, 선택된 처리코스를 특정처리코스로 한 코스선택페이지(P310)가 출력된다. 만약 코스브라우즈페이지(P370)에서 뒤로가기버튼(314)을 터치 2 하면, 기존의 특정처리코스가 유지된 코스선택페이지(P310)가 출력된다.On the course browse page (P370), the user can select the desired processing course as a specific processing course. When one course name is selected among a plurality of course names, the processing course of the selected course name is specified as the specific processing course. In an embodiment, the 'Wool/Delicate' course may be selected by the user's touch 3. When a course is selected, a course selection page (P310) is output with the selected processing course as the specific processing course. If the back button 314 is touched 2 on the course browse page (P370), the course selection page (P310) in which the existing specific processing course is maintained is displayed.
(c)에서 도시되는 화상은 코스브라우즈페이지(P370)에서 '울/섬세'코스를 선택함으로써, 특정처리코스가 '울/섬세'코스로 변경된 코스브라우즈페이지(P370)이다.The image shown in (c) is a course browse page (P370) in which the specific processing course has been changed to the 'wool/delicate' course by selecting the 'wool/delicate' course in the course browse page (P370).
도 13은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI(300)의 코스브라우즈페이지(P370)가 출력된 모습을 도시한다. 도 13을 참조한다.Figure 13 shows the course browse page (P370) of the first device operation UI (300) being output according to an embodiment of the present invention. See Figure 13.
코스브라우즈페이지(P370)는 코스표시영역(316), 스크롤바(315), 뒤로가기버튼(314)을 포함한다. 코스브라우즈페이지(P370)에는 '화면 점유 기기'를 표시하는 인디케이터(331a)가 더 표시될 수 있다. 인디케이터(331a)에 대해서는 후술하여 상세하게 설명한다.The course browse page (P370) includes a course display area (316), a scroll bar (315), and a back button (314). An indicator 331a indicating 'screen-occupying device' may be further displayed on the course browse page (P370). The indicator 331a will be described in detail later.
코스표시영역(316)에는 복수개의 처리코스의 코스명이 나열된다. 스크롤바(315)를 조작함으로써 코스표시영역(316)에 다른 처리코스의 코스명이 표시된다. 즉, 사용자는 스크롤바(315)를 조작함으로써 전체 처리코스를 조망할 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 스크롤바(315)를 이용하여, 처리코스를 조망하는 것을 설명하였으나, 스와이프 제스쳐와 같은 다른 방식이 적용될 수도 있다. In the course display area 316, the course names of a plurality of processing courses are listed. By operating the scroll bar 315, the course name of another course is displayed in the course display area 316. That is, the user can view the entire processing course by manipulating the scroll bar 315. In the embodiment, the scroll bar 315 is used to view the processing course, but other methods such as a swipe gesture may be applied.
도 14는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI(300)의 코스선택페이지(P310)에서 스와이프 입력을 통해 특정처리코스를 변경하는 플로우를 도시한다. 도 14를 참조하여 설명한다.Figure 14 shows a flow of changing a specific processing course through a swipe input on the course selection page (P310) of the first device operation UI 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention. This will be explained with reference to FIG. 14.
사용자는 코스선택페이지(P310)에서 스와이프 제스쳐를 입력하여 특정처리코스를 변경할 수 있다. 스와이프 제스쳐는 터치스크린(240)의 일부분을 터치한 상태에서 어느 방향으로 터치를 유지하며 이동하는 터치 입력 방식이다. 특정처리코스는 스와이프 방향에 종속하여 변경될 수 있다. The user can change the specific processing course by entering a swipe gesture on the course selection page (P310). The swipe gesture is a touch input method in which part of the touch screen 240 is touched and the touch is moved in a certain direction. The specific processing course may change depending on the swipe direction.
(a)에서 도시되는 화상은 제1처리코스(도시한 예: 표준세탁)가 특정처리코스로 특정된 코스선택페이지(P310)이다. 코스선택페이지(P310)는 터치스크린(240)에 출력된다. 스와이프 제스쳐를 입력하여 특정처리코스를 변경할 수 있다. 사용자는 터치스크린(240)을 터치하여 스와이프 제스쳐를 입력함으로써, 특정처리코스를 변경할 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 특정처리코스는 제1처리코스로 제공된다. 도시되는 실시 예에 있어서, 제1처리코스는 '표준세탁'코스이다. 코스표시영역(316) 중 일부분을 시작점으로 터치하여 제1방향으로 이동하는 스와이프 제스쳐 1 를 입력하는 모습을 도시한다.The image shown in (a) is a course selection page (P310) in which the first treatment course (example shown: standard wash) is specified as a specific treatment course. The course selection page (P310) is output on the touch screen (240). You can change a specific processing course by entering a swipe gesture. The user can change the specific processing course by touching the touch screen 240 and inputting a swipe gesture. In an embodiment, a specific treatment course is provided as a first treatment course. In the illustrated embodiment, the first treatment course is a 'standard wash' course. It shows inputting swipe gesture 1 to move in the first direction by touching a portion of the course display area 316 as a starting point.
(b)에서 도시되는 화상은 제2처리코스(도시한 예: 인공지능세탁)가 특정처리코스로 특정된 코스선택페이지(P310)이다. (b)는 (a)에서 도시된 스와이프 제스쳐 1 가 입력되어 특정처리코스가 제2처리코스로 전환된 화상을 도시한다. 도시되는 예에 있어서, 제2처리코스는 '인공지능세탁'코스이다.The image shown in (b) is a course selection page (P310) in which the second processing course (example shown: artificial intelligence laundry) is specified as a specific processing course. (b) shows an image where swipe gesture 1 shown in (a) is input and the specific processing course is converted to the second processing course. In the example shown, the second processing course is the 'Artificial Intelligence Laundry' course.
복수의 처리코스를 구성하는 각각의 처리코스는 설정된 차례(sequence)를 가진다. [표1]은 처리코스와 각 처리코스에 대응되는 고유의 순번을 예시화 하여 기재한 표이다. 실시 예에 있어서, 처리코스의 차례는 [표1]의 순번에 따를 수 있다. 스와이프 제스쳐가 입력되면, 설정된 차례에 따라 처리코스가 특정처리코스로 특정될 수 있다. Each processing course constituting a plurality of processing courses has a set sequence. [Table 1] is a table listing the processing courses and unique sequential numbers corresponding to each processing course as an example. In an embodiment, the order of processing courses may follow the order in [Table 1]. When a swipe gesture is input, the processing course may be specified as a specific processing course according to the set order.
순번turn 처리코스Processing course 처리코스 명Treatment course name 설명explanation
1One 제1처리코스1st treatment course 제1코스명1st course name 제1처리코스에 대한 설명Description of the first treatment course
22 제2처리코스2nd treatment course 제2코스명2nd course name 제2처리코스에 대한 설명Description of the second treatment course
33 제3처리코스Third treatment course 제3코스명3rd course name 제3처리코스에 대한 설명Description of the 3rd treatment course
44 제4처리코스4th treatment course 제4코스명4th course name 제4처리코스에 대한 설명Description of the 4th treatment course
55 제5처리코스5th treatment course 제5코스명5th course name 제5처리코스에 대한 설명Description of the 5th treatment course
66 제6처리코스6th treatment course 제6코스명6th course name 제6처리코스에 대한 설명Description of the 6th treatment course
77 제7처리코스7th treatment course 제7코스명7th course name 제7처리코스에 대한 설명Description of the 7th treatment course
…… …… ……
nn 제n처리코스nth processing course 제n코스명nth course name 제n처리코스에 대한 설명Description of n-processing course
예시적으로, 제1장치조작UI(300)이 세탁기인 경우, 처리코스는 세탁코스이다. 제1처리코스의 이름인 제1코스명은 '표준세탁'이고, 제1처리코스에 대한 설명은 '일반적인 의류를 깨끗하게'일 수 있다.For example, when the first device operation UI 300 is a washing machine, the processing course is a washing course. The first course name, which is the name of the first treatment course, may be 'standard washing', and the description of the first treatment course may be 'clean general clothes.'
예시적으로, 제2장치조작UI(400)이 건조기인 경우, 처리코스는 건조코스이다. 제1처리코스의 이름인 제1코스명은 '표준건조'이고, 제1처리코스에 대한 설명은 '일반적인 의류를 보송하게'일 수 있다. For example, when the second device operation UI 400 is a dryer, the processing course is a drying course. The first course name, which is the name of the first treatment course, may be ‘standard drying’, and the description of the first treatment course may be ‘make general clothes soft’.
실시 예에 있어서, 제1방향인 우측에서 좌측을 향하는 방향으로 스와이프 제스쳐를 입력하면, 후순번의 처리코스를 특정처리코스로 특정한다. 다만, 특정처리코스의 순번이 제일 후순번인 상태인 경우 다시 제일 앞순번의 처리코스가 특정처리코스로 특정된다. In an embodiment, when a swipe gesture is input in the first direction, from right to left, the subsequent processing course is specified as a specific processing course. However, if the sequence number of the specific processing course is the last, the earliest processing course is again specified as the specific processing course.
실시 예에 있어서, 제2방향인 좌측에서 우측을 향하는 방향으로 스와이프 제스쳐를 입력하면, 앞순번의 처리코스를 특정처리코스로 특정한다. 다만, 특정처리코스의 순번이 제일 앞순번인 상태인 경우 다시 제일 후순번의 처리코스가 특정처리코스로 특정된다.In an embodiment, when a swipe gesture is input in the second direction, from left to right, the previous processing course is specified as a specific processing course. However, if the sequence number of the specific processing course is the earliest, the processing course with the lowest sequence is again specified as the specific processing course.
특정처리코스가 다른 처리코스로 변경된 경우, 인디케이터표시부분(330)에는 차례인디케이터(332)가 표시될 수 있다. 차례인디케이터(332)는 사용자가 특정처리코스의 차례를 시각적으로 인지할 수 있도록 표시하는 구성이다. 차례인디케이터(332)의 표현 방법은 다양할 수 있으나, 도시되는 실시 예에 있어서, 가로선으로 배열된 복수의 원도형 내부를 채우고 비우는 방식으로 표현한다. 도시되는 실시 예에 있어서, 차례인디케이터(332)을 이루는 채워진 원도형이 특정처리코스의 차례를 의미한다.When a specific processing course is changed to another processing course, a turn indicator 332 may be displayed in the indicator display portion 330. The turn indicator 332 is a configuration that displays the turn of a specific processing course so that the user can visually recognize it. The turn indicator 332 may be expressed in various ways, but in the illustrated embodiment, it is expressed by filling and emptying the inside of a plurality of circular shapes arranged in horizontal lines. In the illustrated embodiment, the filled circular shape forming the turn indicator 332 indicates the turn of a specific processing course.
실시 예에 있어서, (b)에서 참조되는 바와 같이 제2처리코스(도시예: 인공지능세탁)가 특정처리코스로 특정된 상태에서 제2방향으로 스와이프 제스처 2 를 입력하면, 특정처리코스는 제1처리코스(도시예: 표준세탁)로 변경된다. 제1처리코스는 제2처리코스보다 앞순번이다.In an embodiment, as referenced in (b), when swipe gesture 2 is input in the second direction while the second processing course (illustrated example: artificial intelligence laundry) is specified as a specific processing course, the specific processing course is Changes to the first treatment course (shown example: standard laundry). The first processing course precedes the second processing course.
실시 예에 있어서, (b)에서 참조되는 바와 같이 제2처리코스(도시예: 인공지능세탁)가 특정처리코스로 특정된 상태에서 제1방향으로 스와이프 제스처 3 를 입력하면, 특정처리코스는 제3처리코스(도시예: 이불)로 변경된다. 제3처리코스는 제2처리코스보다 뒷순번이다.In an embodiment, as referred to in (b), when swipe gesture 3 is input in the first direction while the second processing course (illustrated example: artificial intelligence laundry) is specified as a specific processing course, the specific processing course is Changes to the 3rd treatment course (example: blankets). The 3rd processing course follows the 2nd processing course.
실시 예에 있어서, (c)에서 참조되는 바와 같이 제3처리코스(도시예: 이불)가 특정처리코스로 특정된 상태에서 제2방향으로 스와이프 제스처 4 를 입력하면, 특정처리코스는 제2처리코스(도시예: 인공지능세탁)로 변경된다. 제2처리코스는 제3처리코스보다 앞순번이다.In an embodiment, as referred to in (c), if the swipe gesture 4 is input in the second direction while the third processing course (illustrated example: blanket) is specified as the specific processing course, the specific processing course is the second Changes to processing course (example: artificial intelligence laundry). The second processing course is in order before the third processing course.
실시 예에 있어서, (c)에서 참조되는 바와 같이 제3처리코스(도시예: 이불)가 특정처리코스로 특정된 상태에서 제1방향으로 스와이프 제스처 5 를 입력하면, 특정처리코스는 제4처리코스(도시예: 소량급속)로 변경된다. 제4처리코스는 제3처리코스보다 뒷순번이다.In an embodiment, as referred to in (c), if a swipe gesture 5 is input in the first direction while the third processing course (illustrated example: blanket) is specified as a specific processing course, the specific processing course is the fourth Changes to processing course (city example: small volume rapid). The 4th processing course follows the 3rd processing course.
실시 예에 있어서, (d)에서 참조되는 바와 같이 제4처리코스(도시예: 소량급속)가 특정처리코스로 특정된 상태에서 제2방향으로 스와이프 제스처 6 를 입력하면, 특정처리코스는 제3처리코스(도시예: 이불)로 변경된다. 제4처리코스는 제3처리코스보다 앞순번이다.In an embodiment, as referred to in (d), when the swipe gesture 6 is input in the second direction while the fourth processing course (illustrated example: small volume rapid) is specified as a specific processing course, the specific processing course is the first. Changes to 3 treatment course (city example: blanket). The 4th processing course precedes the 3rd processing course.
도 14를 참조하여 설명한 방법으로 각각의 처리코스는 특정처리코스로 특정될 수 있다. Each processing course can be specified as a specific processing course by the method described with reference to FIG. 14.
차례인디케이터(332)는 설정시간 동안 표시되었다가 사라질 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 차례인디케이터(332)는 특정처리코스가 변경된 직후, 설정시간 동안 표시되었다가 사라질 수 있다. 차례인디케이터(332)는 설정시간 동안 표시되었다가, 다시 인디케이터(331)가 표시될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 차례인디케이터(332)가 표시되는 설정시간은 3초일 수 있다.The turn indicator 332 may be displayed for a set time and then disappear. In an embodiment, the turn indicator 332 may be displayed for a set time immediately after a specific processing course is changed and then disappear. The turn indicator 332 may be displayed for a set time, and then the indicator 331 may be displayed again. In an embodiment, the set time for the turn indicator 332 to be displayed may be 3 seconds.
제2처리장치(20)를 조작하기 위한 제2장치조작UI(400)의 경우도, 도 14에서 설명하는 방법으로 각각의 처리코스는 특정처리코스로 특정될 수 있다. In the case of the second device operation UI 400 for operating the second processing device 20, each processing course can be specified as a specific processing course by the method described in FIG. 14.
도 15에서 (a)는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI(300)에서 적용될 수 있는 인디케이터(331)의 실시 예들을 도시하며, (b)는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI(300)에서 적용될 수 있는 차례인디케이터(332)의 실시 예를 도시한다. 도 15를 참조하여 설명한다. In Figure 15, (a) shows embodiments of the indicator 331 that can be applied in the first device operation UI 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention, and (b) shows embodiments of the indicator 331 according to an embodiment of the present invention. An example of the turn indicator 332 that can be applied in the first device operation UI 300 is shown. This will be explained with reference to FIG. 15.
실시 예에 있어서, 인디케이터(331)와 차례인디케이터(332)은 도 9, 10, 11에서 참조되는 인디케이터표시부분(330)에 표시될 수 있다. In an embodiment, the indicator 331 and the turn indicator 332 may be displayed on the indicator display portion 330 referenced in FIGS. 9, 10, and 11.
인디케이터(331)를 설명함에 있어서, (a)에는 제1장치조작UI(300)에 제공되는 인디케이터(331)의 실시 예가 도시된다. 인디케이터(331)는 픽토그램(내지 아이콘)으로 표현될 수 있다. [표2]는 실시 예에 있어서, 제1장치조작UI(300)에서 인디케이터(331)로 표시될 수 있는 정보를 리스트업 한다. 우선순위는 '화면 점유 기기' -> 'Wi-Fi' -> '원격 제어' -> '문잠김' -> '건조 준비' -> '터보샷' -> '스팀' -> '예약’ -> '구김방지'-> '잠금' 순서대로 높을 수 있다. In explaining the indicator 331, (a) shows an example of the indicator 331 provided to the first device operation UI 300. The indicator 331 may be expressed as a pictogram (or icon). [Table 2] lists information that can be displayed as an indicator 331 in the first device operation UI 300 in the embodiment. The priority is 'Screen Occupying Device' -> 'Wi-Fi' -> 'Remote Control' -> 'Door Locked' -> 'Ready to Dry' -> 'Turbo Shot' -> 'Steam' -> 'Schedule' - > It can be higher in the order of ‘wrinkle prevention’ -> ‘locking’.
인디케이터로 표시되는 정보
Information displayed as indicators
 		인디케이터가 표시된 상태의 설명Description of the state in which the indicator is displayed 도면 번호drawing number
화면 점유 기기screen occupancy device 인터페이스가 활성화된 기기 정보(활성화된 인터페이스가 제1장치조작UI(300)인지 제2장치조작UI(400)인지 시각적 표시)Information on devices with activated interfaces (visual indication of whether the activated interface is the first device operation UI (300) or the second device operation UI (400)) 331a331a
Wi-FiWi-Fi Wi-Fi의 연결상태－ 연결됨: 연결 강도에 따른 표시
－ 연결 끊김 표시
－ 미등록 또는 연결 안됨 상태에서는 아이콘 미 표시함Wi-Fi connection status - Connected: Displayed according to connection strength
－Disconnection indication
－ Icon is not displayed when unregistered or not connected. 		331b331b
원격 제어remote control 원격 제어 동작 시During remote control operation 331c331c
문잠김Door locked 행정 시작 후 문잠김 상태가 될 경우If the door is locked after starting the administration 331d331d
건조 준비ready to dry 건조 준비가 설정된 경우When dry preparation is set 331e331e
터보샷turbo shot 터보샷이 설정된 경우When Turbo Shot is set 331f331f
스팀steam 스팀이 설정된 경우When Steam is set up 331g331g
예약reservation 예약이 설정된 경우When a reservation is set up 331h331h
구김방지Anti-wrinkle 구김방지가 설정된 경우When wrinkle prevention is set 331i331i
잠금lock 잠금 기능이 설정된 경우When the lock function is set 331j331j
제2장치조작UI(400)에 제공되는 인디케이터(431)를 실시 예로 설명한다. 제2장치조작UI(400)에 제공되는 인디케이터(431)는 도 34에서 적절히 참조될 수 있다. [표3]은 실시 예에 있어서, 제2장치조작UI(400)에서 인디케이터(431)로 표시될 수 있는 정보를 리스트업 한다. 우선순위는 '화면 점유 기기' -> 'Wi-Fi' -> '원격 제어' -> '문잠김' -> '스팀' -> '터보샷' -> '다림질 알림' -> '예약' 순서대로 높을 수 있다. The indicator 431 provided in the second device operation UI 400 will be described as an example. The indicator 431 provided in the second device operation UI 400 may be appropriately referenced in FIG. 34. [Table 3] lists information that can be displayed as an indicator 431 in the second device operation UI 400 in the embodiment. The priority is 'Screen Occupying Device' -> 'Wi-Fi' -> 'Remote Control' -> 'Door Lock' -> 'Steam' -> 'Turbo Shot' -> 'Ironing Reminder' -> 'Schedule'. It can be as high as it is.
인디케이터로 표시되는 정보Information displayed as indicators 인디케이터가 표시된 상태의 설명Description of the state in which the indicator is displayed 도면 번호drawing number
화면 점유 기기screen occupancy device 인터페이스가 활성화된 기기 정보(활성화된 인터페이스가 제1장치조작UI(300)인지 제2장치조작UI(400)인지 시각적 표시)Information on devices with activated interfaces (visual indication of whether the activated interface is the first device operation UI (300) or the second device operation UI (400)) 431a431a
Wi-FiWi-Fi Wi-Fi의 연결상태－ 연결됨: 연결 강도에 따른 표시
－ 연결 끊김 표시
－ 미등록 또는 연결 안됨 상태에서는 아이콘 미 표시함Wi-Fi connection status - Connected: Displayed according to connection strength
－Disconnection indication
－ Icon is not displayed when unregistered or not connected. 		431b431b
원격 제어remote control 원격 제어 동작 시During remote control operation 431c431c
문잠김Door locked 행정 시작 후 문잠김 상태가 될 경우If the door is locked after starting the administration 431d431d
스팀steam 스팀이 설정된 경우When Steam is set up 431e431e
다림질 알림ironing reminder 다림질 알림이 설정된 경우 When ironing reminders are set 431f431f
예약reservation 예약이 설정된 경우When a reservation is set up 431g431g
잠금lock 잠금 기능이 설정된 경우When the lock function is set 431h431h
한편, 각각의 인디케이터(331, 431)가 생성되어 표시될 때, 모션 이펙트(Motion Effect)를 적용하여 사용자의 주의를 집중시킬 수 있다. 션 이펙트는 화면에 어떠한 움직임이 일어나도록 효과를 일으키는 것을 의미한다. 예시적으로 모션 이펙트는 갓 표시된 인디케이터가 깜빡이도록 하는 것일 수 있다.실시 예에 있어서, '화면 점유 기기'를 나타내는 인디케이터(331a)는 현재 조작 대상이 되는 처리장치가 무엇인지 사용자에게 직관적인 시각적 정보를 제공한다. 실시 예에 있어서, '화면 점유 기기'를 나타내는 장치인디케이터(331a)는 상하로 적층된 두 개의 사각형을 갖는 형태일 수 있다. 이는 제1처리장치(10)와 제2처리장치(20)가 적층된 형태를 형상화 한 것이다. 제1장치조작UI(300)에서는 아래 사각형이 채색된 형태로 제공될 수 있다. 아래 사각형은 제1색채로 채색될 수 있다. 도 15에서 도시하지 않았으나, 제2장치조작UI(400)에서는 위쪽 사각형이 채색된 형태로 제공될 수 있다. 위쪽 사각형은 제2색채로 채색될 수 있다. 제1색채와 제2색채는 서로 상이한 색이다. 색채의 차이를 통해 사용자에게 제어 대상을 시각적으로 빠르게 인식할 수 있도록 한다. Meanwhile, when each indicator 331 and 431 is created and displayed, a motion effect can be applied to focus the user's attention. A seam effect means creating an effect that causes some movement to occur on the screen. For example, the motion effect may be to cause a freshly displayed indicator to blink. In the embodiment, the indicator 331a indicating a 'screen-occupying device' provides intuitive visual information to the user about the processing device currently being operated. provides. In an embodiment, the device indicator 331a indicating a 'screen-occupying device' may have the form of two rectangles stacked vertically. This is a shape in which the first processing device 10 and the second processing device 20 are stacked. In the first device operation UI 300, the rectangle below may be provided in colored form. The square below can be colored with the first color. Although not shown in FIG. 15, the upper rectangle may be provided in a colored form in the second device operation UI 400. The upper square can be colored with a secondary color. The first color and the second color are different colors. Differences in color allow users to quickly visually recognize the control object.
차례인디케이터(332)을 설명함에 있어서, (b)에는 제1장치조작UI(300)에 제공되는 차례인디케이터(332)의 실시 예가 도시된다. 차례인디케이터(332)는 사용자가 특정처리코스의 차례를 시각적으로 인지할 수 있도록 표시하는 구성이다. 차례인디케이터(332)의 표현 방법은 다양할 수 있으나, 도시되는 실시 예에 있어서, 가로선으로 배열된 복수의 원도형 내부를 채우고 비우는 방식으로 표현한다. 도시되는 실시 예에 있어서, 차례인디케이터(332)을 이루는 채워진 원도형이 특정처리코스의 차례를 의미한다. In explaining the turn indicator 332, (b) shows an embodiment of the turn indicator 332 provided to the first device operation UI 300. The turn indicator 332 is a configuration that displays the turn of a specific processing course so that the user can visually recognize it. The turn indicator 332 may be expressed in various ways, but in the illustrated embodiment, it is expressed by filling and emptying the inside of a plurality of circular shapes arranged in horizontal lines. In the illustrated embodiment, the filled circular shape forming the turn indicator 332 indicates the turn of a specific processing course.
차례인디케이터(332)을 구성하는 원도형은 제공되는 처리코스의 개수와 대응되게 제공될 수도 있으나, 화면 구성에 따라 적절히 구성하여, 사용자에게 차례를 인식할 수 있는 시각적인 효과를 제공하면 족하다.The circular shape constituting the turn indicator 332 may be provided to correspond to the number of processing courses provided, but it is sufficient to provide a visual effect that allows the user to recognize the turn by appropriately configuring it according to the screen configuration.
도 16은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI(300)의 코스선택페이지(P310)가 터치스크린(240)에 표시되며, 설정값을 변경하는 플로우를 도시한다. 도 16을 참조하여 설명한다.FIG. 16 illustrates a flow in which the course selection page (P310) of the first device operation UI (300) is displayed on the touch screen (240) and the setting value is changed according to an embodiment of the present invention. This will be explained with reference to FIG. 16.
(a)를 참조한다. 실시 예에 있어서, 코스선택페이지(P310)에는 옵션표시부분(320)가 제공된다.. 옵션표시부분(320)에는 특정처리코스가 제공하는 제공옵션을 표시할 수 있다. 제공옵션은 제1처리장치(10)가 제공하는 다양한 옵션 중 특정처리코스가 제공하는 하나 이상의 옵션일 수 있다. (a)에 도시된 화상에서, 제공옵션은 세탁 옵션, 헹굼 횟수, 탈수 강도, 물온도이다. 제공옵션 중 사용자가 설정값을 변경할 수 있는 제공옵션의 설정값은 제1모습(appearance)으로 나타난다. 제1모습은 도 17에서 도시되는 제2모습으로 나타나는 설정값(322)와 비교될 수 있다. 제1모습과 제2모습은 시각적으로 상이하다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제1모습 및 제2모습은 상기 설정값을 표시하는 텍스트 속성의 차이일 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제1모습과 제2모습은 서로 상이한 명도를 갖는 것이다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제2모습은 제1모습보다 낮은 명도를 가질 수 있다. 도시되지 않은 실시 예에 있어서, 제1모습과 제2모습은 글꼴, 텍스트 굵기, 텍스트 스타일, 텍스트 크기 중 어느 하나 이상이 상이한 것일 수 있다. See (a). In an embodiment, an option display portion 320 is provided on the course selection page P310. The option display portion 320 may display options provided by a specific processing course. The provided option may be one or more options provided by a specific processing course among various options provided by the first processing device 10. In the image shown in (a), the provided options are washing option, number of rinses, spin intensity, and water temperature. Among the provided options, the settings of the provided options that the user can change are displayed in the first appearance. The first view may be compared to a set value 322 represented by the second view shown in FIG. 17 . The first and second appearances are visually different. In an embodiment, the first appearance and the second appearance may be differences in text attributes indicating the setting value. In an embodiment, the first appearance and the second appearance have different brightness. In an embodiment, the second appearance may have a lower brightness than the first appearance. In an embodiment not shown, the first appearance and the second appearance may be different in one or more of font, text thickness, text style, and text size.
(a)는 사용자가 옵션을 변경하기 위해 설정값이 점유하는 영역을 터치하는 모습을 도시한다. 실시 예에 있어서, 변경 대상인 옵션은 세탁 옵션이다. 사용자는 세탁 옵션의 설정값이 표시되는 영역을 터치 1 한다. 제안옵션으로 제공되는 하나 이상의 옵션에 대응하는 각각의 설정값이 점유하는 영역은 설정값입력부로 제공될 수 있다. 도시되는 실시 예에 있어서, 세탁옵션의 설정값은 '표준'인 상태이다.(a) shows the user touching the area occupied by the setting value to change the option. In an embodiment, the option subject to change is a laundry option. The user touches 1 the area where the washing option settings are displayed. The area occupied by each setting value corresponding to one or more options provided as suggested options may be provided as a setting value input unit. In the illustrated embodiment, the setting value of the washing option is 'standard'.
(b)는 터치스크린(240)에 옵션변경도구(P380)가 출력된 모습을 도시한다. 실시 예에 있어서, 옵션변경도구(P380)에는 변경 가능한 설정값이 리스트로 출력된다. 옵션변경도구(P380)에서 원하는 설정값을 선택하여 설정값을 변경할 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 원하는 설정값의 선택은 원하는 설정값이 점유하는 영역을 터치하는 입력에 의할 수 있다. 도시되는 실시 예에 있어서, 선택되는 설정값은 '강력'이고, '강력'이 점유하는 영역을 터치 3 하여 설정값을 변경할 수 있다. 한편, 뒤로가기를 터치 2 하여 설정값을 변경하지 않고 코스선택페이지(P310)로 되돌아갈 수 있다.(b) shows the option change tool (P380) displayed on the touch screen 240. In an embodiment, changeable settings are output as a list in the option change tool (P380). You can change the settings by selecting the desired settings in the option change tool (P380). In an embodiment, selection of a desired setting value may be performed by an input that touches the area occupied by the desired setting value. In the illustrated embodiment, the selected setting value is 'strong', and the setting value can be changed by touching 3 the area occupied by 'strong'. Meanwhile, you can return to the course selection page (P310) without changing the settings by touching Back 2.
(c)는 설정값의 변경이 적용된 화상을 도시한다. 세탁옵션은 '표준'에서 '강력'으로 변경되었다.(c) shows an image to which a change in setting value has been applied. The washing option was changed from ‘Standard’ to ‘Strong’.
사용자가 제공옵션의 설정값을 변경하지 않은 경우, 제공옵션의 설정값은 각각의 처리코스마다 미리 설정된 기본값으로 출력된다. 기본값은 사용자가 설정값을 변경하는 사용 빈도에 의거하여 갱신될 수 있다.If the user does not change the setting value of the provided option, the provided option setting value is output as a preset default value for each processing course. The default value can be updated based on the frequency of use by which the user changes the setting value.
도 17은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI(300)가 터치스크린(240)에 표시되며, 일 실시 예에 따른 제1페이지(P320)가 출력된 상태를 도시한다. 도 17을 참조하여 설명한다.Figure 17 shows a state in which the first device operation UI 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed on the touch screen 240, and the first page (P320) according to an embodiment is output. This will be explained with reference to FIG. 17.
제1페이지(P320)는 행정이 진행 중인 경우에 출력된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제1페이지(P320)는 현항표시부분(350), 진행표시바(360), 옵션표시부분(320) 및 인디케이터표시부분(330)을 포함한다. The first page (P320) is output when administration is in progress. In an embodiment, the first page (P320) includes a current navigation display portion 350, a progress display bar 360, an options display portion 320, and an indicator display portion 330.
실시 예에 있어서, 현항표시부분(350)에는 코스명(311), 처리가 완료되기까지 남은시간(341), 현재 진행되는 행정명과 같은 현상태가 표시되는 현황명(351)이 표시된다.In an embodiment, the current port display portion 350 displays the course name 311, the remaining time until processing is completed (341), and the current status name 351, which displays the current status such as the name of the current administration.
진행표시바(360)는 제1처리장치(10)가 행하는 의류 처리가 진행된 정도를 시각적으로 표시하는 수단이다. 실시 예에 있어서, 진행표시바(360)는 터치스크린(240)을 좌우로 가로지르는 가로 형상의 바일 수 있다. 진행표시바(360)는 바형상 내부의 채움 길이를 이용하여 의류 처리의 진행 정도를 표시한다. 진행표시바(360)는 처리가 진행될수록 바형상 내부 채움량을 증가시킨다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제1장치조작UI(300)에 표시되는 진행표시바(360)의 채움색은 제2장치조작UI(400)에 표시되는 진행표시바의 채움색과 상이한 색으로 제공될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제1장치조작UI(300)에 표시되는 진행표시바(360)의 채움색은 제1색채일 수 있다. 제2장치조작UI(400)에 표시되는 진행표시바의 채움색은 제2색채일 수 있다. 제1색채는 '화면 점유 기기'를 나타내는 인디케이터(331a)의 채움색인 제1색채와 동일하거나, 최소한 사용자에게 동일하게 인식되는 색이다.The progress display bar 360 is a means of visually displaying the progress of clothing processing performed by the first processing device 10. In an embodiment, the progress bar 360 may be a horizontal bar that crosses the touch screen 240 from side to side. The progress display bar 360 displays the progress of clothing processing using the filling length inside the bar shape. The progress display bar 360 increases the amount of filling inside the bar shape as processing progresses. In an embodiment, the fill color of the progress bar 360 displayed on the first device operation UI 300 may be provided in a different color from the fill color of the progress display bar displayed on the second device operation UI 400. there is. In an embodiment, the filling color of the progress bar 360 displayed on the first device operation UI 300 may be the first color. The fill color of the progress bar displayed on the second device operation UI 400 may be the second color. The first color is the same as the first color that is the filling color of the indicator 331a indicating the 'screen-occupying device', or is at least a color that is recognized as the same by the user.
실시 예에 있어서, 행정 진행 중에는 설정값을 변경할 수 없다. 설정값이 변경될 수 없는 상태는 제2모습으로 나타난다. 도 17에서 도시되는 모습은 사용자가 설정값을 변경할 수 없는 상태를 표시하는 것으로 제2모습의 일 예이다. In an embodiment, the set value cannot be changed while the stroke is in progress. The state in which the setting value cannot be changed appears in a second view. The appearance shown in FIG. 17 is an example of the second appearance, which displays a state in which the user cannot change the setting value.
도 18은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI(300)가 터치스크린(240)에 표시되며, 일 실시 예에 따른 제1페이지(P320)가 출력되며 예약 옵션이 설정된 상태를 도시한다. 도 18을 참조하여 설명한다.Figure 18 shows a state in which the first device operation UI 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed on the touch screen 240, the first page (P320) according to an embodiment is output, and the reservation option is set. do. This will be explained with reference to FIG. 18.
제1페이지(P320)는 행정이 진행 중인 경우에 출력된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 진행 중인 행정은 예약 행정이다. 예약행정은 특정처리코스가 설정된 미래의 시간에 완료되도록 설정된 시간 동안 특정처리코스를 실행하지 않되, 설정 시간에 도달하면 특정처리코스가 실행되도록 대기하는 행정이다. 예약 행정은 예약 옵션이 설정된 상태에서 처리코스가 실행됨으로써 진행될 수 있다. 남은시간(341)은 실행되도록 입력된 코스가 완료되기까지의 남은시간이 표시된다. 도시되는 실시 예에 있어서, 현황명(351)은'세탁 완료 예약됨'으로 표시될 수 있다. 인디케이터표시부분(330)에는 예약인디케이터(331h)가 추가로 표시될 수 있다. The first page (P320) is output when administration is in progress. In an embodiment, the ongoing administration is a reservation administration. The reservation administration is an administration that does not execute a specific processing course for a set time so that it can be completed at a set future time, but waits for the specific processing course to be executed when the set time is reached. Reservation administration can be performed by executing a processing course with reservation options set. The remaining time 341 displays the remaining time until the course entered to be executed is completed. In the illustrated embodiment, the status name 351 may be displayed as 'laundry completed reserved'. A reservation indicator 331h may be additionally displayed in the indicator display portion 330.
도 19 및 20은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI(300)가 터치스크린(240)에 표시되며, 일 실시 예에 따라 예약 옵션이 설정되고, 특정처리코스로서 표준세탁이 실행되고 진행되어 완료되기까지 플로우를 도시한다.19 and 20 show that the first device operation UI 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed on the touch screen 240, a reservation option is set according to an embodiment, and standard laundry is executed as a specific treatment course. It shows the flow from start to finish.
(a)는 코스선택페이지(P310)가 출력된 화상이다. 실시 예에 있어서, 예약 옵션이 설정된 상태이다. 실시 예에 있어서, 특정처리코스로는 '표준세탁'이 특정된다.(a) is an image where the course selection page (P310) is output. In an embodiment, a reservation option is set. In an embodiment, 'standard washing' is specified as the specific treatment course.
실시 예에 있어서, 특정된 특정처리코스가 실행되도록 하는 실행 명령이 입력된다. 사용자는 제1실행/일시정지버튼(271)을 터치하여 실행 명령을 입력한다. 실행 명령을 입력받은 제1처리장치(10)는 포량을 감지한다. 포량 감지시 터치스크린(240)에는 제1안내페이지(P381)가 출력된다. (b)는 제1안내페이지(P381)가 출력된 화상이다. 제1안내페이지(P381)에는 포량을 감지하고 있음을 알리는 안내 문구가 표시된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 안내 문구는 '무게 감지 중'일 수 있다. In an embodiment, an execution command is input to cause a specified specific processing course to be executed. The user touches the first run/pause button 271 and inputs an execution command. The first processing unit 10, which receives the execution command, detects the amount of laundry. When the amount of laundry is detected, the first information page (P381) is displayed on the touch screen 240. (b) is an image in which the first information page (P381) is printed. On the first information page (P381), a message indicating that the amount of laundry is being detected is displayed. In an embodiment, the guidance phrase may be ‘Sensing weight.’
포량의 감지가 완료되면, 감지된 포량 및 예약 옵션에서 설정된 완료 시간에 근거하여 특정처리코스가 시작되는 처리코스 실행시점이 산출될 수 있다. 처리코스 실행시점이 도달하기 전까지는 예약 행정이 진행된다. (c)는 예약 행정에서 표시되는 제1페이지(P320)가 출력된 화상이다.When the detection of the laundry amount is completed, the processing course execution time at which the specific processing course starts can be calculated based on the detected laundry amount and the completion time set in the reservation option. Reservation administration continues until the processing course execution point is reached. (c) is an image in which the first page (P320) displayed in the reservation process is output.
처리코스 실행시점이 도달하면, 처리코스가 실행된다. 만약, 자동세제/유연제 옵션을 설정한 경우 감지된 포량에 근거하여 결정된 양의 세제가 투입된다. 세제가 자동으로 투입되는 중에 터치스크린(240)에는 제2안내페이지(P382)가 출력될 수 있다.. (d)는 제2안내페이지(P382)가 출력된 화상이다. 제2안내페이지(P382)에는 세제가 투입되고 있음을 알리는 안내 문구가 표시된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 안내 문구는 '세제 자동 투입 중'일 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 처리코스가 실행되면, 예약인디케이터는 더 이상 표시하지 않는다.When the processing course execution time arrives, the processing course is executed. If the automatic detergent/softener option is set, a determined amount of detergent is added based on the detected weight. While detergent is automatically added, the second information page (P382) may be displayed on the touch screen 240. (d) is an image in which the second information page (P382) is displayed. On the second information page (P382), a message indicating that detergent is being added is displayed. In an embodiment, the guidance phrase may be ‘Automatically adding detergent.’ In an embodiment, once the processing course is executed, the reservation indicator is no longer displayed.
(e), (f), (g), (i) 및 (j)는 특정처리코스를 구성하는 각 행정들이 진행될 때의 제1페이지(P320)를 나타낸다. 실시 예에 있어서, 특정처리코스는 불림 행정, 세탁 행정, 행굼 행정, 탈수 행정을 포함할 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 불림 행정은 현황명이 표시되는 부분에 '불림 중'으로 표시된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 세탁 행정은 현황명이 표시되는 부분에 '세탁 중'으로 표시된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 헹굼 행정은 현황명이 표시되는 부분에 '헹굼 중'으로 표시된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 탈수 행정은 현황명이 표시되는 부분에 '탈수 중'으로 표시된다.(e), (f), (g), (i), and (j) represent the first page (P320) when each administration constituting the specific processing course is performed. In an embodiment, the specific treatment course may include a soaking process, a washing process, a rinsing process, and a dehydration process. In an embodiment, the calling process is displayed as 'being called' in the area where the status name is displayed. In an embodiment, the washing process is displayed as 'washing' in the area where the status name is displayed. In an embodiment, the rinsing cycle is displayed as 'rinsing' in the area where the status name is displayed. In an embodiment, the dehydration process is displayed as 'dehydration' in the area where the status name is displayed.
만약, 자동세제/유연제 옵션을 설정한 경우 감지된 포량에 근거하여 결정된 양의 유연제가 투입된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 유연제는 마지막 헹굼 전에 투입된다. 유연제가 자동으로 투입되는 중에 터치스크린(240)에는 제3안내페이지(P383)가 출력될 수 있다. (h)는 제3안내페이지(P383)가 출력된 화상이다. 제3안내페이지(P383)에는 유연제가 투입되고 있음을 알리는 안내 문구가 표시된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 안내 문구는 '유연제 자동 투입 중'일 수 있다.If the automatic detergent/softener option is set, a determined amount of softener is injected based on the detected weight. In some embodiments, the softener is added before the final rinse. While the softener is being automatically added, the third information page (P383) may be displayed on the touch screen 240. (h) is an image where the third information page (P383) is printed. The third information page (P383) displays a notice indicating that softener is being added. In an embodiment, the guidance text may be 'Automatically adding softener.'
실시 예에 있어서, 특정처리코스가 완료되면, 사용자에게 코스가 완료되었음을 안내할 수 있다. (k)는 코스의 완료를 나타내는 안내를 포함하는 제4안내페이지(P384)가 출력된 화상이다. 제4안내페이지(P384)에는 특정처리코스가 완료되었음을 알리는 안내 문구가 표시된다. 안내 문구에는 처리코스 완료 후 후속 조치가 포함될 수도 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제4안내페이지(P384)에는 완료한 특정처리코스의 코스명(도시 예: 표준세탁)이 표시된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 안내 문구는 '세탁을 완료했습니다. 환기용 도어 홀더로 문을 열어 냄새를 예방하세요'일 수 있다. In an embodiment, when a specific processing course is completed, the user may be notified that the course has been completed. (k) is an image in which the fourth guidance page (P384) containing guidance indicating completion of the course is printed. The fourth information page (P384) displays a message indicating that the specific processing course has been completed. Instructions may include follow-up actions after completion of the treatment course. In an embodiment, the fourth information page (P384) displays the course name (e.g., standard laundry) of the completed specific treatment course. In an embodiment, the instruction text is 'Washing is complete. It could be 'Prevent odor by opening the door with a ventilation door holder.'
도 21은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI(300)가 터치스크린(240)에 표시되며, 일 실시 예에 따른 특정처리코스로 어느 처리코스가 진행되는 중 일시정지되고, 제1방법에 따라 특정처리코스가 다른 처리코스로 변경되는 경우의 플로우를 도시한다. 도 21에서 설명하는 제1방법에 따른 특정처리코스의 변경 방법은 코스선택페이지(P310)를 통한 변경이다. 도 21을 참조하여 설명한다.21 shows the first device operation UI 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention displayed on the touch screen 240, and a specific processing course according to an embodiment is paused while a certain processing course is in progress, and the first device operation UI 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed. It shows the flow when a specific processing course is changed to another processing course according to method 1. The method of changing the specific processing course according to the first method described in FIG. 21 is changing through the course selection page (P310). This will be explained with reference to FIG. 21.
(a)는 특정처리코스를 구성하는 행정 진행될 때의 제1페이지(P320)를 나타낸다. 실시 예에 있어서, 진행되는 행정은 헹굼 행정이다. 헹굼 행정은 현황명이 표시되는 부분에 '헹굼 중'으로 표시된다.(a) represents the first page (P320) when the administration constituting the specific processing course is performed. In an embodiment, the process being performed is a rinsing process. The rinsing cycle is displayed as ‘Rinsing’ in the area where the status name is displayed.
행정이 진행되는 중 일시정지 명령을 입력받을 수 있다. 일시정지 명령은 사용자에 의해 입력될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 사용자는 제1실행/일시정지버튼(271)을 통해 일시정지 명령을 입력할 수 있다. 일시정지 명령이 입력되면, 특정처리코스의 진행이 일시정지된다. (b)는 일시정지된 상태의 제1페이지(P320)를 나타낸다. 현황명이 표시되는 부분에 '일시 정지'가 표시된다. 특정처리코스가 일시정지되면, 특정처리코스를 다른 처리코스로 변경할 수 있다. 일시정지된 상태의 제1페이지(P320)에는 코스브라우즈부(313)가 표시된다. (b)는 사용자가 코스브라우즈부(313)를 터치 1 하는 모습을 도시한다.A temporary suspension order may be entered while administration is in progress. A pause command may be entered by the user. In an embodiment, the user may input a pause command through the first run/pause button 271. When a pause command is input, the progress of the specific processing course is paused. (b) shows the first page (P320) in a paused state. 'Pause' is displayed in the area where the status name is displayed. If a specific processing course is temporarily suspended, the specific processing course can be changed to another processing course. The course browse section 313 is displayed on the first page (P320) in a paused state. (b) shows the user touching the course browse unit 313.
(c)는 코스선택페이지(P310)가 출력된 모습을 도시한다. 코스선택페이지(P310)에서 특정처리코스를 다른 처리코스로 변경할 수 있다. (c)는 다른 처리코스를 터치 2 하여 선택하는 모습을 도시한다. 도시하는 예에 있어서, 다른 처리코스는 '울/섬세'코스이다.(c) shows the course selection page (P310) displayed. You can change a specific processing course to another processing course on the course selection page (P310). (c) shows selecting another processing course by touching 2. In the example shown, the other treatment course is the 'Wool/Delicate' course.
특정처리코스가 진행되던 중 일시정지된 상태에서, 특정처리코스가 변경되면, 기 진행 중이던 특정처리코스는 취소된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제1처리코스가 진행되던 중 일시정지된 상태에서, 특정처리코스가 제2처리코스로 변경되면, 제1처리코스는 더 이상 진행되지 않고 취소된다. (d)는 특정처리코스가 변경되어 기 진행중이던 특정처리코스가 취소되고 코스선택페이지(P310)가 출력된 모습을 도시한다. 코스선택페이지(P310)에는 새롭게 특정된 특정처리코스가 표시된다. 도시된 실시 예에 있어서, 새롭게 특정된 특정처리코스는 '울/섬세'코스이다. 실시 예에 있어서, 코스선택페이지(P310)에는 기 진행중이던 특정처리코스가 취소되었음을 알리는 취소안내를 포함하는 취소안내팝업(399)이 출력된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 취소안내를 위한 문구는 '코스가 변경되어 세탁을 취소했습니다'일 수 있다. 취소안내팝업(399)은 설정 시간 동안 표시될 수 있다. If the specific treatment course is changed while the specific treatment course is in progress and is paused, the specific treatment course already in progress will be cancelled. In an embodiment, while the first treatment course is in progress and is paused, if the specific treatment course is changed to the second treatment course, the first treatment course is canceled without further progress. (d) shows that the specific processing course is changed, the specific processing course already in progress is canceled, and the course selection page (P310) is displayed. The newly specified specific processing course is displayed on the course selection page (P310). In the illustrated embodiment, the newly specified specific treatment course is the 'Wool/Delicate' course. In an embodiment, a cancellation information pop-up 399 is displayed on the course selection page (P310) including cancellation information informing that a specific course that is currently in progress has been cancelled. In an embodiment, the phrase for cancellation information may be ‘Laundry was canceled due to a change in course.’ The cancellation information pop-up 399 may be displayed for a set time.
(e)는 (d)의 화상이 출력된 이후 설정시간이 경과하여 취소안내팝업(399)이 사라진 상태를 나타낸다. 실시 예에 있어서, 설정시간은 3초일 수 있다.(e) shows a state in which the cancellation information pop-up 399 disappears after the set time has elapsed after the image in (d) is output. In an embodiment, the setting time may be 3 seconds.
도 22는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI(300)가 터치스크린(240)에 표시되며, 일 실시 예에 따른 특정처리코스로 어느 처리코스가 진행되는 중 일시정지되고, 제2방법에 따라 특정처리코스가 다른 처리코스로 변경되는 경우의 플로우를 도시한다. 도 22에서 설명하는 제2방법에 따른 특정처리코스의 변경 방법은 스와이프 제스쳐를 통한 변경이다. 도 22를 참조하여 설명한다.Figure 22 shows the first device operation UI 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention displayed on the touch screen 240, and a specific processing course according to an embodiment is paused while a certain processing course is in progress, and the first device operation UI 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed on the touch screen 240. Shows the flow when a specific processing course is changed to another processing course according to method 2. The method of changing the specific processing course according to the second method described in FIG. 22 is changing through a swipe gesture. This will be explained with reference to FIG. 22.
(a)는 특정처리코스를 구성하는 행정 진행될 때의 제1페이지(P320)를 나타낸다. 실시 예에 있어서, 진행되는 행정은 헹굼 행정이다. 헹굼 행정은 현황명이 표시되는 부분에 '헹굼 중'으로 표시된다.(a) represents the first page (P320) when the administration constituting the specific processing course is performed. In an embodiment, the process being performed is a rinsing process. The rinsing cycle is displayed as ‘Rinsing’ in the area where the status name is displayed.
행정이 진행되는 중 일시정지 명령을 입력받을 수 있다. 일시정지 명령은 사용자에 의해 입력될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 사용자는 제1실행/일시정지버튼(271)을 통해 일시정지 명령을 입력할 수 있다. 일시정지 명령이 입력되면, 특정처리코스의 진행이 일시정지된다. (b)는 일시정지된 상태의 제1페이지(P320)를 나타낸다. 현황명이 표시되는 부분에 '일시 정지'가 표시된다. 특정처리코스가 일시정지되면, 특정처리코스를 다른 처리코스로 변경할 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 일시정지된 상태의 제1페이지(P320)에서 제1방향 또는 제2방향으로 스와이프 제스쳐를 입력하면, 특정처리코스가 변경된다. (b)는 제1방향으로 스와이프 제스쳐 1 가 입력되는 모습을 나타낸다.A temporary suspension order may be entered while administration is in progress. A pause command may be entered by the user. In an embodiment, the user may input a pause command through the first run/pause button 271. When a pause command is input, the progress of the specific processing course is paused. (b) shows the first page (P320) in a paused state. 'Pause' is displayed in the area where the status name is displayed. If a specific processing course is temporarily suspended, the specific processing course can be changed to another processing course. In an embodiment, when a swipe gesture is input in the first or second direction on the first page (P320) in a paused state, the specific processing course is changed. (b) shows swipe gesture 1 being input in the first direction.
특정처리코스가 진행되던 중 일시정지된 상태에서, 특정처리코스가 변경되면, 기 진행 중이던 특정처리코스는 취소된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제1처리코스가 진행되던 중 일시정지된 상태에서, 특정처리코스가 제2처리코스로 변경되면, 제1처리코스는 더 이상 진행되지 않고 취소된다. (d)는 특정처리코스가 변경되어 기 진행중이던 특정처리코스가 취소되고 코스선택페이지(P310)가 출력된 모습을 도시한다. 코스선택페이지(P310)에는 새롭게 특정된 특정처리코스가 표시된다. 도시된 실시 예에 있어서, 새롭게 특정된 특정처리코스는 '인공지능세탁'코스이다. 실시 예에 있어서, 코스선택페이지(P310)에는 기 진행중이던 특정처리코스가 취소되었음을 알리는 취소안내를 포함하는 취소안내팝업(399)이 출력된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 취소안내를 위한 문구는 '코스가 변경되어 세탁을 취소했습니다'일 수 있다. 취소안내팝업(399)은 설정 시간 동안 표시될 수 있다. If the specific treatment course is changed while the specific treatment course is in progress and is paused, the specific treatment course already in progress will be cancelled. In an embodiment, while the first treatment course is in progress and is paused, if the specific treatment course is changed to the second treatment course, the first treatment course is canceled without further progress. (d) shows that the specific processing course is changed, the specific processing course already in progress is canceled, and the course selection page (P310) is displayed. The newly specified specific processing course is displayed on the course selection page (P310). In the illustrated embodiment, the newly specified specific processing course is the 'Artificial Intelligence Laundry' course. In an embodiment, a cancellation information pop-up 399 is displayed on the course selection page (P310) including cancellation information informing that a specific course that is currently in progress has been cancelled. In an embodiment, the phrase for cancellation information may be ‘Laundry was canceled due to a change in course.’ The cancellation information pop-up 399 may be displayed for a set time.
(d)는 (c)의 화상이 출력된 이후 설정시간이 경과하여 취소안내팝업(399)이 사라진 상태를 나타낸다. 실시 예에 있어서, 설정시간은 3초일 수 있다.(d) shows a state in which the cancellation information pop-up 399 disappears after a set time has elapsed after the image in (c) is output. In an embodiment, the setting time may be 3 seconds.
도 23은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1처리장치(10)의 부가기능페이지(P350)이다. 도 23은 부가 기능의 항목 중에서 '기타 설정' 항목에 진입하기 위하여 터치 입력하는 모습을 나타낸다. 도 23을 참조하여 설명한다.Figure 23 is an additional function page (P350) of the first processing device 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention. Figure 23 shows a touch input to enter the 'Other Settings' item among the additional function items. This will be explained with reference to FIG. 23.
부가기능페이지(P350)는 기능설정페이지의 일 실시 예이다. 기능설정페이지에서는 설정 가능한 다양한 기능들이 표시될 수 있으며, 사용자의 입력을 받을 수 있을 수 있는 페이지이다. 본 명세서에서는 실시 예에 따른 부가기능페이지(P350)에서 설정 가능한 기능을 부가기능이라 명칭한다.The additional function page (P350) is an example of a function setting page. The function settings page can display various functions that can be set, and is a page that can receive user input. In this specification, functions that can be set on the additional function page (P350) according to the embodiment are referred to as additional functions.
부가기능페이지(P350)는 사용자의 명령에 의해 출력될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 사용자는 도 5에서 참조되는 부가기능버튼(260)를 터치하는 입력을 통해 부가기능페이지(P350)에 접근할 수 있다. 부가기능버튼(260)을 통한 사용자의 입력을 받으면, 터치스크린(240)에는 부가기능페이지(P350)가 출력될 수 있다. 부가 기능은 의류처리장치가 처리코스를 행하는데 있어서 제공될 수 있는 각종 옵션이다. The additional function page (P350) can be output by user command. In an embodiment, the user can access the additional function page (P350) by touching the additional function button 260 shown in FIG. 5. When a user's input is received through the additional function button 260, an additional function page (P350) may be displayed on the touch screen 240. Additional functions are various options that can be provided when the clothing treatment device performs a treatment course.
실시 예에 있어서, 부가기능페이지(P350)에서 설정 가능한 부가 기능은 복수개로 제공될 수 있다. 복수개의 부가기능은 각각의 항목이 리스트로 제공될 수 있다. 부가기능페이지(P350)에서 제공하는 복수개의 부가기능은 터치스크린(240)의 한 화면에 모두 출력될 수 없는 양일 수 있다. 부가기능페이지(P350)는 사용자의 스크롤 동작을 통해 전체 항목을 스캐닝할 수 있다. 설명의 편의를 위해, 일 실시 예에 따른 부가기능페이지(P350)의 전체를 도시한다. 부가기능페이지(P350)에는 '화면 점유 기기'를 나타내는 장치인디케이터가 표시될 수 있다.In an embodiment, a plurality of additional functions that can be set on the additional function page (P350) may be provided. A plurality of additional functions may be provided as a list of each item. A plurality of additional functions provided in the additional function page (P350) may not be able to all be displayed on one screen of the touch screen 240. The additional function page (P350) can scan all items through the user's scrolling motion. For convenience of explanation, the entire additional function page (P350) according to one embodiment is shown. On the additional function page (P350), a device indicator indicating ‘screen-occupying device’ may be displayed.
실시 예에 있어서, 제1처리장치(10)는 세탁기이다. 실시 예에 있어서, 세탁기에는 복수개의 부가기능이 제공될 수 있다. 복수개의 부가기능은 각각의 항목이 리스트로 제공될 수 있다. 부가기능에는 건조준비 기능, 터보샷 기능, 스팀 기능, 예약 기능, 세제 투입량 설정 기능, 유연제 투입량 설정 기능, 보조 세제 투입량 설정 기능, 구김 방지 기능, 드럼 라이트 기능 등이 포함될 수 있으며, 나열한 것들로 제한되는 것은 아니다. In an embodiment, the first processing device 10 is a washing machine. In some embodiments, a washing machine may be provided with a plurality of additional functions. A plurality of additional functions may be provided as a list of each item. Additional functions may include dry preparation function, turbo shot function, steam function, reservation function, detergent dosage setting function, softener dosage setting function, auxiliary detergent dosage setting function, anti-wrinkle function, drum light function, etc., but are limited to those listed. It doesn't work.
실시 예에 있어서, 사용 빈도가 낮은 부가 기능은 세탁기 기타 설정에 모아둘 수 있다. 도 23은 '부가 기능' 항목에 진입하기 위하여 터치 입력하는 모습을 나타낸다. In an embodiment, infrequently used additional functions may be collected in washing machine and other settings. Figure 23 shows touch input to enter the 'Additional Features' item.
실시 예에 있어서, 제1처리장치(10)와 제2처리장치(20)가 공통으로 설정될 수 있는 부가기능은 '공통 설정' 항목에 모아둘 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 설정 불가능한 항목은 다른 항목들보다 어둡게 표시하여(DIM처리) 설정이 불가능함을 사용자에게 시각적으로 알릴 수 있다. In an embodiment, additional functions that can be commonly set for the first processing device 10 and the second processing device 20 can be collected in the 'common settings' item. In an embodiment, items that cannot be set may be displayed darker than other items (DIM processing) to visually notify the user that setting is not possible.
도 24는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1처리장치(10)의 부가기능 중에서, 사용 빈도가 낮은 부가 기능을 모아둔 기타설정페이지(P352)가 출력된 상태를 도시한다. 도 24를 참조하여 설명한다.Figure 24 shows a state in which the other settings page (P352), which collects additional functions that are less frequently used among the additional functions of the first processing device 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention, is output. This will be explained with reference to FIG. 24.
기타설정페이지(P352)에 제공되는 부가기능은 원격제어, 코스 목록 편집, 스팀 설정, 가변 세제함 용도, 세제 기준 투입량, 유연제 기준 투입량, 보조 세제 기준 투입량, 알림음 크기, 스마트 진단을 포함할 수 있으며, 나열된 것에 제한되는 것은 아니다. Additional functions provided on the other settings page (P352) include remote control, course list editing, steam settings, variable detergent box use, detergent dosage, softener dosage, auxiliary detergent dosage, notification sound volume, and smart diagnosis. and is not limited to those listed.
실시 예에 있어서, '코스 목록 편집' 기능에서는, 복수개의 처리코스를 편집할 수 있다. 기타설정페이지(P352)에는 복수개의 처리코스 중 선택된 처리코스의 개수가 표시될 수 있다. 예시적으로, 선택된 처리코스가 11개일 때를 도시하며, '11개 선택 됨'으로 표시된다.In an embodiment, a plurality of processing courses can be edited in the 'course list editing' function. The other settings page (P352) may display the number of selected processing courses among a plurality of processing courses. As an example, a case where there are 11 selected processing courses is shown, and is displayed as '11 selected'.
실시 예에 있어서, 제1처리장치(10) 또는 제2처리장치(20)는 처리코스로 제1처리코스 내지 제28처리코스가 제공될 수 있다. 사용자는 이 중 일부 처리코스만을 사용하거나 자주 사용할 수 있다. '코스 목록 편집' 기능을 이용하여 사용되지 않거나, 자주 사용되지 않는 처리코스는 선택지로 제공되지 않도록 편집할 수 있다. 예컨대, 제1처리코스, 제2처리코스, 제5처리코스 내지 제10처리코스만 사용하는 것으로 선택하고, 나머지는 선택을 해제하여 사용하지 않는 것으로 설정할 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 처리코스 목록을 이루는 항목 중 어느 하나의 처리코스를 Check(선택) 또는 Uncheck(선택해제) 할 때마다 실시간 백그라운드(Background)로 설정 값이 반영된다. 코스선택페이지(P310)와 코스브라우즈페이지(P370)에 제공되는 처리코스는, 처리코스 목록을 이루는 항목 중 체크(선택)된 처리코스만 표시된다.In an embodiment, the first processing device 10 or the second processing device 20 may provide a first through twenty-eighth processing course as a processing course. Users can use only some of these courses or use them frequently. You can use the 'Edit Course List' function to edit unused or infrequently used courses so that they are not provided as options. For example, you can select to use only the first processing course, the second processing course, and the fifth to tenth processing courses, and deselect the rest and set them not to be used. In an embodiment, each time you check (select) or uncheck (deselect) any one of the items that make up the process course list, the setting value is reflected in the background in real time. The courses provided on the course selection page (P310) and the course browse page (P370) display only the courses that are checked (selected) among the items that make up the course list.
실시 예에 있어서, 사용자는 코스 목록 편집 기능에서 처리코스가 가지는 고유의 순번을 편집할 수 있다.코스 목록 편집이 완료되면, 코스선택페이지(P310) 및 코스브라우즈페이지(P370)에서 사용자에게 제공되는 처리코스는 선택된 처리코스이다. In an embodiment, the user can edit the unique sequence number of the processing course in the course list editing function. When editing the course list is completed, the user is provided with the course selection page (P310) and the course browse page (P370). The processing course is the selected processing course.
실시 예에 있어서, 코스 목록 편집 화면에는 복수개의 처리코스가 리스트업 된다. 리스트는 Check(선택)된 처리코스들에서 Uncheck(선택해제)된 처리코스들 순으로 정렬된다. 다른 말로, Check(선택)된 처리코스들이 앞서 노출되고, Uncheck(선택해제)된 처리코스들은 뒷서 노출된다. [표4] 및 [표5]의 정렬을 참조하여 이해할 수 있다. [표 4]는 사용자가 코스 목록 편집 화면에 1차로 진입하고, 코스 목록을 1차 편집한 상태에서 출력되는 항목의 정렬이다. [표5]는 1차 편집 이후 2차로 코스 목록 편집 화면에 진입하였을 때 출력되는 항목의 정렬이다. In an embodiment, a plurality of processing courses are listed on the course list editing screen. The list is sorted from Checked (selected) processing courses to Unchecked (deselected) processing courses. In other words, Checked (selected) processing courses are exposed earlier, and Unchecked (deselected) processing courses are exposed later. It can be understood by referring to the alignment of [Table 4] and [Table 5]. [Table 4] shows the arrangement of the items displayed when the user first enters the course list editing screen and first edits the course list. [Table 5] shows the arrangement of the items displayed when entering the course list editing screen for the second time after the first edit.
선택여부(선택시 ‘v’표시)Whether to select (‘v’ displayed when selected) 항목item
vv 제1처리코스1st treatment course
vv 제2처리코스2nd treatment course
vv 제3처리코스Third treatment course
제4처리코스4th treatment course
vv 제5처리코스5th treatment course
vv 제6처리코스6th treatment course
vv 제7처리코스7th treatment course
vv 제8처리코스8th treatment course
제9처리코스9th treatment course
제10처리코스10th treatment course
vv 제11처리코스11th processing course
제12처리코스12th processing course
제13처리코스13th processing course
vv 제14처리코스14th processing course
……
제n처리코스nth processing course
선택여부(선택시 ‘v’표시)Whether to select (‘v’ displayed when selected) 항목item
vv 제1처리코스1st treatment course
vv 제2처리코스2nd treatment course
vv 제3처리코스Third treatment course
vv 제5처리코스5th treatment course
vv 제6처리코스6th treatment course
vv 제7처리코스7th treatment course
vv 제8처리코스8th treatment course
vv 제11처리코스11th processing course
vv 제14처리코스14th processing course
제4처리코스4th treatment course
제9처리코스9th treatment course
제10처리코스10th treatment course
제12처리코스12th processing course
제13처리코스13th processing course
……
제n처리코스nth processing course
실시 예에 있어서, 코스 목록은 사용자의 사용 패턴에 의거하여 자동으로 편집되어 사용자에게 추천될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 의류처리장치는 자주 사용하지 않는 것으로 판단되는 처리코스는 코스 목록에서 제거 할 것을 사용자에게 추천할 수 있다.도 25는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1처리장치(10)와 제2처리장치(20)가 공통으로 설정될 수 있는 부가기능을 모아둔 페이지인 공통설정페이지(P351)가 출력된 상태를 도시한다. 도 23에서 참조되는'공통 설정' 항목에 진입하면 도 25에서 도시되는 공통설정페이지(P351)가 출력될 수 있다. 도 25를 참조하여 설명한다.In an embodiment, the course list may be automatically edited and recommended to the user based on the user's usage pattern. In an embodiment, the clothing treatment device may recommend to the user that treatment courses that are determined to be infrequently used are removed from the course list. Figure 25 shows the first treatment device 10 according to an embodiment of the present invention. It shows a state in which the common settings page (P351), which is a page that collects additional functions that can be commonly set for the and the second processing device 20, is output. When entering the 'common settings' item referred to in FIG. 23, the common settings page (P351) shown in FIG. 25 may be displayed. This will be explained with reference to FIG. 25.
공통설정페이지(P351)에 제공되는 부가기능은 Wi-Fi 설정, 잠금, 코스 자동 최적화, 매직숏컷, 설정초기화를 포함할 수 있으며, 나열된 것에 제한되는 것은 아니다. 공통설정페이지(P351)에 제공되는 부가기능인 '공통 설정' 항목은 설정 값이 제2처리장치(20)와 동기화된다. 실시 예에 있어서, '공통 설정' 항목은 설정 값은 제1처리장치(10)와 제2처리장치(20)가 서로 동기화된다.Additional functions provided on the common settings page (P351) may include Wi-Fi settings, locking, course auto optimization, magic shortcut, and settings initialization, but are not limited to those listed. The setting value of the 'common settings' item, which is an additional function provided on the common settings page (P351), is synchronized with the second processing device 20. In an embodiment, the setting value of the 'common settings' item is synchronized between the first processing device 10 and the second processing device 20.
실시 예에 있어서, '세제투입량'은 세제투입량설정페이지에서 슬라이더를 이용한 조절 방식으로 단계적으로 설정할 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 세제 투입량은 기준 투입량을 기준으로 꺼짐, 더 적게, 적게, 보통, 많이, 더 많이 중 어느 하나가 선택될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, '기준 투입량'은 mL단위로 기타 설정에서 설정된 값일 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 세제투입량설정페이지에는 장치인디케이터(331a)가 표시될 수 있다. 장치인디케이터(331a)는 부가설정을 이루는 각종 페이지들에 표시되어 현재 표시된 부가기능페이지가 어느 제1장치조작UI(300)인지 제2장치조작UI(400)인지 시각적으로 구별할 수 있도록 한다.In an embodiment, the 'detergent input amount' can be set step by step by adjusting it using a slider on the detergent input amount setting page. In an embodiment, the detergent input amount may be selected from one of off, less, less, normal, more, and more based on the standard input amount. In an embodiment, the 'standard input amount' may be a value set in other settings in mL units. In an embodiment, a device indicator 331a may be displayed on the detergent input amount setting page. The device indicator 331a is displayed on various pages constituting additional settings to visually distinguish whether the currently displayed additional function page is the first device operation UI 300 or the second device operation UI 400.
도 26은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 부가 기능 중 예약 옵션을 설정하는 플로우와 예약 옵션이 설정되어 예약 행정이 실행되는 플로우를 도시한다. 도 26을 참조하여 설명한다.Figure 26 shows a flow for setting a reservation option among additional functions according to an embodiment of the present invention and a flow for executing a reservation process after the reservation option is set. This will be explained with reference to FIG. 26.
(a)는 터치스크린(240)에 부가기능페이지(P350)가 출력된 모습을 도시한다. 예약 설정 기능은 부가기능페이지(P350)에서 부가기능으로 제공될 수 있다. (a)에는 예약 설정을 위해 예약을 터치 1 하는 모습을 도시한다.(a) shows the additional function page (P350) displayed on the touch screen 240. The reservation setting function can be provided as an additional function on the additional functions page (P350). (a) shows touching 1 on the reservation to set the reservation.
(b)는 터치스크린(240)에 예약페이지(P354)가 출력된 모습을 도시한다. 예약페이지(P354)에는 예약 가능한 시간을 선택할 수 있는 선택지가 제공된다. 실시 에에 있어서, 원하는 처리 완료 시간을 입력하여 설정을 완료할 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, '3시간 후 완료'를 터치 2 하여 예약 옵션 설정을 완료하는 모습을 도시한다.(b) shows the reservation page (P354) displayed on the touch screen 240. The reservation page (P354) provides an option to select an available reservation time. In practice, settings can be completed by entering the desired processing completion time. In an embodiment, the reservation option setting is completed by touching 'Complete in 3 hours'.
(c)는 예약이 완료된 직후 터치스크린(240)에 출력되는 일 실시 예에 따른 화상이다. 예약 설정이 완료되면 예약이 완료되었음을 알린다. 실시 예에 있어서, 예약 설정이 완료되었음을 알리는 완료팝업(398)이 출력될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, (b)화상에서 원하는 완료 시간을 터치하면 곧바로 부가기능페이지(P350)로 복귀할 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, (c)는 부가기능페이지(P350)로 복귀한 상태를 도시하며, 예약 설정이 완료되었음은 완료팝업(398)을 통해 사용자에게 알릴 수 있다. 완료팝업(398)에 출력되는 메시지는 '예약을 설정했습니다. _버튼을 눌러 세탁 예약을 완료하세요.'일 수 있다.(c) is an image according to one embodiment that is output on the touch screen 240 immediately after the reservation is completed. When reservation settings are completed, you are notified that the reservation has been completed. In an embodiment, a completion pop-up 398 indicating that reservation settings have been completed may be output. In an embodiment, if you touch the desired completion time in image (b), you can immediately return to the additional function page (P350). In the embodiment, (c) shows a state of returning to the additional function page (P350), and the completion of reservation settings can be notified to the user through a completion pop-up (398). The message displayed in the completion pop-up (398) is ‘Reservation has been set. It may be 'Press the _button to complete the laundry reservation.'
(d)는 (c)에서 뒤로가기 버튼을 터치 3 한 플로우에 따라 터치스크린(240)에 출력되는 화상을 나타낸다. (d)에는 제1페이지(P320)가 출력된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제1페이지(P320)에 표시되는 인디케이터(331)는 예약인디케이터(331h)이 추가된다.(d) shows an image output on the touch screen 240 according to the flow of touching the back button 3 in (c). The first page (P320) is printed in (d). In an embodiment, a reservation indicator 331h is added to the indicator 331 displayed on the first page (P320).
(e)는 예약 행정이 진행 중인 제1페이지(P320)를 도시한다. (d)와 같이 제1페이지(P320)가 출력되는 상태에서, 특정처리코스를 실행하는 실행 명령을 입력받으면 설정된 예약 옵션에 따른 예약 행정이 실행된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 사용자가 제1실행/일시정지버튼(271)을 터치하는 입력을 통해 실행 명령이 입력될 수 있다. (c)에서와 같이 부가기능페이지(P350)에서도 예약 설정이 완료된 상태이면 실행 명령을 입력 받는 경우 설정된 예약 옵션에 따른 예약 행정이 실행된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 사용자가 제1실행/일시정지버튼(271)을 터치하는 입력을 통해 실행 명령이 입력될 수 있다. (e) shows the first page (P320) where reservation administration is in progress. When the first page (P320) is output as shown in (d), when an execution command to execute a specific processing course is input, the reservation process is executed according to the set reservation option. In an embodiment, an execution command may be input through the user touching the first run/pause button 271. As in (c), if the reservation setting is completed on the additional function page (P350), when an execution command is input, the reservation process is executed according to the set reservation option. In an embodiment, an execution command may be input through the user touching the first run/pause button 271.
도 27은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 부가 기능 중 기 설정된 예약 옵션을 변경하는 플로우와 예약 행정이 실행되는 플로우를 도시한다.Figure 27 shows a flow for changing a preset reservation option among additional functions according to an embodiment of the present invention and a flow for executing a reservation process.
(a)는 터치스크린(240)에 부가기능페이지(P350)가 출력된 모습을 도시한다. 예약 설정 기능은 부가기능페이지(P350)에서 부가기능으로 제공될 수 있다. (a)에는 이미 예약이 설정되어 있는 상태에서 설정된 예약을 변경하기 위해 예약을 터치 1 하는 모습을 도시한다.(a) shows the additional function page (P350) displayed on the touch screen 240. The reservation setting function can be provided as an additional function on the additional functions page (P350). (a) shows touching 1 on the reservation to change the reservation when the reservation has already been set.
(b)는 터치스크린(240)에 예약변경페이지(P354a)가 출력된 모습을 도시한다. 기 설정된 예약을 변경하기 위해 예약페이지(P354)에 접근하는 경우, 예약변경페이지(P354a)가 출력된다. 예약변경페이지(P354a)에서는, 예약 변경을 하지 않고 되돌아가는 명령, 예약을 해제하는 명령, 예약을 변경하겠다는 확인 명령을 입력받을 수 있다. '취소'로 표시되는 버튼을 선택하면, 예약 변경을 하지 않고 되돌아가는 명령이 입력된다. '예약 해제'로 표시되는 버튼을 입력하면, 예약을 해제하는 명령이 입력된다. '예약 변경'으로 표시되는 버튼을 입력하면, 예약을 변경하겠다는 확인 명령이 입력된다. 도시되는 실시 예를 참조한다. (b)에서 참조되는 바와 같이 '취소'버튼을 터치 2 하면, 예약이 변경되지 않고, 부가기능페이지(P350)로 되돌아간다. '예약 변경'버튼을 터치 3 하면, 예약페이지(P354)에 접근한다.(b) shows the reservation change page (P354a) displayed on the touch screen 240. When accessing the reservation page (P354) to change a preset reservation, the reservation change page (P354a) is displayed. On the reservation change page (P354a), a command to return without changing the reservation, a command to cancel the reservation, or a confirmation command to change the reservation can be input. If you select the button displayed as 'Cancel', a command to return without changing the reservation is entered. When you press the button displayed as 'cancel reservation', a command to cancel the reservation is entered. If you press the button displayed as 'Change Reservation', a confirmation command to change the reservation is entered. Please refer to the illustrated embodiment. As referenced in (b), if you touch the 'Cancel' button 2, the reservation will not be changed and it will return to the additional function page (P350). If you touch the ‘Change Reservation’ button 3, you will access the reservation page (P354).
(c)는 터치스크린(240)에 예약페이지(P354)가 출력된 모습을 도시한다. 예약페이지(P354)에는 예약 가능한 시간을 선택할 수 있는 선택지가 제공된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 원하는 처리 완료 시간을 입력하여 설정을 완료할 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, '3시간 30분 후 완료'를 터치 4 하여 예약 옵션 설정을 완료하는 모습을 도시한다.(c) shows the reservation page (P354) displayed on the touch screen 240. The reservation page (P354) provides an option to select an available reservation time. In an embodiment, the setting may be completed by entering the desired processing completion time. In the embodiment, the reservation option setting is completed by touching 'Complete in 3 hours and 30 minutes'.
(d)는 예약이 완료된 직후 터치스크린(240)에 출력되는 일 실시 예에 따른 화상이다. 예약 설정이 완료되면 예약이 완료되었음을 알린다. 실시 예에 있어서, 예약 설정이 완료되었음을 알리는 완료팝업(398)이 출력될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, (c)화상에서 원하는 완료 시간을 터치하면 곧바로 부가기능페이지(P350)로 복귀할 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, (d)는 부가기능페이지(P350)로 복귀한 상태를 도시하며, 예약 설정이 완료되었음은 완료팝업(398)을 통해 사용자에게 알릴 수 있다. 완료팝업(398)에 출력되는 메시지는 '예약을 설정했습니다. _버튼을 눌러 세탁 예약을 완료하세요.'일 수 있다.(d) is an image according to one embodiment that is output on the touch screen 240 immediately after the reservation is completed. When reservation settings are completed, you are notified that the reservation has been completed. In an embodiment, a completion pop-up 398 indicating that reservation settings have been completed may be output. In an embodiment, if you touch the desired completion time in image (c), you can immediately return to the additional function page (P350). In the embodiment, (d) shows a state of returning to the additional function page (P350), and the completion of reservation settings can be notified to the user through a completion pop-up (398). The message displayed in the completion pop-up (398) is ‘Reservation has been set. It may be 'Press the _button to complete the laundry reservation.'
(e)는 (d)에서 뒤로가기버튼을 터치 5 한 플로우에 따라 터치스크린(240)에 출력되는 화상을 나타낸다. (e)에는 제1페이지(P320)가 출력된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제1페이지(P320)에 표시되는 인디케이터(331)에는 예약인디케이터(331h)가 포함된다.(e) shows the image output on the touch screen 240 according to the flow of touching the back button 5 in (d). The first page (P320) is printed in (e). In an embodiment, the indicator 331 displayed on the first page (P320) includes a reservation indicator 331h.
(f)는 예약 행정이 진행 중인 제1페이지(P320)를 도시한다. (d)와 같이 제1페이지(P320)가 출력되는 상태에서, 특정처리코스를 실행하는 실행 명령을 입력받으면 설정된 예약 옵션에 따른 예약 행정이 실행된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 사용자가 제1실행/일시정지버튼(271)을 터치하는 입력을 통해 실행 명령이 입력될 수 있다. (d)에서와 같이 부가기능페이지(P350)에서도 예약 설정이 완료된 상태이면 실행 명령을 입력 받는 경우 설정된 예약 옵션에 따른 예약 행정이 실행된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 사용자가 제1실행/일시정지버튼(271)을 터치하는 입력을 통해 실행 명령이 입력될 수 있다. (f) shows the first page (P320) where reservation administration is in progress. When the first page (P320) is output as shown in (d), when an execution command to execute a specific processing course is input, the reservation process is executed according to the set reservation option. In an embodiment, an execution command may be input through the user touching the first run/pause button 271. As in (d), if the reservation setting is completed on the additional function page (P350), when an execution command is input, the reservation process is executed according to the set reservation option. In an embodiment, an execution command may be input through the user touching the first run/pause button 271.
도 28는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 부가 기능 중 기 설정된 예약 옵션을 해제하는 플로우와 제1장치조작UI(300)에 표시되는 화상의 플로우를 도시한다.Figure 28 shows a flow of canceling a preset reservation option among additional functions according to an embodiment of the present invention and a flow of an image displayed on the first device operation UI 300.
(a)는 터치스크린(240)에 부가기능페이지(P350)가 출력된 모습을 도시한다. 예약 설정 기능은 부가기능페이지(P350)에서 부가기능으로 제공될 수 있다. (a)에는 이미 예약이 설정되어 있는 상태에서 설정된 예약을 변경하기 위해 예약을 터치 1 하는 모습을 도시한다.(a) shows the additional function page (P350) displayed on the touch screen 240. The reservation setting function can be provided as an additional function on the additional functions page (P350). (a) shows touching 1 on the reservation to change the reservation when the reservation has already been set.
(b)는 터치스크린(240)에 예약변경페이지(P354a)가 출력된 모습을 도시한다. 기 설정된 예약을 변경하기 위해 예약페이지(P354)에 접근하는 경우, 예약변경페이지(P354a)가 출력된다. 예약변경페이지(P354a)에서는, 예약 변경을 하지 않고 되돌아가는 명령, 예약을 해제하는 명령, 예약을 변경하겠다는 확인 명령을 입력받을 수 있다. '취소'로 표시되는 버튼을 선택하면, 예약 변경을 하지 않고 되돌아가는 명령이 입력된다. '예약 해제'로 표시되는 버튼을 입력하면, 예약을 해제하는 명령이 입력된다. '예약 변경'으로 표시되는 버튼을 입력하면, 예약을 변경하겠다는 확인 명령이 입력된다. 도시되는 실시 예를 참조한다. (b)에서 참조되는 바와 같이 '예약 해제'버튼을 터치 2 하면, 예약이 해제된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 예약이 해제되면, 부가기능페이지(P350)로 되돌아갈 수 있다.(b) shows the reservation change page (P354a) displayed on the touch screen 240. When accessing the reservation page (P354) to change a preset reservation, the reservation change page (P354a) is displayed. On the reservation change page (P354a), a command to return without changing the reservation, a command to cancel the reservation, or a confirmation command to change the reservation can be input. If you select the button displayed as 'Cancel', a command to return without changing the reservation is entered. When you press the button displayed as 'cancel reservation', a command to cancel the reservation is entered. If you press the button displayed as 'Change Reservation', a confirmation command to change the reservation is entered. Please refer to the illustrated embodiment. As referenced in (b), if you touch the 'Cancel reservation' button 2, the reservation is canceled. In an embodiment, when the reservation is canceled, the user can return to the additional function page (P350).
(c)는 예약이 해제된 직후 터치스크린(240)에 출력되는 일 실시 예에 따른 화상이다. 예약 설정이 완료되면 예약이 해제(취소)되었음을 알린다. 실시 예에 있어서, 예약이 취소되었음을 알리는 취소완료팝업(399)이 출력될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 예약 설정이 완료되었음은 취소완료팝업(399)을 통해 사용자에게 알릴 수 있다. 취소완료팝업(399)에 출력되는 메시지는 '예약을 취소했습니다.'일 수 있다.(c) is an image according to one embodiment that is output on the touch screen 240 immediately after the reservation is canceled. When reservation settings are completed, you are notified that the reservation has been released (cancelled). In an embodiment, a cancellation completion pop-up 399 may be displayed indicating that the reservation has been cancelled. In an embodiment, the user may be notified that the reservation setting has been completed through a cancellation completion pop-up 399. The message displayed in the cancellation completion pop-up (399) may be ‘The reservation has been cancelled.’
(d)와 (e)는 (c)에서 뒤로가기 버튼을 터치 3 한 플로우에 따라 터치스크린(240)에 출력되는 화상을 나타낸다. 실시 예에 있어서, (d)는 부가기능페이지(P350)에 접근하기 전 페이지가 코스선택페이지(P310)인 경우이다. 실시 예에 있어서, (e)는 부가기능페이지(P350)에 접근하기 전 페이지가 제1페이지(P320)인 경우이다. (d) and (e) show images output on the touch screen 240 according to the flow of touching the back button 3 in (c). In the embodiment, (d) is a case where the page before accessing the additional function page (P350) is the course selection page (P310). In the embodiment, (e) is a case where the page before accessing the additional function page (P350) is the first page (P320).
도 29은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 부가 기능 중 예약 옵션이 설정된 상태의 코스선택페이지(P310)에서 제1방법에 따라 특정처리코스가 변경된 경우의 플로우를 도시한다.Figure 29 shows a flow when a specific processing course is changed according to the first method on the course selection page (P310) with a reservation option set among the additional functions according to an embodiment of the present invention.
(a)는 예약 설정이 완료된 코스선택페이지(P310)를 도시한다. 코스선택페이지(P310)에는 장치인디케이터(331h)가 표시된다. (a)에는 코스선택페이지(P310)에서 코스브라우즈부(313)를 터치 1 하여 선택하는 모습을 도시한다. 코스브라우즈부(313)를 통해 코스브라우즈페이지(P370)에 접근할 수 있다.(a) shows the course selection page (P310) where reservation settings have been completed. A device indicator (331h) is displayed on the course selection page (P310). (a) shows selection by touching 1 on the course browse unit 313 on the course selection page (P310). You can access the course browse page (P370) through the course browse section (313).
(b)에서 도시되는 화상은 코스브라우즈페이지(P370)가 출력된 모습이다. 코스브라우즈페이지(P370)에서 현재 특정된 특정처리코스를 다른 처리코스로 변경할 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 현재 특정처리코스(311a)는 '표준세탁'코스이다. 사용자는 다른 처리코스를 선택함으로써 특정처리코스를 변경할 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, '울/섬세'코스를 터치 2 함으로써, 특정처리코스가 변경될 수 있다.The image shown in (b) is the output of the course browse page (P370). You can change the currently specified specific processing course to another processing course on the course browse page (P370). In an embodiment, the current specific treatment course 311a is a 'standard wash' course. The user can change a specific processing course by selecting a different processing course. In an embodiment, the specific processing course can be changed by touching the 'Wool/Delicate' course 2.
(c)는 특정처리코스가 변경되어 다시 출력된 코스선택페이지(P310)이다. 코스선택페이지(P310)에는 새롭게 특정된 특정처리코스가 표시된다. 특정처리코스가 변경되면, 기 설정된 예약이 취소된다. 도시된 실시 예에 있어서, 특정처리코스는 '표준세탁'에서 '울/섬세'코스로 변경되었다. 새롭게 특정된 특정처리코스는 '울/섬세'코스이다. 실시 예에 있어서, 코스선택페이지(P310)에는 기 설정된 예약이 취소되었음을 알리는 취소안내를 포함하는 취소안내팝업(399)이 출력된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 취소안내를 위한 문구는 '코스가 변경되어 예약을 취소했습니다'일 수 있다. 취소안내팝업(399)은 설정 시간 동안 표시될 수 있다. (c) is the course selection page (P310) printed again with the specific processing course changed. The newly specified specific processing course is displayed on the course selection page (P310). If the specific processing course is changed, the previously set reservation will be cancelled. In the illustrated embodiment, the specific treatment course was changed from 'Standard Wash' to 'Wool/Delicate' course. The newly identified special treatment course is the ‘Wool/Delicate’ course. In an embodiment, a cancellation information pop-up 399 containing cancellation information informing that a preset reservation has been canceled is displayed on the course selection page (P310). In an embodiment, the phrase for cancellation information may be ‘The reservation has been canceled because the course has changed.’ The cancellation information pop-up 399 may be displayed for a set time.
도 30은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 부가 기능 중 예약 옵션이 설정된 상태의 코스선택페이지(P310)에서 제2방법에 따라 특정처리코스가 변경된 경우의 플로우를 도시한다.Figure 30 shows a flow when a specific processing course is changed according to the second method on the course selection page (P310) with the reservation option set among the additional functions according to an embodiment of the present invention.
(a)는 예약 설정이 완료된 코스선택페이지(P310)를 도시한다. 코스선택페이지(P310)에는 장치인디케이터(331h)가 표시된다. (a)에는 코스선택페이지(P310)에서 스와이프 제스처 1 를 입력하는 모습을 도시한다. 특정처리코스는 스와이프 제스쳐의 스와이프 방향에 종속하여 다른 처리코스를 특정처리코스로 특정한다.(a) shows the course selection page (P310) where reservation settings have been completed. A device indicator (331h) is displayed on the course selection page (P310). (a) shows inputting swipe gesture 1 on the course selection page (P310). The specific processing course specifies another processing course as the specific processing course depending on the swipe direction of the swipe gesture.
(b)는 특정처리코스가 변경된 코스선택페이지(P310)이다. 코스선택페이지(P310)에는 새롭게 특정된 특정처리코스가 표시된다. 특정처리코스가 변경되면, 기 설정된 예약이 취소된다. 도시된 실시 예에 있어서, 특정처리코스는 '표준세탁'에서 '인공지능세탁'코스로 변경되었다. 새롭게 특정된 특정처리코스는 '인공지능세탁'코스이다. 실시 예에 있어서, 코스선택페이지(P310)에는 기 설정된 예약이 취소되었음을 알리는 취소안내를 포함하는 취소안내팝업(399)이 출력된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 취소안내를 위한 문구는 '코스가 변경되어 예약을 취소했습니다'일 수 있다. 취소안내팝업(399)은 설정 시간 동안 표시될 수 있다. (b) is the course selection page (P310) where the specific processing course has been changed. The newly specified specific processing course is displayed on the course selection page (P310). If the specific processing course is changed, the previously set reservation will be cancelled. In the illustrated embodiment, the specific treatment course has been changed from 'standard washing' to 'artificial intelligence washing' course. The newly specified special processing course is the ‘Artificial Intelligence Laundry’ course. In an embodiment, a cancellation information pop-up 399 containing cancellation information informing that a preset reservation has been canceled is displayed on the course selection page (P310). In an embodiment, the phrase for cancellation information may be ‘The reservation has been canceled because the course has changed.’ The cancellation information pop-up 399 may be displayed for a set time.
도 31는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 부가 기능 중 예약 옵션이 설정되어 예약 행정이 진행 중인 상태의 제1페이지(P320)에서 특정처리코스가 변경된 경우의 플로우를 도시한다.Figure 31 shows a flow when a specific processing course is changed on the first page (P320) while a reservation option is set and a reservation process is in progress among additional functions according to an embodiment of the present invention.
(a)는 예약 설정이 완료되어 예약 행정이 실행된 상태의 제1페이지(P320)를 도시한다. 제1페이지(P320)에는 장치인디케이터(331h)가 표시된다. 예약 행정 중인 제1페이지(P320)에서는 옵션이나 처리코스를 변경 할 수 없도록 셋팅될 수 있다. 예약 행정이 진행중인 상태에서 일시정지 명령을 입력 받을 수 있다. 일시정지 명령은 사용자에 의해 입력될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 사용자는 제1실행/일시정지버튼(271)을 통해 일시정지 명령을 입력할 수 있다. 일시정지 명령이 입력되면, 예약 행정의 진행이 일시정지된다. (a) shows the first page (P320) in which the reservation setting has been completed and the reservation process has been performed. A device indicator 331h is displayed on the first page (P320). On the first page (P320) during the reservation process, options or processing courses can be set so that they cannot be changed. A temporary suspension order can be entered while the reservation process is in progress. A pause command may be entered by the user. In an embodiment, the user may input a pause command through the first run/pause button 271. When a pause command is input, the progress of the reservation process is paused.
(b)는 일시정지된 상태의 제1페이지(P320)를 나타낸다. 현황명이 표시되는 부분에 '일시정지'가 표시된다. 특정처리코스가 일시정지되면, 특정처리코스를 다른 처리코스로 변경할 수 있다. 일시정지된 상태의 제1페이지(P320)에는 코스브라우즈부가 표시될 수 있으며, 스와이프 제스쳐를 이용한 특정처리코스의 변경도 가능하다.(b) shows the first page (P320) in a paused state. 'Pause' is displayed in the area where the status name is displayed. If a specific processing course is temporarily suspended, the specific processing course can be changed to another processing course. A course browser section can be displayed on the first page (P320) in a paused state, and a specific processing course can also be changed using a swipe gesture.
(c)는 특정처리코스가 변경된 코스선택페이지(P310)이다. 코스선택페이지(P310)에는 새롭게 특정된 특정처리코스가 표시된다. 특정처리코스가 변경되면, 기 설정된 예약이 취소된다. 도시된 실시 예에 있어서, 특정처리코스는 '표준세탁'에서 '울/섬세'코스로 변경되었다. 새롭게 특정된 특정처리코스는 '울/섬세'코스이다. 실시 예에 있어서, 코스선택페이지(P310)에는 기 설정된 예약이 취소되었음을 알리는 취소안내를 포함하는 취소안내팝업(399)이 출력된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 취소안내를 위한 문구는 '코스가 변경되어 예약을 취소했습니다'일 수 있다. 취소안내팝업(399)은 설정 시간 동안 표시될 수 있다. (c) is the course selection page (P310) where the specific processing course has been changed. The newly specified specific processing course is displayed on the course selection page (P310). If the specific processing course is changed, the previously set reservation will be cancelled. In the illustrated embodiment, the specific treatment course was changed from 'Standard Wash' to 'Wool/Delicate' course. The newly identified special treatment course is the ‘Wool/Delicate’ course. In an embodiment, a cancellation information pop-up 399 containing cancellation information informing that a preset reservation has been canceled is displayed on the course selection page (P310). In an embodiment, the phrase for cancellation information may be ‘The reservation has been canceled because the course has changed.’ The cancellation information pop-up 399 may be displayed for a set time.
도 32은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1장치조작UI(300)가 터치스크린(240)에 표시되며, 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 부가 기능에 의해 설정될 수 있는 부가 기능 중 하나인, 일명 '매직숏컷'이 설정된 경우, '옵션제안'이 제안되는 모습과, '옵션제안'이 수락되어 반영되는 플로우를 도시한다.Figure 32 shows the first device operation UI 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention displayed on the touch screen 240, which is one of the additional functions that can be set by the additional function according to an embodiment of the present invention. , When the so-called 'magic shortcut' is set, it shows how an 'option proposal' is proposed and the flow in which the 'option proposal' is accepted and reflected.
(a)는'매직숏컷'기능이 설정된 상태에서, 코스선택페이지(P310)가 출력된 모습을 도시한다. '매직숏컷'기능은 선택된 처리코스에서 변경 가능한 옵션의 설정값 또는 추가 가능한 추가옵션을 사용자에게 제안하는 옵션제안(318a)을 표시하는 기능이다. 옵션제안(318a)은 제안되는 옵션을 설명하는 제안문구(318)에 표시될 수 있다. 제안문구(318)는 코스설명(312)이 표시되는 부분에 코스설명(312)을 대신하여 표시될 수 있다. 옵션제안(318a)은 제안문구(318)의 일부를 구성하는 테두리안에 표시되어 제안문구(318)를 이루는 나머지와 구분될 수 있다. (a)는 옵션제안(318a)를 수용하는 입력으로 사용자가 옵션제안(318a)을 터치 1 하는 모습을 나타낸다. 옵션제안(318a)를 터치하는 것은, 옵션제안(318a)가 표시되는 영역을 터치하는 것을 의미한다. 옵션제안(318a)가 표시되는 영역이 터치되는 것은 옵션제안(318a)가 표시되는 영역 중 한정적인 일부 영역이 터치 입력 영역으로 정의되어 입력 영역이 터치되는 것을 의미한다.(a) shows the course selection page (P310) displayed with the 'Magic Shortcut' function set. The 'magic shortcut' function is a function that displays an option suggestion (318a) that suggests to the user the settings of options that can be changed in the selected processing course or additional options that can be added. The option proposal 318a may be displayed in the proposal text 318 that describes the proposed option. The suggestion phrase 318 may be displayed in place of the course description 312 in the portion where the course description 312 is displayed. The option proposal 318a is displayed within a border forming part of the proposal phrase 318 and can be distinguished from the rest of the proposition phrase 318. (a) shows the user touching 1 the option proposal 318a as an input for accepting the option proposal 318a. Touching the option proposal 318a means touching the area where the option proposal 318a is displayed. Touching the area where the option suggestion 318a is displayed means that a limited portion of the area where the option suggestion 318a is displayed is defined as a touch input area and the input area is touched.
(b)는 사용자의 입력에 의해 옵션제안(318a)이 수락된 상태를 도시한다. 사용자의 입력에 의해 옵션제안(318a)이 수락되면, 제1장치조작UI(300)에서는 옵션제안(318a)이 제1색채를 포함하도록 표시된다. 제1색체는 상술하여 설명한 제1장치조작UI(300)의 장치인디케이터(331a)의 색 및 진행표시바(360)의 색과 관련된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 옵션제안(318a)을 감싸는 테두리의 내부가 제1색채를 포함하여 채워진다. 옵션제안(318a)이 수락되었는지 여부는 이러한 색채의 차이를 통해 인식될 수 있다. (b) shows a state in which the option proposal 318a is accepted by the user's input. If the option proposal 318a is accepted through the user's input, the option proposal 318a is displayed to include the first color in the first device operation UI 300. The first color is related to the color of the device indicator 331a and the color of the progress display bar 360 of the first device operation UI 300 described above. In an embodiment, the inside of the border surrounding the option proposal 318a is filled with the first color. Whether the option proposal 318a has been accepted can be recognized through these color differences.
옵션제안(318a)가 수락되면 수락된 옵션의 반영 여부가 인디케이터(331)로 표시될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, '스팀' 기능이 설정되었으므로, 인디케이터(331)에 '스팀'이 설정되었음을 나타내는 스팀인디케이터(331g)가 표시될 수 있다.When the option proposal 318a is accepted, whether the accepted option is reflected may be indicated by an indicator 331. In an embodiment, since the 'steam' function has been set, a steam indicator 331g indicating that 'steam' has been set may be displayed on the indicator 331.
도 33는 도 32과 반대로,'옵션제안'의 수락이 해제되어 '옵션제안'이 적용되지 않게되는 플로우를 도시한다.In contrast to FIG. 32, FIG. 33 shows a flow in which acceptance of the 'option proposal' is canceled and the 'option proposal' is not applied.
(a)는 옵션제안(318a)가 수락된 상태를 도시하고, 옵션제안(318a)이 제공되는 영역을 터치 1 하는 모습을 도시한다. (b)는 수락되었던 옵션 설정이 해제되어 옵션제안(318a)이 적용되지 않은 모습이다.(a) shows a state in which the option proposal 318a is accepted, and shows touching 1 on the area where the option proposal 318a is provided. (b) shows that the accepted option setting has been canceled and the option proposal 318a has not been applied.
도 34는 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제2장치조작UI(400)가 터치스크린(240)에 표시되며, 코스브라우즈페이지를 통해 특정처리코스를 변경하는 플로우를 도시한다. Figure 34 illustrates a flow in which the second device operation UI 400 according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed on the touch screen 240 and a specific processing course is changed through a course browse page.
(a)에서 도시되는 화상은 코스선택페이지(P410)이다. 코스선택페이지(P410)는 터치스크린(240)에 출력된다. 코스선택페이지(P410)에서 코스브라우즈부(413)가 선택된다. 코스브라우즈부(413)는 코스브라우즈부(413)가 제공되는 영역에 대한 사용자의 터치 1 에 의해 선택될 수 있다.The image shown in (a) is the course selection page (P410). The course selection page (P410) is output on the touch screen (240). The course browse section (413) is selected on the course selection page (P410). The course browse unit 413 can be selected by the user's touch 1 on the area where the course browse unit 413 is provided.
(b)에서 도시되는 화상은 코스브라우즈페이지(P470)이다. 코스브라우즈페이지(P470)는 터치스크린(240)에 출력된다. 코스브라우즈페이지(P470)에는 복수개의 처리코스에 대응하는 복수개의 코스명이 리스트로 출력된다. The image shown in (b) is a course browse page (P470). The course browse page (P470) is output on the touch screen (240). On the course browse page (P470), a plurality of course names corresponding to a plurality of processing courses are displayed as a list.
실시 예에 있어서, 리스트로 출력된 복수개의 코스명 중 특정처리코스의 코스명은 다른 코스명들과 구별되도록 표시된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 특정처리코스의 코스명과 다른 코스명들은 서로 다른 색으로 표시되어 구별된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 도시한 특정처리코스인 '표준건조'는 제2색채를 갖는 글자(411a)로 제공될 수 있다. 제2색채는 제2장치조작UI(400)에서의 '화면 점유 기기'를 표시하는 인디케이터(431a)의 채색과, 제2장치조작UI(400)에서 진행표시바의 채색과 동일 또는 동일하다고 인식되는 색이다. 다른 코스명들은 제2색채와는 구별되는 제3색채를 갖는 글자로 제공될 수 있다. In an embodiment, among a plurality of course names output as a list, the course name of a specific course is displayed to distinguish it from other course names. In an embodiment, the course name of a specific treatment course and other course names are displayed in different colors to distinguish them. In an embodiment, 'standard drying', which is the specific treatment course shown, may be provided as letters 411a having a second color. The second color is recognized as being the same as the coloring of the indicator 431a indicating the 'screen-occupying device' in the second device operation UI 400 and the coloring of the progress bar in the second device operation UI 400. It is the color that becomes Other course names may be provided with letters having a tertiary color distinct from the secondary color.
터치스크린(240)은 화면의 크기가 제한됨에 따라, 복수개의 코스명이 하나의 화상에 전부 표시되지 못할 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 코스브라우즈페이지(P470)에는 리스트로 출력된 복수개의 코스명 중 일 부분이 표시되며, 나머지 부분은 사용자의 스크롤(scrolling)에 의해 표시될 수 있다. 코스선택페이지(P410)에 특정처리코스로서 제1처리코스가 표시된 상태에서 코스브라우즈부(413)를 통한 사용자의 입력을 받으면, 코스브라우즈페이지(P470)가 출력되되, 코스브라우즈페이지(P470)는 제1처리코스의 코스명이 표시되는 부분이 먼저 표시된다. 도시되는 실시 예에 있어서, 제1처리코스는 '표준건조'이다.As the screen size of the touch screen 240 is limited, multiple course names may not all be displayed in one image. In an embodiment, a portion of a plurality of course names output as a list is displayed on the course browse page (P470), and the remaining portion may be displayed by the user's scrolling. When the user's input is received through the course browse unit 413 while the first processing course is displayed as a specific processing course on the course selection page (P410), the course browse page (P470) is output. The part where the course name of the first treatment course is displayed is displayed first. In the illustrated embodiment, the first treatment course is 'standard drying'.
코스브라우즈페이지(P470)에서는 사용자가 원하는 처리코스를 특정처리코스로 선택할 수 있다. 복수개의 코스명 중 어느 하나의 코스명이 선택되면, 선택된 코스명의 처리코스가 특정처리코스로 특정된다. 실시 예에 있어서, '울/섬세'코스가 사용자의 터치 3 에 의해 선택될 수 있다. 코스가 선택되면, 선택된 처리코스를 특정처리코스로 한 코스선택페이지(P410)가 출력된다. 만약 코스브라우즈페이지(P470)에서 뒤로가기버튼을 터치 2 하면, 기존의 특정처리코스가 유지된 코스선택페이지(P410)가 출력된다.On the course browse page (P470), the user can select the desired processing course as a specific processing course. When one course name is selected among a plurality of course names, the processing course of the selected course name is specified as a specific processing course. In an embodiment, the 'Wool/Delicate' course may be selected by the user's touch 3. When a course is selected, a course selection page (P410) is output with the selected processing course as the specific processing course. If you touch the back button 2 on the course browse page (P470), the course selection page (P410) where the existing specific processing course is maintained is displayed.
(c)에서 도시되는 화상은 코스브라우즈페이지(P470)에서 '울/섬세'코스를 선택함으로써, 특정처리코스가 '울/섬세'코스로 변경된 코스브라우즈페이지(P470)이다.The image shown in (c) is a course browse page (P470) in which the specific processing course has been changed to the 'wool/delicate' course by selecting the 'wool/delicate' course in the course browse page (P470).
도 35은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제2장치조작UI(400)가 터치스크린(240)에 표시되며, 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제1페이지(P420)가 출력된 상태를 도시한다.Figure 35 shows a state in which the second device operation UI 400 according to an embodiment of the present invention is displayed on the touch screen 240 and the first page (P420) according to an embodiment of the present invention is output. .
제1페이지(P420)는 행정이 진행 중인 경우에 출력된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제1페이지(P420)는 현항표시부분, 진행표시바(360), 옵션표시부분 및 인디케이터표시부분을 포함한다. The first page (P420) is output when administration is in progress. In the embodiment, the first page (P420) includes a current port display portion, a progress display bar 360, an option display portion, and an indicator display portion.
실시 예에 있어서, 현항표시부분에 대한 설명은 도 17의 설명으로 갈음한다.In the embodiment, the description of the current port display portion is replaced with the description of FIG. 17.
진행표시바(460)는 제2처리장치(20)가 행하는 의류 처리가 진행된 정도를 시각적으로 표시하는 수단이다. 실시 예에 있어서, 진행표시바(460)는 터치스크린(240)을 좌우로 가로지르는 가로 형상의 바일 수 있다. 진행표시바(460)는 바형상 내부의 채움 길이를 이용하여 의류 처리의 진행 정도를 표시한다. 진행표시바(460)는 처리가 진행될수록 바형상 내부 채움량을 증가시킨다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제2장치조작UI(400)에 표시되는 진행표시바(460)의 채움색은 제1장치조작UI(300)에 표시되는 진행표시바의 채움색과 상이한 색으로 제공될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, 제2장치조작UI(400)에 표시되는 진행표시바(460)의 채움색은 제2색채일 수 있다. 제1장치조작UI(300)에 표시되는 진행표시바의 채움색은 제1색채일 수 있다. 제2색채는 '화면 점유 기기'를 나타내는 인디케이터(431a)의 채움색인 제2색채과 동일하거나, 최소한 사용자에게 동일하게 인식되는 색이다.The progress display bar 460 is a means of visually displaying the progress of clothing processing performed by the second processing device 20. In an embodiment, the progress bar 460 may be a horizontal bar that crosses the touch screen 240 from side to side. The progress display bar 460 displays the progress of clothing processing using the filling length inside the bar shape. The progress display bar 460 increases the amount of filling inside the bar shape as processing progresses. In an embodiment, the fill color of the progress bar 460 displayed on the second device operation UI 400 may be provided in a different color from the fill color of the progress display bar displayed on the first device operation UI 300. there is. In an embodiment, the filling color of the progress bar 460 displayed on the second device operation UI 400 may be the second color. The fill color of the progress bar displayed on the first device operation UI 300 may be the first color. The second color is the same as the second color that is the fill color of the indicator 431a indicating the 'screen-occupying device', or is at least a color that is perceived as the same by the user.
도 36은 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 제2장치조작UI(400)가 터치스크린(240)에 표시되며, 본 발명의 일 실시 예에 따른 부가 기능에 의해 설정될 수 있는 부가 기능 중 하나인, 일명 '매직숏컷'이 설정된 경우, '옵션제안'이 제안되는 모습과, '옵션제안'이 수락되어 반영되는 플로우를 도시한다.Figure 36 shows the second device operation UI 400 according to an embodiment of the present invention displayed on the touch screen 240, which is one of the additional functions that can be set by the additional function according to an embodiment of the present invention. , When the so-called 'magic shortcut' is set, it shows how an 'option proposal' is proposed and the flow in which the 'option proposal' is accepted and reflected.
(a)는'매직숏컷'기능이 설정된 상태에서, 코스선택페이지(P410)가 출력된 모습을 도시한다. '매직숏컷'기능은 선택된 처리코스에서 변경 가능한 옵션의 설정값 또는 추가 가능한 추가옵션을 사용자에게 제안하는 옵션제안(318a)을 표시하는 기능이다. 옵션제안(418a)은 제안되는 옵션을 설명하는 제안문구(418)에 표시될 수 있다. 옵션제안(418a)은 제안문구(418)의 일부를 구성하는 테두리안에 표시되어 제안문구(418)를 이루는 나머지와 구분될 수 있다. (a)는 옵션제안(418a)를 수용하는 입력으로 사용자가 옵션제안(418a)을 터치 1 하는 모습을 나타낸다. 옵션제안(418a)를 터치하는 것은, 옵션제안(418a)가 표시되는 영역을 터치하는 것을 의미한다. 옵션제안(418a)가 표시되는 영역이 터치되는 것은 옵션제안(418a)가 표시되는 영역 중 한정적인 일부 영역이 터치 입력 영역으로 정의되어 입력 영역이 터치되는 것을 의미한다.(a) shows the course selection page (P410) displayed with the 'Magic Shortcut' function set. The 'magic shortcut' function is a function that displays an option suggestion (318a) that suggests to the user the settings of options that can be changed in the selected processing course or additional options that can be added. The option proposal 418a may be displayed in the proposal text 418 that describes the proposed option. The option proposal 418a is displayed within a border forming part of the proposal phrase 418 and can be distinguished from the rest of the proposition phrase 418. (a) shows the user touching 1 the option proposal 418a as an input for accepting the option proposal 418a. Touching the option proposal 418a means touching the area where the option proposal 418a is displayed. Touching the area where the option suggestion 418a is displayed means that a limited portion of the area where the option suggestion 418a is displayed is defined as a touch input area and the input area is touched.
(b)는 사용자의 입력에 의해 옵션제안(418a)이 수락된 상태를 도시한다. 사용자의 입력에 의해 옵션제안(418a)이 수락되면, 제2장치조작UI(400)에서는 옵션제안(418a)이 제2색채를 포함하도록 표시된다. 제2색체는 상술하여 설명한 제2장치조작UI(400)의 장치인디케이터(431a)의 색 및 진행표시바(460)의 색과 관련된다. 실시 예에 있어서, 옵션제안(418a)을 감싸는 테두리의 내부가 제2색채를 포함하여 채워진다. 옵션제안(418a)이 수락되었는지 여부는 이러한 색채의 차이를 통해 인식될 수 있다. (b) shows a state in which the option proposal 418a is accepted by the user's input. If the option proposal 418a is accepted through the user's input, the option proposal 418a is displayed to include the second color in the second device operation UI 400. The second color is related to the color of the device indicator 431a and the color of the progress display bar 460 of the second device operation UI 400 described above. In an embodiment, the inside of the border surrounding the option proposal 418a is filled with a second color. Whether the option proposal 418a has been accepted can be recognized through the difference in color.
옵션제안(418a)가 수락되면 수락된 옵션의 반영 여부가 인디케이터(431)로 표시될 수 있다. 실시 예에 있어서, '스팀' 기능이 설정되었으므로, 인디케이터(431)에 '스팀'이 설정되었음을 나타내는 스팀인디케이터(431e)가 표시될 수 있다.When the option proposal 418a is accepted, whether the accepted option is reflected may be indicated by an indicator 431. In an embodiment, since the 'steam' function has been set, a steam indicator 431e indicating that 'steam' has been set may be displayed on the indicator 431.
도 37는 도 36과 반대로,'옵션제안'의 수락이 해제되어 '옵션제안'이 적용되지 않게되는 플로우를 도시한다.In contrast to FIG. 36, FIG. 37 shows a flow in which acceptance of the 'option proposal' is canceled and the 'option proposal' is not applied.
(a)는 옵션제안(418a)가 수락된 상태를 도시하고, 옵션제안(418a)이 제공되는 영역을 터치 1 하는 모습을 도시한다. (b)는 수락되었던 옵션 설정이 해제되어 옵션제안(418a)이 적용되지 않은 모습이다.(a) shows a state in which the option proposal 418a is accepted, and shows touching 1 on the area where the option proposal 418a is provided. (b) shows that the accepted option setting has been canceled and the option proposal 418a has not been applied.
본 발명은 특정한 실시 예에 관련하여 도시하고 설명하였지만, 이하의 특허청구범위에 의해 제공되는 본 발명의 기술적 사상을 벗어나지 않는 한도 내에서, 본 발명이 다양하게 개량 및 변화될 수 있다는 것은 당 업계에서 통상의 지식을 가진 자에게 있어서 자명할 것이다.Although the present invention has been shown and described in relation to specific embodiments, it is known in the art that various improvements and changes can be made to the present invention without departing from the technical spirit of the present invention as provided by the following claims. This will be self-evident to those with ordinary knowledge.

Claims (20)

  1. 기본 설정값을 가지는 옵션이 제공되는 처리코스를 수행하는 의류처리장치에 있어서,In a clothing processing device that performs a processing course provided with options having default settings,
    상기 옵션이 표시되는 디스플레이;를 포함하고,Includes a display where the options are displayed,
    상기 디스플레이에서 상기 옵션은 상기 기본 설정값이 다른 설정값으로 사용자에 의해 변경 가능한 상태에서 제1모습으로 표시되고, 상기 기본 설정값이 사용자에 의해 변경 불가한 상태에서 상기 제1모습과 시각적으로 상이한 제2모습으로 표시되는 의류처리장치.In the display, the option is displayed as a first appearance in a state in which the default setting value can be changed by the user to a different setting value, and is visually different from the first appearance in a state in which the default setting value cannot be changed by the user. Clothing processing device displayed in second view.
  2. 제1항에 있어서,According to paragraph 1,
    상기 디스플레이에는, In the display,
    상기 옵션의 옵션명 및 상기 옵션의 설정값이 표시되고,The option name of the option and the setting value of the option are displayed,
    상기 제1모습 및 상기 제2모습은 상기 옵션명 및 상기 설정값을 표시하는 텍스트의 속성에서 차이를 가지는 의류처리장치.The first appearance and the second appearance have differences in attributes of text displaying the option name and the setting value.
  3. 제1항에 있어서,According to paragraph 1,
    상기 제1모습과 상기 제2모습의 차이는 명도의 차이인 의류처리장치.The difference between the first appearance and the second appearance is a difference in brightness.
  4. 제3항에 있어서,According to paragraph 3,
    상기 제2모습은 상기 제1모습보다 낮은 명도를 갖는 의류처리장치.The second appearance has a lower brightness than the first appearance.
  5. 제1항에 있어서,According to paragraph 1,
    상기 기본 설정값은 사용자에 의해 변경된 설정값의 빈도수에 따라 갱신되는 의류처리장치.A clothing processing device in which the basic setting value is updated according to the frequency of setting values changed by the user.
  6. 제1항에 있어서,According to paragraph 1,
    상기 옵션은 복수개로 제공되고,The above options are provided in plural,
    상기 처리코스의 실행 중, 상기 복수의 옵션은 모두 상기 제2모습으로 표시되고 설정값이 사용자에 의해 변경 불가한 의류처리장치.While executing the processing course, all of the plurality of options are displayed in the second view and the set value cannot be changed by the user.
  7. 제6항에 있어서,According to clause 6,
    상기 의류처리장치는 일시정지입력부를 더 포함하고,The clothing processing device further includes a pause input unit,
    상기 처리코스의 수행 중 상기 일시정지입력부를 통한 입력을 받으면 상기 처리코스가 일시정지되고,If an input is received through the pause input unit while performing the processing course, the processing course is paused,
    상기 처리코스가 일시정지된 상태에서 상기 복수의 옵션 중 적어도 일부는 상기 제2모습에서 상기 제1모습으로 전환되고 설정값이 변경 가능한 의류처리장치.A laundry treatment device in which at least some of the plurality of options are switched from the second mode to the first mode and set values can be changed while the processing course is paused.
  8. 제7항에 있어서,In clause 7,
    상기 처리코스가 일시정지된 상태에서 사용자에 입력에 의해 상기 설정값이 변경되면, 상기 처리코스가 취소되는 의류처리장치.A clothing processing device in which the processing course is canceled when the setting value is changed by a user input while the processing course is paused.
  9. 제7항에 있어서,In clause 7,
    상기 처리코스는 복수로 제공되고,The above processing courses are provided in multiple ways,
    상기 복수의 처리코스 중 어느 하나가 수행 중 일시정지된 상태에서 사용자에 입력에 의해 수행 대상이 되는 처리코스가 상기 어느 하나에서 다른 하나로 변경되면, 상기 어느 하나의 수행이 취소되는 의류처리장치.A clothing treatment device in which, when one of the plurality of processing courses is paused during execution and the processing course to be performed is changed from one of the plurality of processing courses to another by a user input, the execution of any one of the plurality of processing courses is canceled.
  10. 제1항에 있어서,According to paragraph 1,
    설정된 미래의 시간에 상기 처리코스를 완료하는 예약행정의 실행 중, 상기 옵션의 전부는 상기 제2모습으로 표시되고 설정값이 사용자에 의해 변경 불가한 의류처리장치. During execution of a reservation process that completes the processing course at a set future time, all of the options are displayed in the second view and the set value cannot be changed by the user.
  11. 제10항에 있어서,According to clause 10,
    상기 의류처리장치는 일시정지입력부를 포함하고,The clothing processing device includes a pause input unit,
    상기 예약행정의 수행 중 상기 일시정지입력부를 통한 입력을 받으면 상기 예약행정이 일시정지되고,If an input is received through the pause input unit while performing the reservation process, the reservation process is paused,
    상기 예약행정이 일시정지된 상태에서 상기 복수의 옵션 중 적어도 일부는 상기 제2모습에서 상기 제1모습으로 전환되고 설정값이 변경 가능한 의류처리장치.A clothing processing device in which at least some of the plurality of options are switched from the second mode to the first mode and set values can be changed while the reservation process is paused.
  12. 제11항에 있어서,According to clause 11,
    상기 예약행정이 일시정지된 상태에서 사용자에 입력에 의해 상기 설정값이 변경되면, 상기 예약행정이 취소되는 의류처리장치.A clothing processing device in which the reservation process is canceled when the setting value is changed by a user input while the reservation process is paused.
  13. 제1항에 있어서,According to paragraph 1,
    상기 옵션 및 상기 처리코스는 각각 복수로 제공되고,The above options and the above processing courses are each provided in plural,
    상기 디스플레이에는 상기 복수의 옵션 중 기설정된 옵션들로 이루어지는 옵션세트가 표시되고,An option set consisting of preset options among the plurality of options is displayed on the display,
    상기 옵션세트에서는 상기 옵션들 각각에 대한 옵션명 및 설정값이 표시되며,In the option set, the option name and setting value for each of the options are displayed,
    상기 복수의 처리코스 중 제1처리코스는 상기 옵션세트를 구성하는 옵션들 중 적어도 하나의 옵션이 제공되지 않고, The first processing course among the plurality of processing courses does not provide at least one option among the options constituting the option set,
    상기 처리코스로 상기 제1처리코스가 특정된 경우에도 상기 옵션세트에는 상기 제1처리코스에서 제공되지 않는 옵션의 옵션명이 표시되는 의류처리장치.Even when the first treatment course is specified as the treatment course, the option name of an option not provided in the first treatment course is displayed in the option set.
  14. 제1항에 있어서,According to paragraph 1,
    상기 디스플레이는 사용자의 터치 입력을 받는 터치스크린에 해당하고, The display corresponds to a touch screen that receives the user's touch input,
    상기 디스플레이에는 상기 옵션에 대응되는 설정값이 표시되는 설정값입력부가 표시되며,The display displays a setting value input section where setting values corresponding to the options are displayed,
    상기 설정값입력부에서 상기 설정값이 표시된 영역에 사용자의 터치가 입력되면, 상기 터치스크린에는 상기 설정값을 변경하기 위한 변경 도구가 출력되는 의류처리장치.When a user's touch is input to an area where the setting value is displayed in the setting value input unit, a change tool for changing the setting value is displayed on the touch screen.
  15. 설정값을 가지는 옵션이 제공되는 처리코스를 수행하는 의류처리장치에 있어서,In a clothing processing device that performs a processing course provided with an option having a set value,
    상기 옵션이 표시되는 디스플레이; 및A display on which the options are displayed; and
    사용자의 입력을 받는 일시정지입력부;를 포함하고,Includes a pause input unit that receives user input,
    상기 처리코스의 수행 중 상기 디스플레이에 표시되는 상기 옵션의 설정값은 사용자에 의해 변경 불가하고,The setting value of the option displayed on the display while performing the processing course cannot be changed by the user,
    상기 처리코스의 수행 중 상기 일시정지입력부를 통한 입력을 받으면 상기 처리코스가 일시정지되며, If an input is received through the pause input unit while performing the processing course, the processing course is paused,
    상기 처리코스가 일시정지되면 상기 옵션의 설정값이 사용자에 의해 변경 가능하며, When the processing course is paused, the setting value of the option can be changed by the user,
    상기 처리코스의 일시정지 상태에서 상기 옵션의 설정값이 변경되면, 상기 처리코스의 수행이 취소되는 의류처리장치.A clothing processing device in which performance of the processing course is canceled when the setting value of the option is changed while the processing course is paused.
  16. 제15항에 있어서,According to clause 15,
    상기 처리코스가 취소되면, 상기 디스플레이에 상기 처리코스가 취소되었음을 알리는 취소안내가 출력되는 의류처리장치.When the processing course is cancelled, a clothing processing device outputs a cancellation notice on the display indicating that the processing course has been cancelled.
  17. 복수의 처리코스 중 어느 하나를 수행하는 의류처리장치에 있어서,In a clothing processing device that performs one of a plurality of processing courses,
    사용자인터페이스(UI)가 표시되는 화면을 출력하는 스크린을 포함하고,It includes a screen that outputs a screen displaying a user interface (UI),
    상기 스크린은 제1페이지 및 부가기능페이지 중 어느 하나를 출력 가능하며,The screen can output either the first page or the additional function page,
    상기 제1페이지에는 설정값을 가지는 옵션 및 상기 옵션이 제공되는 처리코스가 표시되고.The first page displays options with set values and a processing course in which the options are provided.
    상기 부가기능페이지에는 상기 처리코스 및 상기 옵션과 상이한 기능이며 사용자에 의해 선택 가능한 부가기능이 표시되며,The additional function page displays additional functions that are different from the processing course and options and can be selected by the user.
    상기 부가기능은 상기 복수의 처리코스별로 사용 가부가 상이하고,The availability of the additional function varies depending on the plurality of processing courses,
    상기 부가기능페이지에서 상기 부가기능은 사용 가능한 상태에서 제1모습으로 표시되고, 사용 불가한 상태에서 상기 제1모습과 시각적으로 상이한 제2모습으로 표시되는 의류처리장치.On the additional function page, the additional function is displayed in a first appearance in a usable state, and is displayed in a second appearance that is visually different from the first appearance in an unusable state.
  18. 제17항에 있어서,According to clause 17,
    상기 제1모습 및 상기 제2모습은 상기 부가기능을 표시하는 텍스트의 속성에서 차이를 가지는 의류처리장치.The first appearance and the second appearance have differences in attributes of text displaying the additional function.
  19. 제18항에 있어서,According to clause 18,
    상기 제2모습과 상기 제1모습은 서로 상이한 명도를 갖는 의류처리장치.The second image and the first image have different brightness levels.
  20. 제19항에 있어서,According to clause 19,
    상기 제2모습은 상기 제1모습보다 낮은 명도를 갖는 의류처리장치.The second appearance has a lower brightness than the first appearance.
PCT/KR2023/013698 2022-09-27 2023-09-13 Apparatus for treating laundry WO2024071754A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020220122831A KR20240043571A (en) 2022-09-27 2022-09-27 Apparatus for treaing luandry
KR10-2022-0122831 2022-09-27

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024071754A1 true WO2024071754A1 (en) 2024-04-04

Family

ID=90478456

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2023/013698 WO2024071754A1 (en) 2022-09-27 2023-09-13 Apparatus for treating laundry

Country Status (2)

Country Link
KR (1) KR20240043571A (en)
WO (1) WO2024071754A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4016033B2 (en) * 2003-02-06 2007-12-05 富士通株式会社 Information terminal having hierarchical menu items, method and program
KR20150028176A (en) * 2013-09-05 2015-03-13 삼성전자주식회사 Control device
KR20170082061A (en) * 2016-01-05 2017-07-13 엘지전자 주식회사 Laundry treating apparatus
JP2018130411A (en) * 2017-02-17 2018-08-23 パナソニックＩｐマネジメント株式会社 Washing machine
US20180348971A1 (en) * 2017-05-31 2018-12-06 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Application Display Method And Related Products

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4016033B2 (en) * 2003-02-06 2007-12-05 富士通株式会社 Information terminal having hierarchical menu items, method and program
KR20150028176A (en) * 2013-09-05 2015-03-13 삼성전자주식회사 Control device
KR20170082061A (en) * 2016-01-05 2017-07-13 엘지전자 주식회사 Laundry treating apparatus
JP2018130411A (en) * 2017-02-17 2018-08-23 パナソニックＩｐマネジメント株式会社 Washing machine
US20180348971A1 (en) * 2017-05-31 2018-12-06 Guangdong Oppo Mobile Telecommunications Corp., Ltd. Application Display Method And Related Products

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20240043571A (en) 2024-04-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2016017925A1 (en) Clothes treating system and control method therefor
WO2016085130A1 (en) Washer
EP3042506A1 (en) Home appliance, home appliance system and method of controlling home appliance
WO2016085132A1 (en) Washer
WO2017119673A1 (en) Clothes treating apparatus
WO2018182124A1 (en) Washing machine
WO2021172945A1 (en) Washing machine and method of controlling the same, and control panel of the same
WO2020251195A1 (en) Apparatus for ironing, apparatus for maintenance of clothes, and method for controlling same
WO2022182113A1 (en) Clothing processing device and control method of clothing processing device
WO2024071754A1 (en) Apparatus for treating laundry
WO2024071742A1 (en) Apparatus for treating laundry
WO2024071751A1 (en) Apparatus for treating laundry
WO2024071741A1 (en) Apparatus for treating laundry
WO2024071747A1 (en) Apparatus for treating laundry
WO2024071753A1 (en) Clothing processing device
WO2021251645A1 (en) Terminal device, dishwasher, terminal device control method, and dishwasher control method
WO2020159219A1 (en) Clothing processing device and online system comprising same
WO2024071746A1 (en) Laundry treating apparatus and control method for same
AU2020217289B2 (en) Laundry treating apparatus and control method of on-line system containing the same
WO2024071744A1 (en) Laundry treating apparatus and control method for same
WO2024071745A1 (en) Laundry treating apparatus and control method for same
WO2024072091A1 (en) Laundry treating apparatus and control method for same
WO2024071743A1 (en) Laundry treating apparatus and control method for same
WO2023277401A1 (en) Laundry treating apparatus
WO2023277402A1 (en) Laundry treating apparatus